N

P R I T ED BY X OR B l SO N A N D 6 1 88 ,

mg
T . T. CL ARK , E D I N BU RG H .

LON ON D , H AMI L T ON , An us , A ND 00.

DU N
BL I , O
G E RG E a z an mr '
.

N W Y OR N N
’
E K , C H ARL ES SC R IB ER S SO S.
ESSIA NIO P ROP H ECIES

if!
“

H ISTORICAL SUCCESSION .

“6
‘r

FRAN K DELITZ SOH

3
.

TRAN S LA TE D BY

S A M U EL I V E S C U RT I SS,
P R OF B BOB IN C H ICAG O TH E LOO G ICAL SEXI NA BY .

E D I N BU RG H
T . T . C L A RK ,
3
8 G E ORG E ST RE E T .

1 89 1 .
M Y BELOVE D A ND ONL Y DA UGH TER

P A UL I N E,

WH O EN TERE D I N TO REST

DA YS A F TER TH E DEP ARTURE OF

M Y REVERE D F RI EN D A ND TE A CH ER
A
P ROF . F R N Z DELI TZ SCH , D .D ,
 T RA NSL A T OR S P REFA CE
’
.

TH I S little v ol ume is a to the exegetical

fi t ting c ro w n

st udies of D r Delitzsch F rom v ar ious poin ts of

. .

vie w it is likely to be of un usual i n te re s t n o t o n ly to ,

those w h o h ave bee n acc ustomed to peruse his w orks ,

bu t also to oth ers .

The p ro o fs of the o rigi nal w ere re ad by the

lame n ted au tho r as h e w as con fi n ed to his bed by his
last illn ess w e ak in body b u
,
t c lear in mi n d
'

,
The .

pre face which b e dictated five days be f ore his

d ep artu re w as his fi n al literary w ork The last .

prin te d sheet was laid on his bed the day be for e he

died .

Already the orgin al has receive d high praise fro m

appreciative scholars It is hoped that the t ran sla
.

tion may be fo un d n ot un w orthy of this legacy to the

cause of Je wish mis sion s by a reve r ed teache r an d
f rien d .

SA M UEL IVES C URTISS .

CH IC AG O
,
F e b 2nd, 1 89 1
. .
 A UT H OR S P REF A CE
’
.

A s in the s umme r o f 1 887 I delivered my Lecture s

on the Messianic P rophecies perhaps for the last
,

ti me as I had re ason to believe I sought to p ut the

, ,

p roduct o f my lon g scie n tific in vestigation i nt o as

brief attractive an d s uggestive a form as possible A t
, ,
.

the same time the w ish i nspired me to le ave as a

legacy : t o the I nstit utum Jud aicum the compen di u m
of i to ou missio n aries a V
a Concor d ia
f d
'

et r ad e

mce win .

—
Thus arose this little book a late sheaf from
old an d n e w g rai n May God o w n the old as n ot
.

obsolete the n e w as n ot obsolesce n t !

,

F RA NZ DEL ITZ SC H .

L EIP Z IG , F e b 26, 1 89 0
. .
 C ON T E N T S .

P REL I MI NA RY REMA RK S .

I NTROD U CT IO N .

Sl m P AC 8

iL b by t h e
.

wofold Ch arac t e r t h e P ro le m e xpr e sse d

nm
Th of
a e ,

2 . The H is torical Sig n ifi c an ce of t h at wh ic h is appare n t ly

isolat e d ,
3 Th e b
In di spe n sa le n e ss of L ite rary an d H is t orical Crit ic ism,
4 Th e Re ason able n e s s of t h e Su
pe rn at ur al,

5 . The Re d e mpt ion a Log ic al Ne c e ssit y,

6 Me ssian ic P roph e c y wit h an d wit h ou
. t me n t ion of the
Me ssiah ,

“ Me ssian ic P roph e c ie s in t h e Narr owe st Sig n ific at ion ,

mTh e Ne w Te stame n t Glorificat ion of t h e Con c e pt ion of t he

9 . Me ssian ic P roph e ci e s in a Bro ad e r Sig n ific at io n ,

1 0 H ist orical S
. k e t ch o f the S ubje c t ,

M ESSIANI C P ROP H E C I E S IN H I STORI C AL

SUCC E SSI ON .

CH A PT ER I .

TH E DIV I NE W ORD CON CE RN I N G T H E E UT URE SA L ATIO

V N BEF ORE
TH E T I ME OF TH E PROPH ETS .

1 . Jut ifi
s th e Be g inn in g in G e n iii
cat ion of .

2 . b
Be g inn ing an d O je c t o f t h e Th e 0ph an ie s ,
3 . Th e P rimit iv e P romise ,
4 . The P rimitive P romise m th e Ligh t of Fu
lfilme n t ,
ix
X C ONTENTS .

S ECT .

5 . Fine st Effe c t s Ve rific at ion s of t h e P rimit iv e P romise ,

an d

6 The
. Expe c t e d Comfort e r ,
7 . Th e P romise of t h e Ble ssin g of t h
e Nat ion s in t h e Se e d
of t h e P at r iarc h s,

CH A PT ER I I .

T H E P ROP H ET I O BE NE D ICTIONS OF TH E DY I N G PATRI A R C H S .

8 . J b
ac o
’
s u
ar t f
l P r oc u
re me n t of th e Ble ssing of t he
First -Born ,
9 . Th e D e sig n at ion of Jud h a as th e Ro yl a an d Mi
e ss an ic

Tri e , b

CH A PT ER III .

TH E PRE D I CT I O NS OF TH E O SA I C PE R I OD CONCERN ING

M TH E

FU T URE SA LV ATION .

1 0 Th e P romise
. of a P roph e t e Mose s,
af t r an d lik e h im,
11 . Th e P roph e c y Balaam c on c e rn ing t he St ar an d t h e
of

Sc e pt re out o f Israe l,
12 . Course an d G oal of t h e H is tory of Salv at ion a t e r Mose s
’
l
g r e at Me morial Song ,

CH A PT ER IV .

TH E M ESS I AN I C P BOP H E C I ES OF TH E T I ME OF J O S H UA A ND

OF T H E JU DG ES .

1 3 Y ah w e h
. an d H is A n oin t e d in t h e Th an k gi
s v in g Song of

H an n ah ,
1 4. Th e d iv in e l y an oin t e d On e m t h e Thre at e n ing P r oph e cy

c on c e rn in g t h e H ou
se of Eli,

CH A PTER V .

P ROP HECY A ND C H OK M A I N T H E A G E OF DA V ID A ND S OLO MON .

1 5 . Th e Tr ansit ion of t h e K in g dom fr om Be njamin to Jud ha ,

1 6 Dav id Vie w of H imse lf aft e r his an oin t ing ,

’
. s
 C O NT ENT S . xi
8 ECT .

I7 . T he Bind ing of t h e P romise t o t h e H o u

se of D av id ,
1 8 Th e Se par ation
. of the Imag e of t he Me ssiah from t he
P e rson of Dav id ,
19 . Dav id
’
s Te stame n tar yW or d s ,

20 . Me ssian ic De sire s an d H ope s of Solomon ,

21 . P r oph e c y Ch ok ma,
an d

22 . Th e C oal an d t h e Me d iat ing An g e l i n th e Boo k of Job ,

CH APT ER V I .

PR OP H ECY AN D C H O E MA IN TH E F R I S T EP OC H S OF TH E DI VI S I O N
OF T H E K I N G DO M .

23 Th e P rop h e t s
. af te r t h e Div ision of t h e K in gd om un t il t h e
Re ig n of J e h osh aphat an d t h e Dyn ast y of Omri,
2 4 . Th e Me taph ysic al Con c e pt ion of W isd om in t h e In t ro
duc tion t o t h e Boo k of P rov e r bs ,

25 . Th e Epit h alamium, P S . xlv . ,

CH A PT ER V I I .

TH E M ES SI AN IC L
E EM EN T S I N T H E PROP H E TIC LITERA TU RE
F ROM JOR A M T O H EZ EK I A H .

2 6 Th e Re lat ion
. of t h e t h re e old e st P rop he tic Writ in g s to
th e Me ssian ic d e a I i
ht
,

2 7 . Th e Vie w of H ose a, t h e Eph raimit c P rop e of t h Fi l

e na

P e riod ,
2 8. Isaiah Fun d ame n tal Id e as t h e ir Orig in al F or m,
’
s in

2 9 Th e G re at Trilog
. y of Me ssianic P roph e cie s Isa, v ii , , . ix . xi. ,

I Imman u
. e l, t h e Son of t h e Virg in ,

3
0 . Th e y
G re at Tr ilog o f Me ssian ic P roph e c ie s , Isa v 1 1 , ix , x l . . .

I I Th e Be g inn ing of a n e w P e r iod wit h t h e n e w H e ir

.

of t h e D av idic Th ron e ,
31 . Th e G re at Tr ilogy of Me ssian ic P r oph e c ie s , Isa . x1

III Ch arac t e rist ic s of t h e Se c on d Dav id and o f his

.

G ov e rnme n t ,
3
2 Th e
. Son of G od in P salm 1 1
3 T he
3 . Me ssianic Ele me nts in t h e A dd r e sse s of Isaiah , xiv .

2 4-xxxix
3 The Ele me n t s P rog re ss Micahs Me ssian ic P r oclama
’
4 . of in

t ion ,
 C ONTENT S .

CH A PT ER VIII .

PROPH ECY F ROM TH E TI ME OF H EZ EK IA H UN TIL TH E C AT AS TROPH E .

SECT .

35 . Th e Domain of Nh um
a
’
s an d Z e ph aniah
’
s Vision ,
Ha bakkuk s Solut ion o f Faith
’
, an d Fait h
’
s Obje c t ,
7 Me d iate ly Me ssianic Ele me n t s in Je re miah s An n ou
3 ’
. nce

me n t u n t il t h e c arryin g away of Je h oiac h in ,

8 Imme d iat e Me ssian ic Ele me n t s in J e re miah s P roph e c ie s

3 ’
.

u n d e r Z e d e k iah u c t ion of Je r u
n t il aft e r t h e De st r u sale m ,

CH A PT ER I X .

PROP H EC Y IN T H E B B L AY O N I AN EX ILE .

Th e Me ssiah m Eze ki l
e ,

m Eze kie l s F u
Th e P r in c e tu
’
re Stat e

l
,

Th e Me tamorph osis of t h e Me ssian ic Ide al i n Isa -lxw

'

. x .

Th e Se r v an t Of Y ahwe h in De u t e ro Isaiah ,
Th e Me d iator of Salv at ion as P roph e t , P r ie st , an d K ing
'

in

one P e rson ,

Th e G re at F in ale , Isa . x xiv . —xx v 1 1

CH A P TER X .

TH E P RO P H ECY OF T H E PER I OD OF T H E RESTORAT I O N .

P ost -Exilic Proph e c y in v ie w o f t h e Ne w Te mple ,

4 6 Th e T wo Ch rist olog ical P airs o f P ro ph e c
. in D e u
t e ro y
I The First
. P r o ph e t ic P air in C h aps 1 x -x1 , . . .

47 . Th e T wo Ch rist olog ic al P airs o f P r oph e c y in De u t e ro

Z e ch ariah ,
I I Th e Se c on d P rOph e t ic P ai r 1 11 Ch aps xi 1 -x1 v
. . . .

4 8 Co n c lu
. ding P ro h e c ie s p of N e w T e stame n t Con t e nt s in

49 Th e An tic hr ist in t h e Boo of Dan ie l,

. k
50 Chris t in th e Boo of Dan ie l,
. k
 P REL I MINA RY REMA RK S .

T is is un iversally recogn ised th at

un deniable ,
an d ,

in the Scriptu res of the Old Tes tamen t On e ,

divinely an oin ted a Messiah w h o is to go forth fro m , ,

Israel is promised an d hoped for w ho makes His

, ,

people victorious an d po werf ul an d wh o fro m the m ,

exten ds His domin ion to a w orld domin ion The Jews

still look for this Messiah ; C hristianity—an d to a
.

certai exte t also Is a

n n l m — sees the pro mise f u lfilled in
Jesus This Jesus is regarded by us C hristian s as the
.

pr o mised Christ i ce the Messiah C hristianity is the ,

.
1
.

S d ly m bid x pti
1
a t t h i Ch i t i
or e g i t
ce i f on s o s r s an re co n on o

J u th Ch i t
es s as md i K y
e b ug i
r s t ig t i
ar e a e n on ne n r
’
s nv e s a on s

i g th
con ce rn n t u f t h Old T tam t p ph i
e na re o p ti g e es en ro e c e s re s e c n

th e M i h wh t i ly d
e ss a ,
i th xi t
o f M i i
en re en es e e s e n ce o e ss an c

p ph i Whi h h b f ulfill d
ro e c e s, c t b fu lfill d
av e i een e , o r ar e o e e ,
1
s nce

h id
e c on s th xp tat i wh i h th J w t t i f id l
e rs e e ec on c e e s en er a n o an ea

Ki g n p d ut f m al p
as a ro it yc l by L d Amb l
o or e r v e rs : a so or er y ,

wh d l
o t h at t h j ti
e c ar e s f J u a M i h i fu e lly re e c on o es s s e ss a s

j u t
s ifi b l i i
at i a
e ,
t i h
S n ce i g um p t i s t h p t nf as on s n ass on on e ar o

G t il C h i t i
en e th at t h y r s m mp t t t h
an s, th J w e ar e ore c o e en an e e s

th m l
e t gi a
se v e s pi i t wh at t h
o ve am f th M i h
n o n on , as o e n e o e e ss a

s ig ifi n d qui e s an re re s.
2

1 K on yn e n b u
rg , U n te r such un g iibe r d ie N atwr d e r A lties ta me n t l W e issa .

g un g e n a u
fd en M e ssias au s d e m H olld nd ische n abe r se tzt , Lu ge n 1 7 59 ,
3 95 fi
'

2 A n A na lysis Qf Re lig io u
s Be lief , Lon d on 1 87 6, v ol. 1 p . . 3
88f .

A
2 M ESSIANI C PRO PH ECI ES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESSIO N .

sa me as the religio n of t he Messiah the religio n ,

w hich h as the C hrist who appeared in Jes u

,
s as its ,

prin ciple and ce ntre .

He n c e the n ame Christian ity indicates that it

clai ms to be the religion w hich is bei ng prepared in
the history an d w ord an d writing of the Old Testa
me n t . E ve n whe n w e call it t he Ne w Testa me n t
r e ligio n w e th u
,
s recogn ise that it is the religion of a
coven a n t w hich has taken the place of the old b ut n ot ,

w itho u t havi ng the old as a first step an d n ot witho ut ,

sta n din g in co n n ectio n w ith it as the f ru it w ith the

tree the child with the mother
, .

Hen ce C hristian ity in the Old Testamen t is in the

process of develop me n t W ith the same propriety we
.

c an say : C hrist thro u , gh the Old Testa me nt is in t he ,

act of comin g Is is true that the man Jes us has a

.

t emporal begi n n i n g beyo n d w hich His e xiste n ce as a

,

man doe s n ot exten d Bu t in this f act that He

.
,

appeared in the f u ln ess of time God s co u n se l w as

’
,

fu lfi lled ; an d si n c e Jes u s is certainly the man w h o

above all others had God d wellin g in Himself the ,

approach of God w h o proposes to reve al Hi mself an d

,

p e rfect the w ork o f s alvation through H im is at the ,

s ame time an approach of Jesus His comin g in the .

Old Testa me n t is there fore somethin g more th an

merely ideal .

These are v ie ws w hich C hristian s hold in co mmo n

—indisputable proposition s which from a Chris tian ,

stan dpoin t express a his torical fact w ithout pre

,

supposing any closer dogmatic state me nts We e m .

 P RELIM INA RY REMA RK S . 3

p h asize this i nte n tion ally in order to attract as far as ,

possible the cir cle of those to whose sympathy we

appeal for the f ollowing i n vestigation s H ow much .

w e Sho u ld r ejoice if w e co u ld also secu

, re t he sym
pathy of those belon gin g to the Je wish co n fession who
are seekin g af ter the tr u th It is i ndeed w orth the .

w hi le for s uch to see h ow C hristian ity j ustifies itself as

the religion of f ulfilled prophecy ; an d this all the
more Si n ce the self testi mo n y of Christian ity; in t he
,
-

presen t con di t io n of the in vestigation of the Scriptures ,

an d in vie w of the restless si f ti n g an d deco mposition

of almost every thi n g w hich has hitherto bee n ac cepte d ,

mu st be more thoroughly revised more exact more , ,

man y sided in man y respects diff ere n t f rom that

, ,

w hic h w as u sual in earlier ce n turies an d which h as ,

been handed do wn eve n to the later mission ary

literatu re .

It is a delight ful the me a joy ful w ork in w hich w e , ,

propose to be absorbed The Lord is in the process .

1

of co mi n g in the Old Testame n t in d r aw i n g n e ar in , ,

proclaiming H is appearan ce an d w e design t o tran sport ,

'

ourselves i n to this Old Testamen t period an d follo w ,

the steps of the One wh o is co mi ng purs ue the traces ,

of the On e w h o is d r a wi n g n e ar see k o u
t the shado ws ,

w hich He casts u pon the w ay of His Old Testame n t

1
Thi i w i d d w
s v e , t h ld by S hl i m h
n ee , wh
as n o e c e er ac e r, o,

in h is se c on d Se n dschr e iben to L iic k e , 1 7mologische Stu

die n u.

K r itike n , H am bug r ii
1 82 9 , v ol.
4 9 7 , sa s : p
I c an n e v e r
. . y
c on sid e r t h is e ffo r t t o p
r ov e Ch r ist o ut of t h e Old T e stame n t
p ph
ro e c ie s a j y
o fu l w or k , an d am sor r t h at so man wort h y y y
me n t or me n t t h e mse lv e s with it
”
.
4 M ESS IA I C PROPH ECIES
N
IN H I S TORI CAL SUCCESSIO N
.

history an d e specially seek to understan d the intima

,

t io n s of prophecy re specti n g H im .

The old t heology made scarcely any d istin ctio n

b etween the t ime of His co min g and His e n t ran ce in to
the actual d omain of histo ry The historical mode of .

v ie w is a char ism gra nted to the C h u rch in th e period

,

af ter the Re f ormation W e have reason t o rejoice on .

t his accou nt Th e Old Testa me n t may be comp ared

.

to the starry n ight an d the Ne w Testamen t to t h e ,

sunn y day or as w e may also say the Ne w Testamen t

, , ,

period in its begin n ing is related t o the Old Testa

, ,

me n t as t h e coming of spri n g to wi n ter The sprin g .

in the ki ngdo m of God su ff ered itse lf to be lo n g w aite d

f or ; an d w he n at le n gth sprin g days see med to
ann oun ce the e n d of the dark n ess an d cold n ess of
w i n ter the w in ter soo n made its pre se n ce fe lt agai n
, .

Then however whe n t he Lord appeared it became

, , ,

spri n g . He w as in deed predicte d as the e mbodime n t

of sprin g .W ould the n that in the f ollo wi ng i n ter
, ,

re t at ion s of Old Testa me n t p r ophetic i mage s there

p
might also be fe wer traces of the w in te r of life in
w hich I stan d than of the spri ng like f resh n ess of the
,
-
,

livi n g po w er of the pe n tecostal n at u

,
re of the s ubjec t
of w hich I treat !

W e live in an age in w hich the C hristia n vie w of ,

the world through which the an tique heathen view

,

w as ove rco me threate n s on its Side to be o verco me by

,

t h e modern vie w o f the w orld w hich recogn ises n o ,

syste m of the w orld e xcept that w hich is in accord

a nce with n at u ral laws an d n o free mirac ulous ,

6 MESSIAN IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I S T ORI CAL SUCCESS I ON .

out ; f or as the pri mitive creatio n began w ith chaos ,

so in the realm of k n owledge an d especially of ,

spiritual life from epoch to epoch that w hich is n e w ,

goes f orth from the chaos of the old It is i n de ed .

n ot the b u si n ess of an i ndividual to co mplete this

w ork of si f tin g an d of refin in g an d of reo r gan izatio n .

Nevert heless w e t ake part in it although with a s mall

, ,

degree of stre ngt h .

It is a d epressing observation that J udaism has

strong s upport in modern Christian theology an d ,

t hat its literat u re is like an arse nal out of w hich ,

J udaism c an secure weapo n s for its attack on Ch ris

t ian ity. Nevertheless in the midst of the prese n t
,

con fusio n we can be co mforted with the co n side ratio n

that this resource does n ot s uffi ce for the main te n an ce
of J u dais m F or whether o n e takes w i t h re fe re n ce to
.

Christi anity the u n itaria n or tri n ita r i an the ratio n a l ,

ist ic or s u pern at uralistic stan dpoin t it is e stablished

,

that C hristia n ity as co n tra distin guished from J ud aism

,
-
,

is the religio n o f con s ummated morali ty an d th at ,

Jes us is the great holy divi n e man whose appe aran ce

halves the w orld s history ’
Chr is t i an ity an d the
.

person of its foun d e r are mor e to us th an th is b ut ,

w e rejoice n evertheless in this fi r m position w hich ,

c an bid defian ce to all the attacks of J u dais m an d ,

in whose d e fe n ce all w ho bear the n a me of C hrist

stan d together F or every Christia n as s uch ho wever
.
,

h e may u n dersta n d the r e latio n of the divi n e and

the h uman in the person of Jesus recogn ises in ,

Jes u s the e n d of Old Test amen t deve lop men t an d ,

 PREL IMI NA RY REMA K R S . 7

in C hristian ity t he completion of the religio n of

Israel .

We must ad mit that the treat me nt of ou r subject

w ill va ry accordi n g as the on e wh o tre ats it a n s wers
,

the question which Jes us on ce raised : W hat thi nk ye

of C hrist ; w hose s on is He F or the u n derstan din g of

the process of beco mi ng is depe n de n t upon the conce p

t io n of the goal ; the u n derstan di n g of the Old Testa

me n t process of beco mi ng is depe n de n t u po n the truthf u l

v alu ation of the person of Jes us It is i n deed j ust in .

this respect that w e Christian s are distin guished fro m

the J e ws : w e do n ot expect any other ; J udais m
also does n ot really expect any other Its hope of a .

Messiah Sin ce the rejectio n of Jes us the C hrist of

, ,

God has s un k to a fantastic i mage of worldly patriot

,

ism w hich h as n o po wer to w arm the h eart

,
We .

co nsider Jes us on the co n trary as the e n d of the

, ,

law the goal of prophecy the s u

, mmit of Old Testa
,

me n t history an d w ith respect to the myste ry of His

,

t wo fold existe n ce an d w ork as mediator w e hold to ,

His utteran ces respectin g Himself an d to the testi ,

mon y of His apostles ; for a Christian ity torn loose

f ro m these au th o rities an d othe r wise u
,
n derstood is ,

o nly a scie ntific abs tractio n an ar bitrary excerpt ,

according to a self -made pattern an artificial pro ,

d uct accordi ng to the de man ds of the Spirit of the

age W e are so far as we are co n cern ed pers uaded
.
, ,

that gospels and epistles har mon ize most in timately .

W e are certai n of this that in all essen ti al poin ts

,

they admit of a reciprocal co n trol I n the preparation .

8 M ESSIANI C P RO PHECI ES IN H IS TO RI CA L SUCCESSION .
‘

f or th e Ne w Testamen t in the Old ho wever we are

, ,

con cerned with s uch essen tial poin ts t he recog nitio n

,

o f w hich is d a w n in g an d w hich so meti mes also breaks

,

t hr o u
gh lik e lightn ing The n oble on es in Beroea
.

su bjected eve n the w ord of the apostle to t h e test

according to the Holy Scriptures w hich t hey had in
their han ds W e too shall see w hether prophe cy and
.

t he apostolic w ord reciprocally correspon d an d pro

mote each other so i n deed that the Old Testame n t

, , ,

w ord of prophecy in re latio n to the Ne w Testame n t

d aw n is o n ly as the apostle says ( 2 P e t i . .like
a lamp shin in g in a dark place .
 I N T R OD U C T I ON .

1 . The qf ld Ch
o a r acte r o f the P r oble m e ep r esse d by

N i nt ellect ual production s much depen ds upon

all

fi ndi ng the right n a me ; f or the n ame design ates

the goal an d i ndicates at the same time the way by
,

which it is proposed to reach it A s uitable d e sig

.

n atio n in itse lf w o u ld be : History of the P reparatio n

f or the Appearan ce of Jes u s Christ in the Old Testa
me n t Con sciousn ess b u t the exegetical side of ou r
.

p r oble m d oe s n o t in this w ay fi n d the desir e d expres

sion Nor do w e say Old Testame nt C hristology
.
,

be cause this design atio n leads us to expect a syste m

atic rather than a historical an d exegetical tr eatme n t .

W e therefore choose the title : Messian ic P rophecies

in Historical Su ccession because it affords expression
,

both to the exegetical an d historical side of the prob

le m It is true that our doctri n al material does n ot
.

co n sist merely in predictio ns in the strict sen se of the

term bu t the pro mises an d hopes whic h have re fere n ce
,

to the future salvation may be i ncluded under the

con ception of prophecy for the pro mises of God are
,

i n deed pledged predictio n s and the hope is estab,

9
10 M ESS IANI C P ROPH ECI ES IN H I S TO RI CAL SUCCESSIO N .

lish e d upo n s uch sure prospects design ation . Th e

M essia nic also appears to be too n arro w for in the ,

do main of our the me are all such prediction s which

spe ak of the future salvation without me n tion i n g a
,

h uman mediator by the side of the God of salvatio n .

Bu t in a w ider se n se w e may n eve rt heless as w e shall ,

see call all those predictio ns Messianic wh ich re fer t o

,

the co mpletion of the divi n e work of salv atio n and of ,

the divin e ki ngdom in the Messia nic age .

2 . The H istor ical Sig nifi cance of that which is

app ar e n tly isolat e d .

Bu
t c an the passages of Scripture which
we f ro m
lie be fore u s f or m a history of the Messian ic expecta

tio n of Israel w it h respect to a f uture salvation ?

These passages of Scr ipture are in deed like isolated , ,

poin ts w itho ut co nn ecti n g li nes and they are testi ,

mo n ies n ot of the peo ple b u

,
t o f i n divid u
, als amo n g

the people so th at w e ar e n ot able to determi n e their

,

e ffect upon the belie f an d hope of the mass This .

doubt must be co n sidered but disappears on a f urther

,

i n vestigatio n of the s ubject A ll progress in civili

.

s atio n in the h uman race is acco mplished thro ugh

i n divid uals w hose n e w discoveries an d attai nme n ts
,

become n e w i mp ulses for the advan ci ng do min io n of

man over the w orld of n atu re an d f or the ir advan cing
,

Spir itu al c ulture This is also true of religio us pro

.

gress ; in every place w here this takes a ne w t urn it ,

has been me n w ho were far beyon d their age withi n

 INTRO D UCTI O N . 11

w ho m this n e w t urn has been acco mplished A ll .

religion s w hich deserve this n a me as express re pre ,

se n t at ion s of Deity an d the right mode of w o rshippi n g

,

H im are t o be traced back to sin gle i n divid u

,
als w ho
have f ounded the m or tra n s formed t he m That which .

h as fi nally beco me co mmo n property w as fi rst a pos

session of i ndivid uals ; b ut it will n ever be co mmo n
prope rt y to the exten t that it wi ll pe n etrate all the
,

me mbe rs of the people or of the re ligio u ,

s society in
co mplete p urity an d origi nal po wer W e n eed n o t .

be s urprised if the C hristological deve lop me n t whic h ,

goes thro ugh the Old Tes tame nt is like a path o f ,

light w hich co n sists of rays of light proceedi n g f ro m

single poin ts of ligh t Moses David Isaiah—these
,

.
, ,

are a bove all others the three whose pro foun d n at ures
, , ,

fi lled by the Spirit w ere the source of the light of t he

,

Old Testa me nt religio n W e k n o w i ndeed an d if w e

.
, ,

did n ot k n o w it we must pres uppose it that the vital

, ,

c ogn itio n s w hich w e n t ou t fro m the m w ere adopted

o nly by the kern el of the people in co n scio usn ess and
life. Th e co n ditio n of the mass w as like a dark
clo ud which was irradiate d by the light of revelatio n ,

bu t was n ot absorbed by it Bu t this is n ot prej u

. d icial
to the historical character an d the exec ution of our
task W e shall descri be the grad ual rising of the
.

light as we represe n t the Christological de v elop me n t ,

whose esse n ce is n ot con di tio n al thro u gh a s uccessful

r es ult ; for as the tru e light appeared the dark n ess did
n ot co mp rehe n d it .
12 M ESS I ANI C P R OPH ECI ES IN H I S T O RI CAL SUCCESS I ON .

3
. The I n d isp e nsable ne ss f
o L ite r ar y an d H istor ical
Cr iticis m .

Those great person alities of the history of revelation

have n o other w ay of being k n o wn to us than in the
Old Testa me n t Script u res The k n o wledge of the m is
.

mediated p artly thro u

, gh w ritings which relate c on
cern in g them partly through wri tin gs which go back
,

to the m I n the for mer case w e must raise the

.

q uestion to what pe riod the acco un ts belo n g an d

, ,

w hether th ey are credib le ; in the latter case w hether ,

the w orks in q uestion ar e a uthe n tic that is really , ,

have those pe rso n s as author s to who m they are

ascribed . The co urse of develop me n t of the Christo
logical vie w s c ann o t there fore b e mediated w itho u t the
c o w orkin g of litera ry criticis m an d historical criticis m
-
,

an d all critic al qu est ion s eve n here give way in sig n i

fic an c e in co mpar ison w ith the P e n tate u chal questio n ,

which in all directio n s is the f u n dame n ta l an d chie f

questio n of the Old Testamen t W e sh all n ot avoid.

the in fluen ce of modern cri ticis m in un warran ted self

con fid e n c e or in childish fear — we sh all also use
c riticis m b u,t w itho ut e mploying the gro un ds of decision
w hich are n ow co mmo n an d w hich f ro m prin cip le d e n y
,

objective reality to everything th at is s upern atural an d ,

especially to the Spiritual miracle of prophecy .

4 . The Re asona ble ne ss f

o the Su
p e r n a tur a l .

W hile we recogn ise the supern atural factor in the

 14 M ESS IANI C P ROPH ECI ES IN H I S TO RI CA L SUCCESS I ON .

the admonishin g w arni n g co mfort ing voices

, , of G od ,

w hich he perceives in hi mself .

5 5 . T he Re d e mp tion a L og ical Ne ce ssity .

But man is caught in the toils of sin ; n ot on ly

i ndividuals of t h e race but also the race as a species
, ,

has in curred the pe n alty of sin an d de ath and has ,

been drive n from their moral d uty of a con tin ual

approach t o G od in to alie n ation f rom H im I f .
,

n eve r thele ss ma n kin d is to at tain the e n d of their

,

creatio n it can n ot take place w itho ut their bei n g

,

released from the labyri n th of their lost con ditio n

thro ugh sin an d without their bei ng brought agai n
,

i nto the p ath w hich leads to the goal of their creation .

Th e w o rk of s alvatio n co n cern s man ki n d an d is ,

design ed for every in dividual so that all wh o w ish to

,

be saved c an be The co n clusio n is not mathe matically

.

certain that this is to be the course of human history ,

for God is absolu tely free an d He is un der n o law

,

except His ow n will But n evertheless it is logically

.

n ece ssary f or u s that t he fi n al e n d for which God

,

has cre ated man c an in n o w ay be frustrate d He .

is i n d eed the o mn iscie n t On e As s uch He h as.

f oresee n th at man w o u ld fall thro ug h s in f ro m his

vocatio n W e must there fore suppose that if He had
.
,

n ot dete rmi n ed to raise man agai n f r o m his f all He ,

w ou ld n ot h ave create d him at all These ar e tho u ghts

.

w hose logical n ecessity is appare n t bu t w hich w o u ld,

n ot co me i n to ou r mi n ds if we did n ot k n o w from the

 INTROD UCTIO N . 15

Holy Scriptu res as the record of th e will an d w ay of

,

God that God the C reator is also God the Redee mer
, ,

wh o on acco u
, n t of His dec r ee be f ore the f o u
n d atio n

o f the w or ld n everthe less bri ngs h u

, ma n history in ,

spite of sin to its culmi nation

, .

6 . Me ssian ic P r op hecy w ith an d without me n tion of

the Me ssiah .

The religion of revelation is the religion of r e de mp

tion pla n ned by G od the Creator from etern ity The
, .

Old Testame nt religio n is the r eligio n of the redemptio n

believed and hoped for as f uture an d the Ne w Testa ,

me n t religion is the religio n of the rede mptio n w hich

w as f u n da me n tally co n s u
mmated by t he M ediato r who
appear ed in the f u ln ess of ti me F aith is in both
.
,

Testamen ts faith in God the Creator an d Redee me r

, .

The recogn ition of h uman mediation through w hich ,

God acco mplishes the redemptio n came only grad ually ,

abo ut by mean s of an in tricate process of d evelop me n t .

Bu t that the rede mptio n is to be medi ated in a h u man

w ay is eve n in itse lf to be pr es u ppose d God s help ’
.

in beh alf of the mu ltitude of me n is ever to make

i n dividuals or on e an i n str ume n t for man y as appear s
, ,

in the fact that God elected a people fro m the midst

of t h e peoples as a mediator in attestatio n of Hi mse lf
, , ,

an d o f the rede mptio n of ma n kin d fro m the labyri n th

o f idolatry . It must be admitted th at t his n ation al

izin g of the religion obstr ucted and e n dangered the
recogn ition of the un iversal an d spiritual character of
 16 M ESS IANI C P R OPH ECIES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESSI ON .

the w ork of redemptio n The Opposition in w hich .

J udais m un til the presen t day re main s to Jes us the

C hrist actually proves how great a dan ger t his n u
,

avoidable n ation alizing brought w ith it Bu t t he .

h istory o f the Messian ic pr ophecies w hich w e shall ,

describe is design ed to Sho w that in spite of appear

, ,

an c e s to the co n trary the Saviour wh o has gon e forth,

ou t of Israel in the perso n of Jes u s is the e n d of

Old Testame n t le adin gs an d the f u lfi lme n t of the ,

d eepest pro Christian hopes an d lo n gi ngs

- .

7 . Me ssian ic P r op he cie s in the Narr owest

Sig n ifica tion .

The h igh priest is called an an oi nted on e in the

P e n tate u chal Torah because he an d on ly he n ot t he
, , ,

other priests w as set apar t f or his o ffi ce by an oin tin g

,

— that is through the pourin g of oil upon the he ad

,

( Lev v iii
. 1 2 o f v. T h e expressio
, . .n 111 3
73 ,

Lev iv 3[ the an oin ted priest] sign ifies the sa me as

. .
,

511 513 m int! [ the great pri e st] The post Biblical lan .
-

guage (perhaps also eve n in D an ix 2 6 if On iaS I II . .

,
.

is ther e in te n ded after w hose re moval 1 7 1 B C A ntio

, , . .
,

chus Epiph an e s plun dered the temple) also calls him

Si mply D Q p as w he n in H or ayoth there is a dis
‘ ‘
, ,

c ri mi n atio n bet wee n M ; wag h rpp private man

'
" i
, , ,

prin ce an d high priest But o utside of the Torah it

, .

is the king of Israel wh o is called the an oi nted ,

an d in deed the an oi n ted of Yah we h e y Sa u l 1 Sam , . .

,
.

xii 3; David P s xviii 5 1 2 Sam xxiii 1 Zedekiah

.
,
. .
,
. . ,
 INTR OD UCTI ON . 17

Lam iv . . 2 0; also Cyru

is hon o ured in Isa xlv 1
s . .

w ith the title of an a n oi n t ed on e of Yah w eh beca u se ,

Yah weh has bro ught abo ut his elevation as ki ng an d ,

has chose n h im as His i n str ume n t F or man sign ifies i

.

n ot o n ly to an oi n t
( i e to po
. ur
. oil upo n or to appl y ,

oil in so me other w ay) b u t has aside fro m the extern al

, ,

cere mo nial completio n of the an oin tin g the f urther ,

mean i ng o f an oi nti n g th r o u gh w ord an d deed ( 1 Kin gs

xix 1 6 ; P S c v
. . . I n the ti me of the J u dges in ,

w hich there w as n o u n ited gove rn me n t of the e n tire

people it w as a divin ely an oin ted kin g t o w hom hOpe

,
-

an d pro mise w ere di rected ; an d whe n in the ti me of

the Ki n gs the kingdo m wen t coun t er to its d ivin ely

determi n ed e n d (as for example in the time of Ahaz )
, , ,

p romise an d hope we re directed all the more ear n estly

to a divin ely given righteo us an d victorio us ki ng .

Messian ic prophecies in the n arrowest sign ification are

accordingly such prophecies as co n n ect the hope of ,

salvation an d the glory of the people o f God with a

fu ture kin g who proceeding from Israel subjects the
, , ,

w orld to hi mself —
This ideal ki ng that is the on e
. ,

w h o c o mpletely act u alizes the theocr tic idea is as

a —
s uch mn W9 ; b ut th is is n ot yet the distin guishing
'

ch ar acteristic n ame in the Old Testa me n t It is for .

,

example question able whether in Hab iii

,
. .

re fers t o the presen t kin g or to the gr eat On e of the

fu t ure an d in ge n eral there is n o Old Testame n t
passage in which in dicat es the f uture On e wit h
eschatological exclusiveness (n ot even D an ix 2 5 . .
,

w here as it appears
,
Va
; ,
is
“

in t e n ded of the
B
 18 M ESSI ANI C PROPH ECI ES IN H I S TO RICAL SUCCESSI ON .

priestly k in g of the future) This only can be cer .

1

t ainly held that e ven the c o n gregation of the exilic

,

period understo od by the divin ely -an ointed On e in

P S c xxxii an d P S ii the Ki ng of the fin al period
. . . . .

8 Th e Ne w Testame n t Clar ification

. Of the Conc ep tion

Of the Me ssiah .

F i rst, in
the doctri post Biblical n al lan guage of -

Judais m the f uture On e is called almost w ith th e ,

sign ifican ce of a proper n ame Greek M e a ,

after the Aramaic form of t he n ame or with the

post positive article
- Although th e royal dign ity
is in volved in w he n this w ord is u sed as a n oun ,

t h e Targ u ms an d the literatu re of the Talmudical

“3 m Heb
period prefer the design ation 1 7 , .

D tfiT D whe n both are ble n ded together lik e a proper

Q (
‘

n ame as in , 85
9 Zech xiv 1 6
9 but so me , . .

ti mes simply DTP Aramaic OWE ) is f o und ,I n the ,

8
.

Lu
1
th e r t ranslate s Dan ix 25 : U n til Christ th e P r in c e ,
. .
”

an d a sol v e r 2 6 : A n d af t e r si t - xy
t wo we e k s Chr is t will b e
—
.

d e st ro e d
”
y T h is is th e on l
. yp
lac e in th e Old T e stame n t w he re
h e has u se d t h e n ame of Ch rist .

D e Lagard e h old s t hat M arc ia : is t h e G re e k f orm of p irs,

9
a ’

Jordan ic A rab ic n omin al f or m lik e

a t ran s- for WW I t is, “
.

h ow e v e r, t h e G r e e k for m of s org
fip ; th e 11 re main in g un e xp re sse d

be twe e n t h e t wo lon g p t v ow e ls as
a in i wim p Ne h v ii 5 4,
, . .

an d M e d ia ; or M arc ia ; was w rit t e n lik e or

Sin ce t h rou gh d u li ca tion g re at e r p

st a ili t b y was giv en t o th e ab ort

3 Se e e .g. L ev . Th e S irit of G od rood e d ov e r

r abba c . x iv . : p b
th e w ate rs m u m en 1 5 S W r at
”
Amn d with out t h
. e ar tic le

P e sachim accord in g t o w h ic h rp : S m
ip w e be lon g to th e
 INTR OD UCTI ON . 19

c ed P salms of Solomon w hich were w ritten in

so- all ,

—
Hebre w about the year 4 8 the year of the b attle of ,

P harsalias — an d w hich have bee n pre served for u

,
s in

a Greek tran slatio n w hich is to so me exte n t di ffi cu lt

to un dersta n d the f ut ure On e is called ( xvii 36
, ,

xviii 8) Xpw ds mipt s (as in L uke ii 1 1 ; Hebre w

.
'
r o .

E ve n in the Septuagin t Xpw r ée is the '

tran slation of the Hebre w D lfip While however the ‘

.
, ,

Ne w Testa me n t design atio n o f Jes u s is coexten sive

w ith t h e Hebre w an d Je w ish philologically it ,

-
is n ot really ; for sin ce the n ame Xpw é e beco mes r
,

the n ame of Jesus it gives to the person ality of Jesus

,

its Old Testame n t stamp n ot however w ithout at the , , ,

same time receivin g a n e w stamp fro m H im The n ame .

Xpt 7 69 receives a w ider dee per mo r e exalte d me an in g

0
‘ '

, , .

It experie n ces in the light of the Saviour a me tamor

phosis (glorification ) The royal idea w hich it expresses
.

is n ot re moved but it is relieved of its one sidedn ess

,
-
.

It indicates the Son of God an d the Son of man w h o , ,

as the re ward of His priest y se sac rific e re ceives the

l lf -
,

royal cro wn in stead of the cro wn of thorn s an d as the ,

risen and exalted On e rules the w orld he n ce in a ,

man n er w orthy of God at w hose right han d He sits

, .

Re ma r k —W ithi the course n of the evangelical

history the Lord is called 7 970 069 . F i rst after God

se v e n t h in gs wh ich p re c e d e d th e Cre at ion . A n d Sanhe dr in

y
sa s Sime on , call e d Bar -
we b N3
Coc h ba 5 Targ j er to G e n
: . . . .

xlix 1 1 may se rv e as a p roof passage f or xni w Mafi

.
a w h ic h ,

oc c urs fr e que n tly in th e Tar gu ms : H ow be au t iful is

i
, se Of J u
s n wn w ho sh all on e d ay r ise fr om th e h ou d ah
20 M ESS I ANI C PR OPH ECI ES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESSI ON .

rai ed H im fro m the dead an d as is said in Acts 1 1 36

s , , .
,

made H im both Lord an d Christ He receives in additio n ,

to the proper n ame 7 7 79 the d esign atio n of hon our

7 0 01 ,

w hic h has like wise beco me a proper n a me Xpw é s ,

r .

W ithi n t h e Gos pe ls how ever except in Joh n i 1 7

, , .
,

xvii 3 this do uble de sig n ation occurs o n ly in M att

.
, .

i 1 1 8 ( but here with t he article prefi xe d 37 7 6

.
,
7 01 1 00

Xpw fi) ; Mark i l
ro Aside fro m Joh n xvii 3the
. . .

e va n ge lists w rite this do u ble design ation ove r the

at e s of their Gospels like a s u mm ary or m b le m o f
g e

the e ntire followin g history w i th a similar signifi catio n ,

as w he n the Torah prefixes the do u ble design ation ma ~

Wil! ! to G e n ii —
l
iii Both n ames express eve rythin g
. . . .

I n the n a me Jes u s the idea of salv ation predo mi n ates ;

in t h e n a me Chris t that of glory , W e c an say : the .

c ou rse in t he Old Testamen t le ads f ro m C hrist to

Je sus the co urse in t he Ne w Testa me n t fro m Jes us
,

t o Christ

Re mar k 2 —I n spite of the on e sid e d n ess of the

.

.
-

royal i mage th e roy al d mi n ion still re main s on e sideo

in the i mage of the f u ture On e ; an d far f ro m d e nyin g

t he r oyal dign ity o f His Messi ahship Jes u s a n s w er s

the q
,

uestion of P ilate ( Mark xv -

) Re yc e an d . 01 c l ,

ove r His cross stan ds OB h e i s 6 I 3i (Mar k aa t j

‘
7 1 1)
’
ov a co v

xv . w hich the Je w s w o u ld h av e liked to h ave

c hanged because He w as n ot the Kin g of the Je ws b ut
, ,

said that He w as (Joh n x ix 2 1 f O bserve that this . .

is the Gospel of Joh n ) But the kin gdom which lies .

at the e n d of His co urse w h ile it e mbraces the w rld ,

o ,

is n evertheless n ot a w o rld ly kin gdo m He will on e .

d ay be Ki ng of the Je w s an d will agai n raise u p t,

h e

ki ngdom of Israel but n ot be fore the Je wish people

,

h a v e su bjected the mselves to His sceptre in pe n ite n ce

22 M ESS IANI C PR OP H ECI ES IN H I STO RI CAL S UCCESS ION .

1 0 H istor ical Ske tch

.
f
o the Staye d .

The Ne w Te sta men t refere n ces to Old Testamen t

prophecies are li mited rather acciden tally than ,

design edly by the occasion s afforded in the Gospel

,

history an d the apostolic trains of tho ught Hen ce .

it has co me to pass that many Messian ic passages of ,

pri me i mportan ce have re main ed un n oticed e y I sa , . .

i x 5 6 ; Jer xxiii 5 6 ; Zech v i 1 2 1 3 A riche r

.
, . .
, . .
, .

an d to a certai n exte n t more sys te matic disc u

, ssion of ,

the predictio n s an d represe n tation s con cern in g Christ

in the Old Testame n t begi n s with the E pistle of
—
Barn abas ( 7 1 1 2 0 w hich is re lated to th e
E pistle to the Hebrews but which stan ds far belo w ,

it an d in J ustin s Dialogue with Trypho (d about

,
’
.

1 63 This is to a certain exte n t a mission ary , ,

docume n t the o nly on e of the an cie n t Church w hich

, ,

breathes a spirit of love that seeks the lost of ,

w hich w e c an discover bu t little in the F i rst Book

of Cyprian s Testimon ia ad ve r sus Judaeos (d
’ 1
.

an d in the A lte r catio Simon is Judae i e t The op hili

Ju stin is in so far i n ferior to his Jewish
’
Chr istia n i .

oppon en t that he is acquain ted with the Old Testa

,

men t o nly thro u gh the secon dary source of the

Sept u agin t On the other han d Origen (d
. , .

w h o in his E ighth Book

,
w ritte n again st C els us ,

1
Se e W . Fa b er in Saat a u
f H ofi n u
ng Erlan ge n 1 887 , v ol.
—
,

xxi pp v. . 26 2 9 .

1
b
Se e G e h ard t H arn ack ’
s Tacte n a nd Unt er siwhunge n, Le i
'
p zig ,
 INT RODUCTION . 23

( abo u t co n te n ds agai n st the heathe n an d Je w is h

misre presen tation s of the person of C hrist an d o f
Christia n ity is acqu
,
ai n t ed w ith Hebre w but his in ter ,

r e t ation of the Scriptu res s u

ff ers f ro m his e ff ort at
p
that arbitrary allegorization in which the Al exan drian
school is the successor of P hilo Neverth eless the .
,

historical method of the A n tiochian school brought

abo u t a reactio n w hich eve n referred direct Messian ic
,

prophecies like Micah v 1 to Zer ubbabel an d in .

general to objects be fore C hrist an d on ly with re fer , ,

e n ce to the result of their higher f ulfilme n t to Christ , .

Theodore of An tioch (d bishop of Mopsue st ia

.
,

did this in a rash an d o ff e n sive way It w as n ot .

taken in to acco u n t by the an cien t C h u rch down to the ,

ti me of the Middle Ages that there is in the Old ,

Testament a prep ar ation for the salvation in Christ

through a con n ected an d progressive history Nor 1
.

w as it taken i n to acco u n t in the ti me of t h e Re for ma

tion when the predomin an tly an ti Judaistic apologetic

,
-
,

i n terest of the an cien t Church was replaced by on e

w hich was predo mi n an tly dog matic an d a spirit u al istic ,

interpretation took t he place of an allegorical which ,

re moved the n ation al ele me n ts of the old prophecy by

mean s of a sy mbolical or a mystical i nterpretation .

F irst Spe n er (d 1 7 05 ) an d his schoo l made w ay for

, .

a better u n derstan din g of the prophecies while w i th , ,

refere n ce to Rom xi 2 5 2 6 he recogn ised that which

. .
, ,

is relatively authorized in the n ation al form of the Old

1
I th i
n s ti
c on n e c p i l tt t i i all d t A b l d
on s ec a a en on s c e o e ar
’
s

(d.1 1 4 2 ) Dialogue i nter P hi losop hum,

Judae um ci Chr istian u
m .
24 M ESS IANI C PR OPH ECIES IN H IS TO RICAL SUCCESS I ON .

Testamen t prophecy Joh n Albert Ben gal (d 1 7 5 2)

. .

an d C h ristian A u gustus Crusius (d 1 7 7 5 ) be gan to .

modify the stiff idea of i n spi ration si n ce they regarded ,

the prophets n ot only as passive but also at the sa me ,

ti me as active i nstrume n ts an d placed their ran e of

, g

vie w un der the law of perspective With Cocce ius .

( d. 1 6 69 ) bega n the m ethod o f treati n g the O ld T est a

me n t in period s Bu . t they w ere n o t able to divide

t his history i nto periods accordin g to its i n te rn al

d evelopmen t in which ch an ce an d plan freedo m an d

, ,

n ecessity in terpe n etrate W h en the n ration alis m for

.
,

w hich the w ay had bee n prepared by the Armi n i an

Groti us (d . an d Spin oza in his Tr ac ta tu s the o

log ico p oliticas an d which was fo u n d ed b

y
Se mler (d . d egraded Jesu s to a teacher o f
religion an d morals the M essianic prophecies of the
,

Old Testame n t became almost en tire ly w i t ho u t an

object un til the gradual unfolding of the idea of the
,

Messiah was recogn ised in the m an d as ther e was a , ,

return from a merely n omin al Christian ity to that estab

lish e d by doc u men ts the gr ad u , al s ubjective prepara
tion of the essen tial salvation was ackn o wledged This .

revolution w as established by Hen gsten berg s (d 1 869 ) ’

.

Chr istolog ie d e s A lte n Te stame n ts (in th ree volu mes ,

Berlin 1 82 9 1 835 secon d edition 1 85 4

-
, which
f ormed a n e w e poch in the treatme n t of the s u bject ,

f ollo wed in a spiri t of f reer c riticism by Th olu ck s

’

( d. 1 87 7 ) work D,ie P r op he te n un d ih r e W e i ssa u

y y n e n ,

Gotha 1 860 an d by Gustav Baur in his Geschichte d e r

,

alttesta me ntliche n We issag u ng Theil 1, 1 861 The , .

 I NT ROD UCTI ON . 25

proper me an bet wee n c o n servat ism an d progress was

taken by Oehler (d 1 87 2 ) in his articles Messias “

an d Weissag un g in the fi rst editio n of Herzog s ’

Re al Encyhlop d die vols ix Stu

-
, ttgart 1 85 8 an d xvii
. .
, , ,

Gotha 1 863 an d in his The ology of the Old Testame n t

, ,
1

w hich appe ared af t er h is death The same praise is .

du e to Ore lli s w ork The Old Te tame n t P r op he cy of the

’

,
s

Comp le tion Of the K ingd om Of Cod an d to Briggs

’ ’

3
Messian ic P r ophe cy W e sho u ld be g u
. ilty of ine x
cu sable i n r atitu de if w e w e r e to make n o me n tio n of
g
H ofman n s (d 1 87 7 ) work which still re main s un ique
’
.
, ,

e n titled We issag ung a n d Erf itllung in t wo parts , ,

NOr dlin ge n 1 84 1 1 84 4 This tre atise is a c om

-
.

pan io n piece to He ngste n berg s Chr istolog y The Old ’

.

Testame n t acco un t is here reco n structed his torically

an d exegetically in a masterly way as an organ ic
w hole developed in w or d an d de e d u
, n ti l the ti me of

C hrist with w hich the history of the f ulfilmen t as the

, ,

other half reachi ng to the e nd of the prese n t dis

,

p e n sat ion is
,
joi n ed together M an y v i e w s of truth .

w hich have co me i n to the mode rn script u ral theology

have sprun g from th is origin al w ork wh ose mai n fault ,

is the strai n ing of the type at expe n se of the prophecy .

I n his co n ceptio n of the prophecies co n cern i n g Isr ael s

’

fu ture Hof mann s stan dpoi n t is realistic He leaves

’
.

t he co n ceptio n of Israe l in the n atio n al estimatio n of

it without un derstan din g by it the Ch urch gathered
,

ou t of Israe l an d the heathe n n ever t he less in s u ch ,

1
F irst e d it ion , T iib in g ,
e n 1 87 —
37 4 se c on d e d it ion ,
1 882 85 — .

1
Ed in b urgh .
3 Ed in u r h 1 886 b g .
26 M ESS IANI C P ROPH ECI ES IN H I S TO RI CAL SUCCESSION .

a w ay exclude the restoration of all which

as to
can n ot be h armon ized with the C hristian de n at ion al
izin g of the religio n an d the doin g away with the law .

Also Bertheau in his le ngthy article Die altte sta ,

me n tliche Weissagu n g v on Isr ae l s Re ic h sh e rr lic h k e it

’

in sein e m Lan de in the f o u rth v olume of the

”

Jahr bitche r f itr de utsche Theolog ie Gotha 1 85 9 seeks , ,

to separate the prese n t idea of the fulfilme n t from the

particular n atio n al f orm In like mann er Rieh m (d . .

1 888) in his w ork D ie Messian ische We issag u

, ng G otha ,

1 87 5 which fails to do j u
, stice to the w ords of
prophecy w ith re feren ce to the co n version of Israel .

The ration alistic stan dpoin t in which the histo rical ,

method is carried ou t is represe n ted by St a , lhe lin s

’

w ork D ie Messian ische n We issag u

, ng e n Berlin 1 84 7 ; ,

Anger s lectures p ublished after his death (d

’

, .

edi ted by K re n ke l Ue be r d ie Geschichte de r Messian

,

ische n Ide e Berli n 1 87 3; Hitzig ( d 1 87 5 ) in his

, .

Vor lesung e n it be r biblische Theolog ie an d Messia n ische n

We issag ung Karlsruhe 1 880
de s A lte n Testame n ts, , ,

issued by K n e uc he r ; and K ue n e n s work The P r op he ts ’

and P r op he c
y i n I sr ae l Lo n do n 1 87 7 w hich is
,
d is ,

t ing u ish e d more for its learn in g an d sharp appre h e n

sio n of the subject th an for origin ality an d genius ,

w hich on pri n ciple dismisses all that is su

, ,
pern atural
as un historical and regards ethical mon otheis m as the
,

kern el of prophecy D uh m s Die The olog ie de r P r o

.
’

p h e te n, Bo n n 1 8 7 5 is pecu liar in this

, respect th a t ,

he sets out with the proposition that the Old Testa

me nt lite rary prophets belong to an e arlier age than
 I NTROD UCTI ON . 27

the Mo sai c law an d that in the writing of every proph et

,

there is a special system of te achin g by mean s of which ,

he hin ders or helps the progress to gr eate r freedom in

r eligio us thin gs I n oppositio n to this ration ali stic
.

stan dpoin t Ed ward K Onig in his w ork D e n Ofi e n bar ,

ung sbegr ifi d es A lte n Te stame n ts Leipzig 1 882 de f en ds

'

, ,

the s upern atural charact er of Old Testame n t prophecy .

A sketch of the history o f the i nterpretation of Old

Testame n t prophecy is given by Tholuc k in his D as
A lte Te stame n t im Ne u en in the Su pple men t t o his
,

comme n tary on the Epistle t o the Hebre w s an d e spe ci ,

ally in the sixth edition 1 868 also in Oehler s article

,
’

e ntitled Weissagun g in the first edition of Herzog s

’

” ’

Re al En cyhlopad ie ; an d its pr ogress si n ce Be n gel is g ive n

-
‘

in D e lit zsch s w ork D ie biblisch p r op he tische The olog ie

’
-
, ,

ihr e F or tbildung d u
r ch Chr A . . Cr u
siu
s un d ihr e ne ueste
En twic ke lu Berlin
’
n
g se it d er Chr istolog ie H e ngste n be rg s,

1 84 5 . Man y materials bearin g upon the s ubject

are aff orded in D ie st e l s (d 1 87 9 ) Ce schichte des A lte n
’
.

Testame n ts in d e r chr istliche n K ir che Je n a 1 869 .

Re mar k —The represen tatio n of the co u

,

rse of de
v e IOp me n t in prophecy w i ll di ffer accordin g as the
supern atural factor of the history is recogn ised or n ot
recogn ised by the w rite r as specifically di ff eren t an d ,

yet at the same time as historical an d Christian ity as ,

only the religion of pe rfect morality or as the religio n ,

of rede mptio n Bu
. t a lso aside f r o m t his the represe n ta ,

tion w ill differ according to the position of the w riter

w ith re fere n ce to the res u lts of moder n lite rary his
t oric al criticis m an d the n e w co n stru
, ction of the Old
Testa me n t history which is based upon it .
28 M ESS IAN I C P ROP ll ECI ES I N H IS TO RICAL SUCCESSI ON .

It is a postulate o f our con scio us n e ss t hat h uman ,

history is e ngaged in a mo v emen t t o w ar d a defi n ite

e nd This move men t far fro m bein g absolute ly
,

in a st raight li n e takes place un der all kin ds o f

,

deviatio n s an d re tr ogre sson s an d t h e valuation of ,

th at w hich is n e w is w on t to be diff re n t not o nly on e ,

the p art of co nt e mporaries but also on the p art of ,

those w ho co me later si n ce it does n ot treat of the

,

things of n at ure but rather of those of the spi rit ual

,

life . Never the less there arises in spite of all these ,

d evio u s w ays an d n otwithstan din g the un ce rtain ty of

,

j udgme n t the de man d for actual progress A n d in vie w

,
.

of the r evol u tion w hich has t ake n place in the domain

o f Biblical i n vestigatio n the q u es tion is j ust i fied what
, ,

perma ne n t religio us advan tage is t o proc eed fro m it .

A ll recog n i t io n o f the tr u th is o f a religio us ch ar

acter so far as God Hi mse lf is the t r u
, th an d the ,

e n dless backgroun d of the recog nitio n of all religious

truth Biblical question s ho weve r are immediately
.
, ,

religious I sh all not pres ume t o det e rmin e in ad

.

van ce that whic h in the year 2 000 will be co n sidered

p ure gold w hich w ill have e n d ured the s melting fi re
,

of c r iticism an d w ill have bee n w on by me an s o f it ;

,

bu t on e thi n g w e k n o w that the H oly Scriptu r es of

'

the Old an d Ne w Testame n ts will be an d w ill re main

the docume n t of the reve latio n of the on e tr ue
God A n d sin ce the Old Tes tamen t religion is a pre
.

p a r at ion an d a pre li mi n ar y step f or the N e w w e sh all ,

n ot take an o ff e ce i f i the O ld Test ame n t Scri p

y n n

tures w hich have the char acter of an e ffort to attai n

,

perfectio n much appears mo re imperfect than be fore

,
.
 C H A P TER I .

TH E D I VINE WOR D C ON CE RN I NG TH E F UT U RE SALVATION

BEFO RE TH E T I M E OF TH E P ROPH ETS .

1 . Ju
stifica tion f
o the Beg in n ing in Ge n esis iii .

F the historical successio n in w hich w e propose to

,

treat the Messian ic prophecies w ere to be under ,

stood as a successio n in literary history w e should ,

on ly be j ustified in begin n i ng w ith G e n iii if we . .

,

con sidered the so called J e hov ist ic book fro m which

-
,

the history of P aradise is d rawn the oldest Old Testa ,

men t historical book Bu

. t this is n ot ou r Opi n io n .

W e con sider it a very old histo r ical so u rce older than ,

modern criticism con cedes b u t n ot the oldest

,
Never .

t h e le ss w e are j ustified in begin n in g w ith G e n iii . .

F or the n arrative co n cernin g the pri mitive co n ditio n

an d f all of man w as n ot i n ve n ted by the n arrator b u t ,

w as an old sag e
“
f oun d by h im w hich he co mmu ni
,

cates to us in a form in w hich stripped of its heathen,

myt hological accessories it has su, stain ed the criticism

of the Spi r i t of reve latio n W e may therefore begi n
.

w here the docu me nt ary sacred history begin s Sin ce it ,

con tributes n ot a little to its recomme n dation that ,

altho u gh recorded by an Israelitish pe n it begin s not , ,

3
1
32 M ESSIANI C PROPH ECIES IN H I S TO RI CAL SUCCESS IO N .

w ith a n ation but w ith man ki nd The B iblical primi

, .

tive history is the history of man kin d an d does n ot ,

have the peculiar n ation al an d mythological colo urs of

the primitive t raditio n s outside of Israel But does .

n ot the n arrative in G e n 1 1 iii so un d mythical ? I f

. .

we u n derstan d by myth m
( yth us) the i n vestit ure n ot ,

o n ly of un iversal tho u ghts but also of defi n ite realities

,

in sy mbolical dress w e may n evertheless regard the

,

history of P aradise as a myth so far o nly as w e hold ,

f ast the follo w i ng as realities that there was a

de mon iac al evil on e before evil h ad take n possession
,

of man ; ( 2 ) that this d e mo n iacal evil on e w as the

power of te mptatio n before w hich man fell ; ( 3) that

God after ma n ki n d had falle n p un ished them b ut at ,

the same ti me open ed a w ay of salvation by which ,

they co uld again secure co mmun io n with God ; ( 4 )

that He placed be fore the m in prospect the v ictory
over that po wer of te mptation through w hich they had
lost t h e co mmu n io n with God in P aradise .

Re mar k . Also the Babylon ian sage t h e

in
serpen t is Tiamat ( Tihd mat) the source o f all evil , ,

the person ified Dina This expres ses a profoun d

.

thought si n ce the essen ce o f evil is the fallin g back

,

in to the n atural ele me n ts out of w hich the world in

,

man ki n d is rai sed to t h e i mage of God The ser pen t .

is c alled a ibu(t h e e n e my 31k) a e -

it is called
, ,
le
’
r
’

sé r u ma hha (r abbu) like 6 Sp t/e m

,
u 6 é
a y a s in the a r

Ne w Test ame n t Apocaly pse It sed uces ma nki n d to .

s in,
sin ce it seeks to s ustain itself in its authority .

It is also said of it that it destroyed t he grove of

,
 BEGINNING AN D O J B ECT or T H E OP HANIES . 3

li fe
1
.Much here is un certain I n c ompariso n the .
,

Iran ian sage is far clearer according to which the ,

serpen t is the first creation of Ahriman w h o hi mself ,

is both represen ted an d called a serpe n t The serpe n t .

disturbs the peace destroys paradise an d cas ts down

, ,

Yima the ruler of the golde n age that is the first

, , ,

man W e have here re min iscen ces w hic h are w orthy

.
,

o f atte n tio n r especti ng t h e origi n of evil altho u

, gh in ,

a mythical garb .

2 . Beg inn ing an d Obj e ct f

o the Theop hanie s .

Bet ween us an d God there is n ow a wall of separa

tion God has become far fro m us and is con cealed
.
, ,

as it were behin d an i mpen etrable veil The sagen

, .

of the [ diff ere n t] peop les testify in man y w ays that at ,

the begi nn in g of human history God w as immediately

n e ar to man and had i n terco u ,
rse with him an d that ,

ou r prese n t distan ce f ro m God is a loss It f ollows .

f ro m ou r pre s e n t n atu re that we can n ot make any

represen tation to ourselves of that origin al in tercourse
of God w ith me n E ve n in G e n iii we are n ot
. . .

raised above this in ability of represen ting it The .

n arrative retai n s a mysterio u s backgroun d but it has ,

a tran sparen t deep mean i ng After the fall wh ich .

,

destroyed the unio n of God an d man man perceives ,

the steps of God w h o is dra win g n ear an d flees from

, ,

H im He comes i n deed as a J u
. dge wh o is to be feared ,

1
Se e Fr ie drich D e lit zsc h , P ar adie s, 87 ff ; p . an d Assyr ische
L es e stiic ke , 9 5 ff p
Texte zu
. r We ltschO
.
pf u
ng u n d z r u Au
j le hn u
ng
und Be kéinvpfu ng der Schlange Tiamat .

C
 34 M ESSIANI C PROPH ECIES IN H I S TO RICAL SUCCESSIO N .

n ot , ho w ever to destroy for the sake of pun ishi ng b ut

, ,

through bitter chastisemen t t o w in back the lost .

A n d in a sign ifican t mann er the on e who appears is

called Yah weh Elohim G od as Creator of the e n tire
-
. ,

c reatio n an d as its F i n isher ( Volle n d e r ) that is as the , ,

P ow er w hich fin ally fills it co mpletely w ith glory

l
( 1 C o r xv . is c all
.ed B aD
j
E ; an d G od as R edee mer ‘
,

t hat is as Mediato r o f this co mpletion ( Volle n d u

,
ng )

t hro u gh sin an d w rath is thro ughout called His

,

audible steps after t h e fall are His first steps toward

the goal of the revelation in the flesh ( 1 Tim iii . .

w hich is the resto ratio n an d co mpletio n of the i mma

n e n ce of divi n e love in the w orld .

3 T he
. P r imitive P r omise .

Th us prese n ti ng Hi mself God an n oun ces their ,

se n te n ce to the serpen t to the w oman an d to Adam , ,

to these three together as co n cern ed in their solidar ity , .

The serpen t and in it the spi rit ual bein g whose

, ,

mask it became or if we u n derstan d the accoun t

,

mythically w hose i mage it is are c u

, rsed on accoun t of ,

the temptation which proceeded f rom them w hich ,

plunged man kin d in to sin and death The earth is .

1
[ T h is is a li b ty w h i h
er c we are co mp e lle d to tak e . Most of
the He b re w x a up i t d P f
w ord s in t h e G e r man t e t re n o n e . ro .

D lit
e h h w
zsc , o p u d mn J h ah whi h h
e v e r, ne ve r r on o nce i
, e ov , c e

id
c on s d ph il l gi l m t ity But a i t h t a
e re a o o ca on s ros .
,
s n e r ns

lit at i
er wh i h h
on h gi c f t h e eam h as u
ld l y ve n o n e, e co on

mm d h i tu
r e co en d t t Y
s s
y ah w h t f
en s ll w t h x m
o sap l e or o o o e e a e

f t h J w i re adi g A dh ai ]—C
,

o e e s n n on . .
 THE PRI MITI VE P ROM I SE . 35

c ursed on Ada m s accoun t w hile t he n atural world

’

, ,

after its destin y as a mean s of blessi ng t o man kin d

has been th w arted is turn ed i n to an in str umen t of ,

w rath agai n st the m Adam hi mself ho wever is n ot .

, ,

cursed but in the midst of the curse on the te mpter

,

the hOpe of a v ictory in the con te st w ith the power of

evil rises upon man ki n d The verdict pron o un ced .

upon the serpe nt after it has been humbled to a w or m

,

in t h e d u st is (iii ,
A n d I w ill p u t e n mity
.
“

bet ween thee an d the w o man an d between thy seed ,

an d her seed The w oman as th e on e first seduced

.
, ,

an d the serpe n t wh o served the sed u , cer as an iustr u

me n t are here represe ntatives of their e n tire race
, .

The divin e retributio n places that is establishes , , ,

betwee n the race of serpe n ts an d of me n a relation of

in tern al an d actual e n mity A n d w ho w ill con quer in .

this war w hich is e n acted as a law of the further

,

history 2 He shall crush thee on the head an d thou ,

shalt crush him on the heel I n n o Se mitic idio m

”
.

does an have the sign ification of 11815 to s nap or look

d
7 , ,

eagerly for somethi n g ; an d n ever is or i n deed an y

verb i n dicatin g a hostile disposition con strued w ith a ,

double accusative This con struction w ith the acc usa

.

tive of the person an d the part which is affected is , ,

peculiar to v erbs which i ndicate a viole n t meeting e g , . .

”3
7
33 to,
sm ite ” 3
2 to mur d e r He n ce 311 3
1
,
w hich is .
,

r epeated n eithe r has the first n or the seco n d time the

,

mean in g of lying in wait (Sept u agin t mpe i ; Jerome ,

v ,

in sid iar i) The verb car} is used by the Targ um for

.

331 1
, to cr u
sh lUQ , to g r ind to p owde r ; P ? to p
” ulve r ize .
36 MESS IANI C PRO PH ECIES IN H I S TORI CAL SUCCESSIO N .

It h as the meaning w hich is there pres upposed also in

Job ix 1 7 (on the co n trary n either the mean in g
.
,

in hia r e n or con ter e r e is suite d t o P S c xxxix 1 an d . .

t he sig n ification of the root P M (no) te r e r e to g r ind is , , ,

con fir med through an exte n sive tribe of Semitic w ords ,

ac c ordi ng to w hich a mo n g the old [ versio n s] the tran s

latio n is give n by the Sa maritan an d Syriac O nly .

w hen we tra nslate it : He (the Seed of the w oman)

“

shall crush thee on the head (O v l lr e t Ro m x v i '

i , . .

does the se n ten ce i n clude th e definite promise of

victory over the serpe n t which because it s uff ers the
, ,

deadly tread seeks to defen d itself and Sin kin g un der

, ,

t h e treader is mortally wo u n ded ( G e n x lix . .

4 . The P r imiti ve P r omise in the L ight

f

f
o Fu
lfilme n t .

It is the entire decree of rede mption which is

epitomized in this origin al word of pro mise so far as ,

w e o nly main tain that the serpe n t as a sed u cer is

in ten ded an d that the curse which falls upon it has
, , ,

a backgroun d wi th refere n ce to the author of the

sed uct ion The malig n an t bite of the serpen t in the
.

heel of me n which they retaliate in the midst of their

,

de feat by treadin g on its head is only a n atural picture ,

of that w hich ever co n stitutes the most cen tral p urport

of —
history n amely the c on flict of man kin d w ith
,

Satan an d w ith all who are i n 7 013

, Bea Bblt ov (wompofi) ;
for after the po wer of grace has e n tered man kin d by
,

mean s of the pro mise they are placed throu

, gh the fall , ,

in the attit u de of a secon d decision for the mselves ,

38 M ESSIAN I C PR O PH ECIES IN H IS TO R ICAL SUCCESS ION .

Re mar k 1 —Bu
t h ow is it co siste n t w ith the divin e
. n

order salvation that the mean ing of the prot e v an

of

g e li um an d
,
in ge n era l of the history of the f all Sho u
ld ,

be first recogn ised so late an d sho uld be first fully ,

an d c o mple tely disclosed thro u gh the Ne w Testame n t

revelation It c an only be e xplain ed on t h e supposi
tion that the faith w hich brought salvation in the Old
Testame n t was a faith in God the Re dee mer The .

deeper the Israelite felt the curse an d the burde n of

s in an d w as attacked on every side by su
,
ff erin gs and
miserie s an d was an xious on acco u
,
n t o f the dark n ess

of death an d of the n ext w orld the mo r e arde n tly he ,

lo nged for redemption f ro m sin and d eath an d espe ,

c ially fro m this evil w orld ; an d the f ai t h in w hich he

f ou n d rest was fai th in God the Redee mer accordi n g to

His promise He longed for the visible revelation of

—
.

the supramun dan e God His comin g down from heaven

to e arth ; but that He w ould complete the w ork of
rede mption thro ugh a man in w ho m He d welt as the
,

a ngel of the Mosaic redemption ; that w as an appre

h e nsion which w as developed on ly grad u ally an d first ,

became fully clear to faith in the face of Jesus Christ 1

—
.

Re mar k 2 The Al exan drian Book of Wisdom ii 24

. .

says that through t he e n vy of the devil death ca me

i n to the world Al so in the P alesti n ian Je wish lite ra
t ure such gleams of light are f oun d—C hristian per
.

c e p tion s be fore C hris t which J udais m first gave up in

-

opposition to C hristian ity ; for ( 1 ) as t he design atio n

1
On e of th e most pus ut te ran c e s of Be n ge l s is th e follow
r e c io
’

in g t h e sis G radati m D e u
“
s in pat e fac ie n d is re g n i su i myste riis
p gr o re d it ur s iv e re s ip sa e s p e c t e n t ur siv e t e m po ra O
.
p e r t um
t e n e tu r in it io qu od d e in d e ap e r t u m ce rn it u r Q
. uod quav is ae tat e

d at u r ,
id san c t e d e bu it ample c t i non plu ,
s su me re n on min u
,
s

ac c ipe re .
 FI RST VERIFI CATION S or PRIM ITIVE PRO MI S E . 39

of
’
the first man with nmpn ms (6wpéi os d wn Os
A 8é p 1 C or x v 4 5 ) is old Je wish so also is t he
. .
,
r
q '

design ation of the serpe n t w hich le d man astray with

m m O d R xii xx
‘
O b
’

p p n ri ( b
c t s px i e e v 9 a o , . .
, .

( )
2 the P alesti n ia n Targ u m testi fi es th at in G e n iii 1 5 . .

there is pro mised a he alin g of the bite in the heel f ro m

the serpe n t w hich is to take place at the e n d of the
,

days in the days of Ki ng Messiah

,
I n the P alestin ian
”
.

M idrash to G e n esis we read : The thin gs w hi ch God 1

created perfect sin ce man sinn ed have bec o me corr upt

5 5
( pp )
1 m an d do n o
,
t ret urn to their proper co n ditio n

un til the son of P erez (i e accordi ng to G e n x xxviii . . . .

2 9 Ru
,
th iv 1 8 ff the Messiah out of the tribe o f
. ,

J udah) co mes According to this the Messiah is

.

Savio u r an d Restorer as the apostolic word says of ,

Jes us ( 1 Joh n iii that He has appeared in.

,

épfya St aBO
’
7 017 h ov .

5 . F ir st Eff ects an d Ve r ifications f

o the P r imitiv e
P r omise .

A first echo of the divin e w ord received in faith ,

m
con cern ing the victory o a ki d is
f n n th e n a e 3
m 1 0
,
1

( S ept u
agi nt ( o n) w hi ch Ad am gives his w i f e ; for
, ,

as the n arrator explain s ( iii 2 06 ) the m ea n i n g an d

—
.

propriety of this n ame she became the mother of

all livi n g that is in Spite of death the mother of , ,

each i n di vid ual of the race w hich is destin ed to live , ,

to who m th e v ictory over the power of the e vil on e

is promised an d hen ce as mother of the Seed of
,

t h e wo man wh o is to cr u sh the head of the serpe n t .

1
Bereshith rabba xii.
40 MESSIANI C P ROP RECIES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESSIO N .

We o sider as a se c on d e cho the language of Eve

c n

w he n she became mother for the fi rst time Although .

this can n ot possibly be un derstood as an expression of

the be ie that her first born was the i n carn ate Yah weh
l f -
,

— for the terms of the primitive pro mise do n ot give

an y occasio n for s u —
ch an expression b ut must rather ,

i n dicate that w ith Yah weh as helper and giver she

, ,

h as bro u gh t forth a man child which She has re c eived

-
,

as her own n e v ertheless her exclamation stan ds r elated

,

t o iii 1 5 si n ce she d esig n ate d G od w ith t he n a me of

.
,

Yahweh an d in any case as the God of the promised

,

salvation for this Hebre w n ame of God belon gs to

,

the later period of the origi n of the peoples Through .

the marvel of this first birth She is placed in a joyful

amaze me n t which is po w erf u
, lly i n creased becau se that ,

th us the promise of the victory of the Seed of t h e

w o man appear ed to be realized Bu t her fir s born
t -
.

w as the mu rderer of his brother ; Cain w as 7 m

’
) ek

w npoi} ( 1 Joh n iii

ov he took his position on the side
.

of the seed of t he serpe n t The religio u

. s congregatio n
w hich was formed at the time of En osh the son of Seth , ,

could already n ame on e of their membe rs as a martyr .

W hen it is said iv 2 6 that at th at ti me me n began

, .
,

to call on an d to call out the n ame of Yahw eh th at — ,

is to pray together to God as Yahw eh an d p ublicly to

, ,

recog ise H as suc

n im h - this too stan d s in con n ectio n
, , ,

with iii 1 5 f or this historical n otice is desig n ed to

. ,

i n dicate that me n at that time join ed a co ngregation

w hich w orshipped the God of the promised salvatio n .

Bu t if man ki n d is ever to be free fro m the bon d age of

 FIRST VERIFI A I N C TO S or PRI MITIVE PROMIS E . 41

sin , as promised in iii 1 5 t hey mu

is st likewise be .
,

f ree fr o m th e c urse of de ath The e n d of En oc h s ’

.

li fe the Seven th f ro m Adam in th e li n e of Seth Sho w s

, ,

that man if he had proved t rue in the probation of

,

f ree w ill cou ld hav e gon e ov er in to an other stadiu

,
m of
existen ce without death an d corruption Death is . ,

i n deed sin ce the fall a law of n ature ; but God who

, ,

h as e n acted th is law of n atu re can also make it in ,

operative when H e will thro u gh the exertion of His

almighty po wer The translation of Enoch as well . ,

as of Elijah is a prophecy in act of the future e n d of

,

Th e p ri mitive
‘

death ( Isa xxv s ; 1 Cor xv . . . .

promise in clude s th is e n d of death in itself for the ,

crushing of the serpe nt is the disarming of him wh o

h as t he po wer of death (Heb ii . .

1 —Th u m m-
Re mar k e i mpressio n that . in e 11 15 r

iv 1 6 in dicate s the defin ite object as vi 1 0 xxvi 34

.
, , . ,
.
,

is so stron g that the Jerusalem Targum tran slates I

have g otten a man the An gel of Yahweh But this
”
.
,

i n terpretation c ann ot be main tain ed for the reason ,

that the An gel of Yah weh fi rst e nters i nto history an d

con sciousn ess after the time of the patriarchs
Re mar k 2 —Enoch a nn ou
.

n ced according to Jude

.
, ,

ver 1 4 the paro usia of the Lord in j udgmen t It is

.
,
.

in deed in itself probable that En och Sin ce he walked

w ith God —a co mmen datio n w hich o nly Noah shares
,

w ith hi m vi 9 —also k n e w abo u

,

, .t the ways of God ;

,

bu t his prophecy which J u de quotes belon gs to the

, ,

sage (Haggada) and serves the author of the Epistle ,

a didactic p u rpose That it refers to the co ming of .

t he Lord in j u dgmen t althou gh the history of mankin d ,

42 M ESS IANI C PRO PH ECI ES IN H I ST ORI CAL SUCCESSI ON .

had n ot be gun so very lon g ago is strange in itself ,

.

Not long after the be gin nin g of the C hurch the ,

p arousia of Christ as j udge w as longed and hoped for .

Th e corru ption thro ugh Sin was so great at all ti mes ,

that the believers longed that God thro ugh a j udicial ,

i nterfere n ce might h e lp the Seed of the woman to a

,

victory over t he seed of the serpe nt .

6 The Exp ecte d Com

.
f or ter .

W hile in Lamech the seve n th fro m Adam within

,

the C ai nitic lin e the worldly te n den cy of this lin e

,

r ises to b lasphe mo u s arrogan ce there appears in Enosh , ,

E n och an d Lamech the third seven th an d n in th of

, , , ,

the Se thit ic line an i n dige n ous te n de n cy to ward the

,

God of the promised salvation La mech the Se t hite . , ,

w he n his first son w as born hoped that in him the , ,

te n th from Adam the period of the curse wo uld co me

,

to a comforting con clusion This is evide n t f rom his

.

e levat ed w ords w he n he says ( v This on e Sh all .

co mfort uS for our w ork an d for t h e toil of ou r han ds

[ accordi n g to the sig n ificatio n of the Hebre w w ord

co mfortin g to make on e free from pai nful w ork ]
, ,

because of the gro un d [ t e that which the groun d

. .

re n ders n ecessary] w hich Yah weh hath c u rsed In .

”

this hope he calls him Noah i s breathin g out rest , ,

co ected ith 003to co mfort by cau si g to breathe

( n n w , n ,

ou t)
. The comfort which he expects from God thro ugh
h im is n ot co mfort in w ords b u t the c o mfo rt of an act
,

of salvatio n This co mf ort was also f u

. lfi lled thr o u gh
him althou
, gh not fu lly an d in e ntir ety b u t in a way ,
 TH E EXPECTED COMFO RTER . 43

p reparatory to the co m p le tio n The rai n bo w a f ter the .

flood was a comfort the blessing of which exten ded ,

f ro m that time on u n t il the e n d It ple dged man ki nd . ,

after the wrathful visitation in j udgme nt of thei r ,

con tin uan ce an d of the dawn of a better ti me in

, ,

w hich i n stead of w rath a b lessin g pre do min ates a

, , ,

time of favo ur patie n ce an d lo ng sufferin g of God

, ,
-

( Acts xvii 30 xiv 1 7.

; R o,
m iii . Noah is the . .

fi rst mediator of the s acred history a mediator of ,

co mfort C o mfort (n e chama) is on e of the pregn an t

.

w ords in w hich all that is hoped f ro m the God of

salvation is combi ned Yah weh as Redee mer of His .

,

people is called their C o mforter I sa xlix 1 3lii 9

, , . .
, . .

A n d the Servan t of Yah w eh the Mediator of salvatio n , ,

explain s it as His callin g to comfort all th at mo urn ,

Isa lxi 2 Noah is a forerunn er of this great Com

. . .

f orter in w hom all wh o labo u

, r and are heavy lade n
fin d re st to their so uls .

Re mar k isCo mforter

an old syn agogical 71 3
13 7,
.
9 ,

design atio n for the M essiah ; compare Sc hoe t tge n D e ,

Messia D re sdae 1 7 4 2 p 1 8 Jesu

,
s Himself is called
, . .

n a dxh nr os
p C o mf orter
'
f or His pro mise
,
He Shall , ,

se n d youdk k ov apdxxnrov (John xiv re su

p p
'
n .

-
poses that C hrist Himself is n apé xAnroe

7 . 1 7m P r omise f
o the Blessing f
o the Nations in

the Se e d f
o the P atr iar chs .

In G e n . .
—
ix 2 4 2 7 we read h ow Noah in Spirit
pe netr ated the moral an d fun dame n tal chara c ter e n cL ,
44 M ESS IAN I C P R OP H ECI ES IN H ISTO RI CAL SUCCESS ION .

con sequen tly th e f uture of the three groups of peoples

,

s pri n gin g fro m C a n aan She m an d Japh e th ; an d h ow

, ,

he awards to Can aan t he c urse o f servitude to Japhe th ,

f ar reachin g poli t ical po wer and to She m a ce n tral

-
,

religious sig ni fican ce which also dra ws Japh e th to

him . The God of salvation is the God of Shem ;
She m is therefore for hi mse lf an d the n atio n s a bearer
of the revelatio n o f this God According to this it
.

is a Shemite who m God after Noah e n trus ts with

, ,

t he seco n d epoch makin g mediatorship Abraham

- .

is chose n out of the midst of the n ation s to become

a mediator of t he revelation of salvatio n an d the ,

pro mise of the salvatio n of the en tire race is c on

n e c t e d w ith him an d his seed as ce n tre an d s tarti ng ,

poin t : A n d all the kindreds of the earth Shall bless

the mselves in thee an d in thy seed This promise ”
.

is made three times to Abraham (xii 3x viii 1 8 xxii .

, .
,

an d o n ce each to Is aac an d Jacob ( xx v i 4 x xv m .

, .

It is give n three times with 131 - 13 1

( xii 3 :
. ,

x viii 1 8 xx v iii
.
,
. an d twice w ith ( xxii .

1 8 xxvi
, . It is questionable w hether it should be
tran slated as a p assive they Shall be blessed or ,

as a reflexive : they shall bless the mselves Th e .

”

N ip hal 111 2 3 occu rs only in this promise but the ,

H ithp ae l w herever it occu

,
rs e g Jer iv 2 has a
, . . . . ,

reflexive sign ification Nevertheless the Septua in t ,

g

( A cts iii 2 5 ;
. G al 1 1 1 .8 ). tra n s lates all of the five
passages w ith a passive e v e vk ynd i vm t Sin ce a’
or ooo .

lo n gi n g desire for salvatio n accordi n g to God s pla n

’

of sal vatio n is always acco mpan ied w ith act u

,
al attain
46 M ESS IAN I C PRO PH ECIES IN H I S TORI CAL SUCCESS ION.

fu
l filled in Kin g Messiah whose n ame con tin ues an d
,

bu ds forever In this On e the mediatorshi p of t h e

.

blessin g of the people of Abraham attain s its c on

.

s ummation n evertheless w itho ut its then havin g an

,

e n d si n ce the blessi n g w h ich is e ff ected by On e an d

, ,

w hich going ou t f ro m H im has exte n ded over the

n atio n s of the earth has n ot been secured without
,

the c o-operation of Israel thro ugh the apostle f rom

,

Israel But Si n ce the On e appeared the mediatorship

. ,

o f salvatio n thro ugh Isr ael 1 3 con dition ed In t his w ay

that fi rst it must be blessed by H im whose blessi ng
, , ,

first of all pertai ns to those wh o are chi ldren of the

,

prophets an d of the coven an t (Acts iii 2 5 .

 C H A P TER I I .

T HE PR OPH ETI C BENEDI CTIO N S OF TH E DYING PATRIARCH S .

8 Jacob s
.
’

f
ar t u
l P r ocur e me n t f
o the Blessing f
o the

I CERO says 1
App r op in uq
an te mor te [ an imus]

multo e st dir in ior. It is an experimen tal f act

that precisely through the approach of the n ight of
death the most i n ten se e ff ulge n ce flash es thro ugh the
h uman spirit which has sprun g f ro m the bein g of
G od ; an d it Is in co n n ectio n w ith this psychological
n atu r al p h e n o me n on that the pat riarchs j u
st before
their death become seers an d utter testame ntary w ords
,

of a prophetic characte r con cern in g their children .

Their bless in gs are n ot merely wishes w hose e ffect ,

is coexte n sive w ith the gran ti ng of the prayer of

f aith b u
,
t they are at the sa me ti me predictio n s w hich ,

proceed f rom the divi nely-mediated vie w i nto the

fu ture as it has been decreed Of such a sort is
, .

t he blessin g of the fi r st -bor n wh ich Isaa c u tt ers

‘

regardi n g his secon d son Sin ce Divin e P roviden ce

,

f rustrated that w hich his n atural will in te n ded It .

arose fro m the divin e pro mise w hich had alre ady gon e
1
D e Divinations , lib i . . 63
.

47
48 MESSIANI C PR O PH EC IES IN H I S TO RI CAL SUCCESS ION .

f orth, w hich Isaac had grasped in f aith ( Heb xi . .

an d had f u rther un folded in the Spirit of prophecy .

This blessin g of the first bom con sists of f our parts -

xxvii 2 7 It pro m ises the n e who m it con

( . o

c e rn s : ( )
1 The possessio n o f the l a n d o f C an aa n

un der the divi ne be n ediction ( vers 2 7 b 2 8) .

,

Se e , th e sme ll of my son
I s as th e sme ll of a e ld w h ich fi
Yah we h h ath le sse d b .

A n d G od w ill giv e t h e e of t h e d e w of he av e n ,
fi
A n d of t h e fat e lds of th e e art h ,
An d le n t of corn an d mu
p y st .

( )
2 Th e subjection of the n atio ns an d in deed w itho ut ,

limitation in s u ch gen eral termS that the limitation to

, ,

t h e n atio n s of C an aan perhap s i n cluding the n eigh

,

b ou rin g c o un tries is con trary to the w ords of the

,

text (ver 2 9 a).

P pl h all
eo th es S se rv e ee,

A nd n ations bow d own t o th e e .

3
( ) The pri macy over his brothers that is the tribes , ,

of Israel an d over those blood re latio n s w ho w ere

,

o utside the posterity of the lin e of promise ( ver 2 9 b) .

Be L ord ov e r th y b re th r e n ,

A n d th y moth e r s
’
son s Sh all b ow d own t o t h e e .

( )
4 high a positio n in rede mptive history that
So ,

b lessings an d c u rses are con dition ed by the attitude

w hich me n take to him w h o has received the blessi ng

( ver .2 9 0)

Cu d b y
rse th t u th t h
e e ve r on e a c rse ee ,

A d bl d b
n y t hat bl
e sse th th
e e ve r one e sse ee.
 P R OP H ETI C RENEDICT IONS o r PATRIA RC H S . 49

W hen Esau w eepi n g bitterly also begs for a ble ss

, ,

in g he has for him too so me pro mises b u

, ,
t of s uch a
, ,

sort that they brin g a di mn ess in to the p ure light of

the blessin g of Jacob w h ich is deserved thro ugh ,

his a rtifice but Isaac can n ot recall any o f the

pro mises made to Jacob for he k n o ws that God has ,

spoken thro ugh him an d th at agai n st his o wn will

, , ,

he h as become God s i n str ume n t It is the blessing of

’
.

Abraham that Isaac as if passin g by himself lays upo n

, ,

Jacob for he pro mises h im t he possessio n of Canaan

,

( c.f xii 7 ) an
. d victo r io u s po w er ( of xxii a lso the . .

additio n : I w ill bless those that bless thee an d h im ,

that curseth thee w ill I curse w as already Spoke n to ,

Abraham (xii The blessin g an d the curse of me n

.

ar e to be determi n ed by the rela tio n w hich they take

to the on e who h as bee n bless ed by G od —a de te r ,

mi n atio n w hich mu st h ave a deep moral gro un d Si n ce ,

the God of revelation is the holy On e w ho as s uch , , ,

n either ives the pre f ere n ce in a p artiza n w a

g y n or

pro motes w o rldly pride of ran k W hoeve r blesses the .

—
patriarch s evi nces the reby as for ex ample the bless , ,

in g of Abram thro u gh Me lc hise de k sho w s (xiv 1 9 ) .

his belief in God whose con fessors they are The

,
.

salvation which is fi n ally to find its complete historical

,

represen tatio n in the person of Jes us the Christ h as ,

n ow accordi n g to t he meas u
,
re of its stage of prepara
tio n t he patriarchs His an cestors as possessors and
, , ,

beare rs .
50 M ESS IANI C P ROPH ECI ES IN H I S TO RI CAL SUCCES SI ON .

9 . The D e sig na tion o f Jud ah as Royal an d

Mess ian ic Tr ibe .

After the three patriarchs had bee n e n larged fro m

Jacob to t welve heads of tribes the que stion arises , ,

f ro m w hich of the t w elve tribe s the pro mised salvat io n

shall go f or th Jacob s prophetic blessin g (G e n xlix )
.
’
. .

an s w e r s this qu estio n Re ube n through his in cest .

,

w ith Bilhah h ad f orfeited t h e right o f pri moge n itu

, re .

It could n ot be tran s mitted to Simeo n an d Levi o n ,

acco u n t of th ei r o utrage on the i nhabitan ts of Sheche m .

He n ce Jacob in vie w of his n ear de ath tra n sfers t he

, ,

double in heritan ce (the in the n arro w er mean in g

of an i n herita n ce ) w hich I S co n n ected w ith the right
,

o f pri moge n itu re to Joseph his favourite son b ut

, , ,

p ri macy an d the w orld posi t io n in t he history of -

salv ation to J ud ah his fo urth son ( 1 Chron v 1

, , . .

J acob p ro mises h im the leadership of the tribes of

his people as an i n alie n able right won th ro ugh his ,

lio n like c o u
- r age un til on his c o mi n g to Shiloh
, , ,

h is do mi n io n of the tri bes Sho u ld be e n la rged to a

do mi nion over the w orld
8 Ju d h th ath h ll t h y b th
ee, p i
ee s a re re n r a se

Th y h d i th
an k f th is on mi e ne c s o ne e ne e s,

T h e son s of t h y fat h e r sh all b ow d ow n t o t h e e .

9 J
udah is a o u n g lion , y
p y
F rom t h e r e , my son , t h o uar t gon e u p
H e lie s d ow n , h e c ou c he s as a lio n , an d as a lion e ss,

W h o d ar e s t o w ak e h im u p ?
1 0 Th e sce pt re Sh all n ot de p art fro m J ud ah ,

Nor th e le ade r s staff f rom e t w e e n h is fe e t ,

’
b
U n t il h e c ome s t o Sh iloh
A n d t o h im w ill b e t h e o e die n ce of t h e e o le s b p p .
 J UD A H As RO YAL AND M ESSI AN I C TRI BE 51

We un derstan d 5W S3: in the se n se

hich it has
71 w
else w here ; 313 sign ifies to come to Shiloh (Josh .

xviii 9 1 Sam iv
. as 51 52} wi n sign ifies to brin g to
. .

Shiloh ( J u dg x xi 1 2 ; 1 Sam i
. .also after 1159 . .
,

an d “5 710,
7
is used to in dicate t h e place w hither It .

is also certain that ”PW is n ot a pr oper n ame Sin ce in , ,

mm 1 1 1 2 J u
.
,
dah is the subject who af ter he has
, , ,

f ou ght his w ay thro ugh rejoices in pr ospero us happy , ,

peace in a lan d richly blessed w ith win e an d milk so ,

that J udah also in ver 1 0 must be the subject wit h .

,

ou t the i n t er positio n of an other A n d that which .

Jacob pro mised Jud ah act ually came to p ass F or as .

Israel at whose head w as the tribe of J udah pitched

, ,

the ten t of the testimon y in Shiloh bet ween She chem ,

an d Bethe ] he n ce in the heart of Ca n aan the la n d as

, , ,

is said in Josh x v iii 1 w as subd ued be fore the m : the

. .
,

con quest had made pr ogress in a directio n w hich with ,

persistent si milar en ergy bore in itself the ple dge of

, ,

completio n But furt her more J udah really became

.
, ,

the royal tribe in Israel w hich in D avid an d Solo mon , , ,

h ad comma n d n ot over the t ribes of Isr ae l alo n e bu

, t ,

also over the n eighbo u rin g peoples The w eake n i ng .

an d the bre aki n g thro u gh of the po wer an d perman

en ce of t h e kingdom of Jud ah are r elatively un im
portan t eleme n ts for the prophet But sin ce the .

Chalde an catastrophe made an e n d of the D avidic

kingdo m — w hich arose in Zerubbabel after the exile
,

o nly in a sh adowy way an d f or a Short time —the ,

fu lfi lme n t of t h e blessi n g co n cern i n g Ju dah w o uld

certainly lack its crow n if the divi n ely an oin ted One -
,
52 M ESSIANI C PR O PH ECI ES IN H IS TO RIC AL SUCCESS ION .

to hom the Lord (P S 1 1 8) gives t he heathen for

w . .

H is in herita n ce and the e n ds of the earth f or H is

,

possession had n ot arisen out of J udah But it is

, .

evide n t says the E pistle to the Hebre w s (VII

,
that .

ou r Lord spran g f ro m J u d ah ; an d the Apocalyp se ,

si n ce it calls H im the Lio n from the tribe of Judah

( v . poi n ts back to this blessi n g of Jaco b He n ce .

the pre dict ion con cern in g J udah re main s Messian ic ,

even whe n w e un dersta n d Shiloh as the n ame of a

l ace S i n ce Jacob n ames the tribe of J udah as t h
p . e

royal tribe of Israel the p reli min ary history of t he

,

Messiah has advan ced so far that now Judah is ,

chosen as the place for the appearance of the fut ure

On e .

Re mark 1 .
—W he n 71 539 is u
.

n derstood as in dicati n g a

place o nly the ren deri ng preferred by Hitzig need be

,

con sidered in con n ectio n with t he on e give n above

so long as they co me to Shiloh that is f rom the , ,

stan dpoin t of the Speaker forever Sin ce (accordin g t o ,

this i n t e rpretation ) he does n ot k n ow any othe r cen tral

place of worship But this s upposition is con trary to
.

history ( P S lxxviii 60 if ) the ge neralizin g of the

. .
,

subject of 33: disturbs [ the co nnection ] the explan a ,

tio o f 3 9 thro u gh as lo ng as (equivalen t to

" ”
1 ’
n

12s ’
is contrary t o the do mi n an t idiom which ,

k n ow s 3 ill only in the sign ification of dan ce or ad e o

” "

ui (G e n xxvi 1 3; 2 Sam x xiii 1 0 ; 2 Chron xxvi

. . . . . .

an d this expedie n t in order to arrive at the

[
mean in g] forever is u n n ecessary si n ce
[ the expres ,

sion] un ti l that fr equen tly in dicates (e g G e n xxvi ii . . . .

1 5 ) a cli max an d a cu lmi n ation beyo nd which th at ,

54 M ESSI ANI C P R OPH ECI ES IN H ISTO RI CA L SUCCESS I ON .

occurs o n ce for in (Jer x v n is n ever fo un d

. .
’
n;

f or 15 . Moreover the Massoretic re ading , excludes

the supposition that E is equivale n t t o WW I n t he
‘ .

Talmud Sanhe dr in 9 8b it is read thus : for the pupils

, ,

of Ra bbi Shila (Ni e ) re mark in ho n o u c

r of their teache r ,

that H5 ? which soun ds Similarly is the n ame of the

”

Messiah We do n ot k n o w h o w they in terpreted it

. .
1

It is a p roof of the po wer of fashio n even in

exegesis that several of the most rece n t exegete s have
,

again taken up npw as equivale n t to

'
w hich w as
heretofore con sidered as worthy of me ntion o nly as
a matter of history D river an d B riggs in te rpret .

a cc ording to the Septuagi n t : un til his own [ that

w hich be lo n gs to J u d ah] Shall come ; v on Ore lli
un til he [ J u dah] come i n to his ow n [ t he lan d of h is
n —
i heritan ce] an ex pla nation which h as n ot hi therto
,

been set forth by an y on e accordin g to w h ich “fit? is ,

e qu ivalen t to W e llh ause n exp u n ges 15 an d

1 ,

tran slates un til he come to whom the obedie nce

of t h e people belon gs Stade goes still f u r ther th an
2
.

W e llhause n as he expunges the e ntir e ten th verse as

,

a post exilic addition ; K autzsch an d Soc in tran slat e

-

153 bu
,
t u n der the i mpressio n of this modern co n fu sion
treat 115 3 } as u
1
n t r an slatable An d so it goes the best .

an d tr u est h as the fortun e grad ually to be come old an d ,

people haste n a fter th at which is n e w un til this also ,

beco mes old and they return to the old The old .

[ i n t erp r etatio n ] w hich w i,ll ever reappear is in the ,

Se e G H Dalman , D e r le ide n de
1
. . und der ster ben de Me ssias der
Synagoge , 1 888, 37 Th e word p . . oc c u
rs in t h e Talmu
d ic
prov e r b
as t h e n ame o f a man : xn
’
mm gu
m} man i5mShil s 1
o

h as sin n e d an d J oh ana must suffe r for it .

2
Ge schichte I sr ae ls, L e i p zi
g 1 8
,87 , v ol. i . p . 1 60.
 EXPLANATI ON S or S H ILOH . 55

prese n t case the un derstandin g of 11532} S2: in Josh .

xvi ii 9 an d in other places w here it occ urs in a

.
, ,

geog raphical sign ificat io n .

The n ame o f t he place ( “P t fl 15W) defectively /

,

w r itte n “522 is formed f ro m fy to h g

’

nx an ,

down in a fl abby w ay to be uns tr ung to res t an d , , ,

he n ce as the gen tile J15W Sho ws co n tracted fro m

,
”
,

it i n dicates stretc hin g out relaxation recre a , ,

tio n rest certain ly a fitti ng n a me of a plac e an d

, ,
-
,

on e w hich recomme n ds itse lf The form has t he .

characte r of a proper n ame as the n ame of a man , ,

Ru by, an d the n a me of a plac e 359 Josh xv 5 1 also ,

1
, . .

P rov xxvii 2 0 is the i n d icatio n of Hades as a

. .
,

proper n ame he n ce it can n ot be tran slated as K urtz

, ,

mai n tai n s as an a ppelative u n ti l he

( J udah ) co m es :

W e migh t rather co n sider 1 3

,

t o rest .
3 lik
5 1
1
,

as the n a me of a pe rso n so th at the M essiah c an be ,

called the bodily ( P S c xxii as the O n e in . .

Hi mself f ull of rest and as the On e prod ucin g rest ,

f ro m Hi mse lf This view co mme n ds itself n ot a little

. ,

an d w e co u ld co n sider the pre dictio n as a predictio n

—
co n cern in g Solomo n like the Samaritan t ran slator of
,

—
the P e n tate uch i n to A rabic an d beyo n d Solo mo n o f ,

his an titype But vers 1 1 1 2 co n tradict this vie w

. .
, ,

for in t h e m J u dah is t he subject ; the i mages appe r

tain to the tribe which co mes t o Shiloh an d w hich ,

r ests f r o m co n flict in peace n ot to the perso n of a ,

single p rin ce of p e ace .

Re mar k 3 T he pole mic agai n st t h e Je w s has

.

carried on a tr adition al mis use w hich exte n ds back ,

to J u stin s D ialog ue with Tr yp ho Accordi ng to t his

’
.

prophecy the s ubj ugatio n of the Je wish people un der

heathe n do min io n is regarded as a preli min ary Sign of
56 MES SIANI C PR OPH ECI ES IN H I STORI CAL SUCCESSI ON .

th e comin g of the Messiah ; and the con clus io n is

dra wn th at si n ce the people is in e xile ( lift P151 T2? f it ”

witho u t a prin ce an d w ithout a king Hos 1 1 1 ”

, . .

the Me ssiah must have come lon g si n ce This .

explanation of t h e prophecy is eve n for this reason

i nad missible because the p rediction in this blessin g
, ,

th at Judah Should at le ngth lose domi nion w o uld ,

bri ng a gloom for w hich there w ould be n o occasio n .

I s aac Troki in his mu , mp u n i 1 4 is q uite right

, .
, ,

w here he c o n te n d s agai n st this i n terpretation wi t h its

con sequen ces He is q uite righ t when he main tain s
.

that 3 I? does n ot in dicate that whe n the give n

‘ "

turn in g poin t sh all come J udah Sh all lose the

-

domin io n but that then Judah s domin ion shall be

,
’

exte n ded to w orld d omi nion (t he so called 1111 117 - " "
,

see Le vy Ne uh br aisches Wor te r buch iii

,
e
'

an d ,
.

also bec au se this in terpretatio n is in con tradiction

w ith the Ch ristian fai t h sin ce Jes u s sprung f ro m
,

J udah an d is called the Kin g o f the Jews ; and also

,

aft er He ca me the sceptre re mai n ed w ith the tribe of

J udah But w e d o n ot agree with him in giv in g

.

PhD? a perso n al i n t erpreta t io n as in De u t xxxiii 2 1, . .

,

as re ferrin g t o t he legislators to tho se wh o han d le the

,

law the c hie fs of t h e pe ople wh ich invo lves ou

, r,

un der stan di n g ”1713 1 313 in the i n d ece n t sign ificat io n

1

of D e n t x xv iii 5 7 ; n or d o w e agree w ith him

. .

w he n he c o mbin es w ith 3 1 5? in the same 1

passage of D e uteron o my an d accor ding to the , ,

Targum of On ke los on t his pass age un derstan ds ,

of the yo u n gest that is of t h e final Son

, ,

o f Ju da h whi le ,
h as also th ro u gh the Mish n a ,

Talmud an d Syriac rather the assured sign ification

, ,

of a fter birth (se cu - n din ae ) Bu t in the mai n poi n t

.
 EXPLA N ATI ON S or S H ILO H . 7

he is quite right that accordin g to the prophecy

,

co n cern in g Shiloh the ki ngdom of God f rom J udah ,

thro ugh the Messiah will over c o me all the kin gdo ms
,

of this w orld he n ce th at t he d o mi n ion of J u

, dah
w itho u t dimin ution will beco me exte n ded to w orld
do minion
Re mar k 4 —K u
.

rtz rejects the personal in te rpre tation

.

‘
of nr e for thi s reaso n b e cau se the promise of a kin g
'

, ,

an d, i ndeed of one ruling the w orld hen ce of the

, ,

Messiah her e at the e n d of the patriarchal period is

,

an an achro n ism A n d in deed althou

. gh alon g w ith
, ,

the prediction con cern in g the blessin g of the people in

t h e seed of the p atriar chs t h e predictio n is con n ect ed ,

that the patriarchs shall be tribal an cestors of man y

peo ples an d kin gs of peoples (G e n xvii 6 1 6
, . .
, ,

xxxv . the preli mi n ary co n dition s for the f uture

i mage of a king of Isr ael are n ot yet in exist
e n ce the tri bes of Israel are only fi rst in process of
:

beco min g a people ; the th eocratic relation of God

begin s first w ith the legislation an d the pat riarchal ,

hou
0

se is n ot yet i n volved in w ars w hich press f or a ,

de man d for one leadership It is true t hat the promise .

re spe ctin g Judah has a royal sound ; for D3? is the

usual designation of ho n our for a kin g bu t it does n ot ,

have to do w ith a person but w ith a tribe an d in such , ,

a wa
y that f ro m the sta n dpoi n t o f the fu rther deve lop
me n t an d espe cially of the fu
,
lfi lme n t on e is the goal , .

As in the pro tevan gel am is man kin d an d on e is the ,

ce n tre ; as in t he promise con cern in g the blessing on

‘

the peoples 1211? is the family of the patriarchs an d

1
,

on e is the cen tre : so here 1 1 W is the tribe an d on e

1
,

is the cen tre If we compare the prophecy con cern

.

ing Shiloh w ith the p rotevan gel there appear s to be

58 M ESSIANI C P R OPH ECI ES IN H ISTO RI CAL SUCCESS ION .

ra ther retrogressio n than progression b ut it is o nly

,

appare n t. The proclamat io n of salvatio n in its be gin

n i n g w as w ith re fere n ce to victory over the evi l an d ,

this begin n i ng is the impellin g germ of the f ollowin g

develop me n t un til its utmost li mit A blessin g on
.

t h e n atio n s is the co n te n ts of the proclama t io n o f

—
salvatio n in its secon d stage the developme n t goes
,

f orward fr o m this poin t bu

,
t departi n g f ro m the all
co mprehen sive ideal placed in the begi nn in g as the ,

plan t before it att ain s its ulti mate e n d in t h e f ruit

,

w hich is pr e formed in ger m goes o u

,
t in root ste m , ,

an d bran ches . The n ation alizin g of the proclamatio n

o f s alv atio n is the r oot thr ou gh w hich it is faste n ed ,

an d the tr u n k w hich is to bea r t h e f r uit With the

.

b lessin g of Judah the n atio nalizin g begin s after the,

w ay h as alre ady bee n prepar ed thro u gh the pro mise

of the blessi ng of the n atio n s in the seed of the
p at riarchs .
 C H A P TER II I .

TH E P RED I CTI ON S OF TH E MO SAI C PERI OD C ON CERN ING

TH E FUTURE SA LVAT I ON .

1 0 The P r omise
.
f
o a P r op he t f
a te r Mose s
,
an d

like him .

H E f uture mediator of s alvation appears late r on

as kin g w ho as the chose n of Yah weh reign s
,

o ver Israe l an d f ro m Israel over t h e n atio n s

,
The .

prophecy of Shiloh is like the f rame w hich the late r ,

i mage of t h e Messiah fills out But be fore we meet .

w ith a proper Messia n ic prophecy there is give n ,

because of a special occasion w ithout con nection w ith

,

the expectatio n of an ideal ki ng the pro mise of a ,

prophet like M oses A S the people at the giving of

.

the Sin aitic law could n ot bear to hear t he voice of

Yah we h on account of its dreadful n earness an d
, ,

accordi ngly Moses must act as mediator ( Deut .

v.
—
2 3 2 8 ; c f Ex xx. . Yah weh promised the
.

people for the f uture a prophet wh o should be ,

raised fro m t heir midst like Moses an d de man ded ,

f or him in advan ce u n co n di tio n al obe d ie n ce (De u t .

x viii 1 5
.
[ This is ] a n appe n dix to the history
of the legis lation which is to be i n serted a fter D e n t
, .

59
60 M ESSIANI C P ROP H ECI ES IN H I STO RI CA L SUCCESSIO N .

v . hich is co n nected w ith the comman d n ot to

2 8, w
make u se of idolatrous mean s of w itchcraft (De ut .

xviii 9 . an d w hich is co mpleted in the i n dica

tion of the sign s thro ugh which a true is to be dis

t in gu ishe d fro m a fa lse prophet De u
( t xviii 2 0 ff ) . . .

I n order that w e may n ot be le d to take a po sitio n

agai n st the i n divid u al an d perso nal in terpretatio n of
the prophet who is pro mised thro ugh the co n n ection ,

in w hich the prophecy co n cer n i n g the prophet like

M oses stan ds we have to co n sider : ( 1 ) Moses is
, ,

acco rdi n g to the vie w of the To r ah the i n co mparable ,

prophet The tr ue c haracter of his person ality in

.

rede mptive h istory proceeds from his prophetic callin g ,

f r om which the legislative is n ever specially dis

t ing u ish e d He n ce the un ique character of the
.

i n ti mate relatio n of God w ith this His servan t (Num

su
.

—
x ii 6 8) is co mp ar ed w ith God s u
. al r e latio n s w ith
’

the prophets an d he is called as the on e w h o is

, ,

i n comparable by his proper o ffi cial n ame 39 ; (D e n t

,
1
.

x xxiv 1 0 ; c f Hos xii

. .
( )
2 Moses
. . is acc o rdi n g ,

to the history as it is gi v e n us in the Torah n ot ,

the o nly pro phet of his ti me His sister also bears .

the desig n atio n of prophetess ( E x xv ,

. .

M iriam an d Aaro n are co n scio u s th at God also speaks

through the m as w ell as t h ro ugh M oses (Num xii . .

The seven ty elders who m Moses appoin ts as his assist

,

an ts have a part of the Spi rit of God which rests on

,

him an d begi n to p r ophesy an d the prophetic ecstasy

, ,

seizes others also amon g the people ( Num xi 2 4 . .

,

there were also prophets at that time besides Moses

-
,
62 MESS IANI C P R O PH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESS I ON .

Moses ! O y so un derstood
nl xviii 1
is D e nt9 . . 5 1
-

j ustified as a part of the prophetic w ords which are

to be discussed by us in historical s uccession If the .

prediction on ly re ferre d to t he con tin uan ce of pro

ph atic me diation in ge n eral it w o uld be w itho ut any
,

Christological sign i fica n ce for it w o u ,

l d n ot con tain
an y i n dicatio n th at the prophetic o ffice a fte r M oses

w ou ld c u lmi n ate in On e wh o w o u ,
ld be g reater than
all the precedi n g . Bu t the u se of the si n g u
lar as ,

has bee n poin ted out sh ows that n ot a s uccessio n

,

of prophets is i n te n ded bu t on e prophet w ho stan ds

, ,

before the spir i t of the speaker ; an d as the expression s

”
i h ? an d f lit) ? de man d s u ,ch an On e w ho is n ot o nly ,

a co n ti n u atio n bu
,
t also an a n titype of t h e me diator

ship of Moses That the f uture w ill not be without

.

proph ets is p res upposed in the Torah and n ot o nly ,

especially pro mised b ut it is promised that a mon g

,

these prophets there w ill be a n other Moses It .

r e main s u n deter mi n ed whether this other Moses is to

be ho ped for in the n earer or more re mote f uture .

The prediction brings that which is separated n ear

together an d flies aw ay over that which lies bet ween
,

the n ow and the comi ng time w hich is separated ,

perhaps by a gulf of more than a tho usan d years .

Re mar k 1 .
— Ou r i n terpretatio n of this pass age gives

agai n the i mpressio n w hich it makes on u s bu t we ,

are n ot so dari ng as to attribute to the groun ds of

probability in its favour a co mpulsory power of p roof .

The i mpression which it makes on in te rpreters like

H av e r n ic k Ho f man n G u
, , stav Baur Eduard K 6nig , ,
 THE PR OPH ET LIK E MO SES . 63

v on Ore lli Dillman n others is j ust the opposite

, , an d .

These in te rpreters c onte n d again st the referen ce to a

single defin ite prophet an d fin d o nly one tho ught ,

expressed that God will raise up a mediator for H is

,

people s uch as it n ow has in M oses as o ften as it

, ,

n eeds a mediator o f a divi n e r eve latio n By the ex .

pr essio n 3 39 we are n ot to u
”
n dersta n d a prop het

w h o stan ds on the sa me pla n e with M oses ; it i n d icate s

o n ly on e w ho is to be an o rgan of God like him ,

Si n ce here Moses an d t h e other prophet s ar e n ot co m

pared as in D e nt xxxiv 1 0 b ut Moses an d the . .

,

prophets like him as organ s o f God are co mpared w ith

the heathen sorcerers Ho fman n says the si ng ular .
,
1

is in deed n ot a collective but is used w ith relation to ,

the sin gle c ase w here the people n eed a mediator of

the divi ne revelation He also un derstands 9b ? .
”

in co nn ectio n w ith i
lZ P (
-Q P 3
1 m m
w hich stan ds by it as me an i n g a prophet w ho like ,

Moses is one of the people w hich has this in its ,

f avo u r Sin ce the warn in g again st he athe n sorcerers

,

precedes Among Je wish in terprete rs the re fe r e n ce

.

to pro phets after the time of Moses in a ge neral sen se

pr edo min ates But Abe n E zra is doubtful an d c on
.
,

siders it possible that Joshua is i nten ded That was .

also the v ie w of a p art of the Samaritan s The 2

.

passage is used in t h e same w ay in the A ssump tio

Mosis i 5 7 ,
— I n Jalk u
. t the vie w is also mai n tai n ed
.
,

that Jere miah may be the On e pro mised .

Re m a r k 2 — I t is a w eigh t y reaso n again s t the

.

single person al an d eschatological i nte rpretation of

that w ever fi n d in the can o n ical Scr iptu res
1
S 2 1
} ,
e n

1
S h if tb w i
c r l pa t 1 pp 1
e 3
8— 1 4 2
e s, v o . 11. r ,
. .

2
S th ee itati f m P h tiu i Ligh t f t
e c on s J h i 19
ro o s n oo on o n v. .
64 M ESS IANI C PR OPH ECI ES IN H IS TO RIC AL SUCCESS I ON .

of the Old Testamen t an echo of this pro mise On .

t he other han d if in the pre C hristian and aposto lic

,
-

ag e this i n terpretatio n w as adopte d to a co n siderab le

exte n t it must yet have had a tradition for it reaching

,

back w e do n ot kn o w h o w far Amo ng the Samaritan s .

,

w hose c an o n co n sists exclu sively of the five books of

Moses D e n t xviii 1 5 1 8 was regarded as the o nly
, . .
,

proper Messian ic prophecy The word of the Sama .

r ita n w o ma n Joh n iv 2 5 : I kn o w that Messiah “

.
,

co mes : w he n He shall co me He will d eclare un to us

.

all th in gs Sho w s that the Messiah was represe n ted as

,

a mediato r o f salvatio n A Samaritan whose n ame w as

.
,

D osit he u w h o claimed to be the Messiah mai n t ai ned

l
s , ,

that he was therefore the prophet w ho w as pro mised

in D e n t xviii
. Bu t also in the Ne w Tes t ame n t
.

Scriptu res this passage is c on sidere d as a locu s illustr is

o f eschatological mea n i n g as a p rophe cy which has ,

come to its re alizatio n in Jes us C hrist In the .

address of P eter w hich w as made in t he porch of

,

Solo mo n the prophet w h o is p r edicted by Moses is

,

compared w ith the prophets wh o have prepared the

w ay f or his co min g sin ce Samu el (Act s iii 2 2 .

A n d Stephe n pres u pposin g the mean i ng of the passage

,

as re ferr in g to Christ e mphasizes D e n t x v ii i 1 5 as on e

, . .

o f the most sig n ifi c an t w ords of Moses ( Acts vii .

W he n P hilip says to Nathan ael (John i We .

“

h ave f o un d H im o f w ho m Moses in the law did w rite

”

there is n othin g fitter there as w ell as in John v 4 6 ,

.
,

th an to thi n k of this prophecy of the f uture prophet .

W e are le d w i th probability to co n clude th at this

i n terpretation of the passage w as n ot isolated sin c e ,

1
U hlhorn P litt s Re a l-E ncyklop d die
in H e r zog an d
’
f ur
p r o

te stan tische The ologie un d K ir che , L e i zig 1 87 8, v ol iii p . . p 683

. .
 BALAAM S
’
PR O PH ECY ABO UT TH E S TA R . 65

also the expectation of t he people in the ti me of

C hrist was directed to a gre at prophet wh o w as
absolutely called 6 podnir ns (Joh n vi n But .

h ow this prophet was re lated to the Messiah w as n ot

c lea r.
—
The people distinguished both (Joh n 1 1 9 2 1 .
,

vii 4 0
. altho ugh in the face of Jesus Christ the
percept io n of the o ne n ess of the pro phet an d of the
M essiah disappeared (Matt xxi 9 1 — . .

1l . The P r op he cy o
f Balaa m con ce rn ing the Star an d

the Scep tr e o ut of I sr ae l .

It is related in the gran diloq uen t parasha (sectio n )

o f Balak in Nu mbe rs ( xxii 2 an d else where ) that
,
.
,

Balak king of the Moa bites w he n the kingdo ms of

, ,

Siho n an d Og became s u bject to the military prow ess

o f Israe l s ummo n ed the celebr ated Balaam of P eth or
, ,

n orth east of Aleppo in order t hat he might u

-
, tter a
curse again st the people who were pressing forward
so Vict oriously ; b ut that overcome by the Spiri t of ,

Yah w eh in spite of all Balak s e ff ort s b e blessed Israel

,
’

an d prophesied thei r glorio u s fut ure This is an even t .

w hich als o o u tside of that p arasha is celebrated as an

, ,

in tegral part of the mI racle s of the Exod us ( D e n t .

xxiii 5 f ; Josh xxiv 9 f ; M icah vi 5 ; Neh xiii

. . . . . . . .

W e admit that the n arr ative as it lies before us is , ,

co mbin ed out of several so ur ces that may be cle arly

disti nguished and th at t h e historical eleme n t as it
, ,

s urvived in the sage has bee n reprod uced n ot w ith

“
,
”

ou t literary c o ope r atio n b u

- t w itho ut do u
btin g t he
,

f act t hat the heath e n sorce rer co n trary to his n at ural ,

E
66 M ESSIANI C P RO PH ECI ES IN H I S TO RI C AL SUCCESSI ON .

dispositio n be came a prophet of Yah weh an d th at he

, ,

received an in sight in to the f uture of Is rael w hose ,

s ign ific an ce on ly has its co un ter part in the secon d

part of the Book of Zechariah an d the Book of Dan iel .

As Balaam reached Mo ab especially the district ,

above the Ar n o n w hich Siho n w h o w as n o w co n q u

,
ered ,

by Israel had sn atched fro m the Moabites Balak shows

, ,

h im three ti mes a place f ro m w hich he h as a vie w of

Israel (Num xxii 4 1 xxiii 1 4 . . He brin gs
, .
,

gre at offerin gs in orde r if po ssible to secure the com, ,

p lian c e o f Yah w eh b u t Ba laam mu st in spite o f ,

these bless in stead o f c ur se This takes place in three

,
.

predictive utteran ces w hich are join ed on to the three

—
,

o d setti ng u rs N um xxiii 7
[ f l ] p [ o f al t a ] ( 1 0 1 8 . .
,

2 4 xxiv 3
, . F in ally givi ng u p sig n s he s u
,b m its ,

to the w ill of G od w hich he n ow recogn ises as un

,

change able an d un veils to the k in g as he departs fro m

, ,

him the f u
,
ture in fo ur great predictive utte ran ces
co n cerning t he great kin g out of Israel (x xi v 1 5 .

destruction of A malek ( ver c aptivity of the .

Ke n ites thro ugh Assh ur ( ver 2 1 dest ructio n of .

the w o rld po wer out of the west (ver 33f of on . .

, .

D FlD I D D 3 1 Macc i 1 vii i 5 ; D an xi

1
It is
“
‘ ’
. . . . .
, ,

characteristic in con n ectio n w ith the political ele me n t

of the older a n n o u n ce me n t o f the M essiah that w e

receive the first prophecy of this ki nd w ithi n th e co urse

o f Old Testa me n t histo ry f ro m the mo u th of a heathen
seer The fourth of the seve n
. o f Balaam in tro ,

du c e d thro u gh ver 1 4 A n d n ow behold I go u

. n to ,

my pe Ople : come per mit thyself to be re mi nded of

,
 B ALAAM S P ROP H ECY ABO UT
’
T HE S TA R . 67

w hat this people Sh all do to thy people in the course

o f the days —is as f ollo w s

15 U t te ran c e of Balaa m th e son of Be Or ,

And utte ran c e of the man w it h pu t u d
nc re
1
e y e s.

16 U tte ran c e of the p e rc e iv e r of d iv in e w o rd s,

An d of t h e k n ow e r of the k n ow le d g e of th e Most H igh,
IVh o se e s v isio n s o f t h e Almigh t y ,

Su n k d ow n an d w it h e e s u n v e ile d y .

1 7 I se e h im, t h o u g h n ot
y e t
b
I e h old h im, th o u g h n o t n e a r .

T he r e c ome s f ort h a star o u t o f ac o , J b

A n d r ise s a sc e t r e ou t of Isr ae l, p
p
A n d d ash e s in ie c e s t h e flan s o f Moa , k b
A n d t e ar s t o t h e gr o un d all t h e son s of Sh e t h ;
11

A n d Ed o m sh all be a c on u e st, q
Y e a Se ir , h is e n e m , sh all b e a c on u e st, y q
A n d Israe l r e tain s t h e v ic tor y .

1 9 A nd h e r u le s fr o m ac o , J b
y
A n d d e st r o s t h ose wh o h av e e sca e d fro m [ h ost ile ] cit ie s
” 3
p .

1
[ G e r man : Au
fg e stoc he n e n A u
g ,
es Lat in of th e e d . of 1 880,
p efr u u l
or a t s oco ] — C . .

1
Th us we agin t an d J e r ome
t ran slat e w it h th e Se p t u ,
bu
t
w ith outun d e rstan d in g w h o or wh at is me an t by Sh e t h J er

xl v iii. 45 t r an sfor ms n }
g 3 3in to tim e} son s of t h e t u
1 mu lt “

of w ar pe rhap s h e un d e rstan d s my in th e se n se of nae}, Lam .

iii . 4 7, from Rate , t o roar to mak e a d e so lat e n 01 se

w t
, We .

migh t also c h oose t h e r e ad in g niv nxig , e le v at ion p rid e , wh ic h z

,

g iv e s an ad m ir ab le me an in
g f or a c h arac t e r ist ic t r ait of Moab is

p rid e , as th at of Ed o m th e h at re d o f h e irs, so t hat Z un z t ran s

lat e s : All t h e so n s o f b oast in g.
” “

m
T h e P ilp e l I p, ac c or d in g
to post - bibli al lit
c e rat ure (se e Le v y , Ne u he breiische s WOr te r bu
’

c h,

iv p c e rt ain l y sign i fi to r e n d, to t e ar d own , an d th is can

q
. . es

also be said of p e r son s in an o bj e c t iv e w ay, j ut s as mu

ch as ,

P r ov . x1 1 . 7, an d D1 11 . Ex . xv . 7 PS . xx v iii. 5 J e r. xlii . 10 .

3A s in Num . xxi v. 9 b, G e n . xx v ii. 29 is re p at

e e d , an d in Num .

xxiii 24 xxi .
,
v. 9 a, G e n . xlix . 9, so h e re 1 9 b re min d s us of G e n .

xxii 1 7 b . .
68 M ESS IANI C PR OPH ECI ES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESS ION .

Here fi rst the object of the Old Testame n t hope is

person ified f or star an d sceptre are images of a rule r
,

wh o like a star appe ars o u

,
t o f I sr ae l a r u
, le r o f earthly ,

extractio n an d heaven ly splen do ur Before the e y e o f .

the seer there stan ds in the distan t fut ure a king w h o

is to be expected w h o subj ugates Moab an d Edo m , ,

an d mak es Israe l a victorio u s po w erful people T hat , .

w hich the last three predi c tio n s express co n cer ni n g

Amalek Kai n (the Ke nite s) an d the w orld powers of
, ,

the East (Assh ur ) an d of the W est (Ships from t he

coast of Kittim) has n o con n ection w ith this kin g It
, .

is n ot said that the dow n fall of these peoples an d

kin gdo ms w ill be mediated thro u gh h im Sin ce on ly .

the subj ugatio n of the Moabites and Edomites is

expressly imputed to him that w hich is predicted does ,

n ot rise beyo n d that w hich w as acco mp lished by Sa u l

( 1 S am xiv a n d m ore pe
. rm an e n t ly by D avid
2 S m Neve rt he less the s u bj ugat io thro ugh
( a . n

David was on ly a temporary on e ; hen ce Jere miah in ,

chaps xlviii xlix again takes up Bals am s p rophetic

. .
,
.
,
’

w ord s co n cern in g Moab an d E do m an d p laces the m in ,

the fut ure A n d th at which is said in ver 1 9 is

. .

in defi n ite an d is un de rstood in the Messian ic echoes of

,

P S lxxii 8 Zech ix 1 0 in an absolu

. .
,
.te sen se But
.
, .

in order to u n d e rsta n d this prophecy as on e w h ich is

to have a N e w Te stamen t f ulfilmen t w e must re move ,

it s kern e l w hich co n sists in this that t h e Messiah

, ,

w ill s u bj ugate the world through the po w er of the

Spirit an d sco u
, rgin g w ill subdue those w h o oppose
, ,

H im — th us un derstood the ulti mate f ulfilmen t of that ,

70 M ESSIANI C PR OPH ECIES IN H I STORI CAL SUCCESS I ON .

the kin g of this people (Num xxiii 2 1 h xxiv 7 b) this . .

, .
,

takes place because of the theocratic re lation w hich

d ates f ro m the Si n aitic legislation f or their Yah weh w as ,

king in Jeshurun as is said in D e nt xxxiii 5 f ro m

, . .
,

the sta n dpoin t o f the forty years of the exodus ; an d

t h e hy mn w hich r u ng o u t in the year o f the exod u s ,

after the delivera n ce th ro u gh the Re d Se a closes w ith ,

the w o rds which are to be regarded as a fun damen tal

,

part of the so ng w h ich w as e nlarged in t he mouths

,

o f the post Mosaic c on g r egatio n ( Ex x v

- Yahw eh . .

shall be king for eve r an d ever This kin gdo m of ”

.

Yah w eh is the pre s uppositio n of the M es sian ic kingdo m ,

the basis o f the ki ngdom of t he pro mise A nd M oses .

’

testame n tary song altho ugh it speaks on ly co n cern i ng

,

t h e God of salvatio n an d n ot the mediator of salvatio n

, ;

is n everthe less like a ch ar t of the w ays of God an ,

o utli n e of the statio n s o f the history of re de mption ,

in to w hich late r disc los u r es co n ce r n i n g t h e human

'

mediatio n o f the rede mption are t o be i n tr od u ced .

Su mmo n i ng h eave n an d e ar th as w itn esses of his

procla mation the poet takes his stan d in the mids t of
,

the ti me whe n Israel bo rne by Yah weh his Cre ator

, ,

on e agle s w ings through the wild e rness to the

’

lan d overflo w i n g w ith milk an d ho n ey an d there ,

blessed with the richest abun dan ce of te mporal be n efits ,

in fle shly arrogan ce and co n te mptu ous un th ank fn ln e ss

re w ards his God an d F ather w ith apostasy to the idols
of the heathe n At this t i me this so n g proclai ms to
.

t he m the w ord of G od The word . an d he

said in troduces the divi n e discourse to which the ,

 EXO D US xv . AND D EUT ERON OMY xxxn. 71

month te stimo ny is to be o pe n ed Israel because

of .
,

o f his apos tas y is to be bro u ght thro ugh God s j udg

,
’

men ts to t he brin k of destru ctio n But n ow in the .

,

mid st of the threate n ed p u n ish me n t there is the ,

b udd ing comfort that the ho n our of Yah weh in respect

,

t o Israel s e ne mies d oes n ot s u ffe r the p u n ish me n t to

’

p ro ceed to co mplete overthro w He makes use of the .

heathen as i n str umen ts of p un ish me n t again st His

people ; but a fter He has Sho wn Hi mse lf against them as
a strict j udge an d after He has destroyed the apostate
,

mass He man i fests Hi mself as a pitier an d ave n ger of

,

His se rvant s an d the result of Israel s history is fi n ally

,
’

this that God s pe ople sifted and expiated agai n

,
’

, ,

in habit their n ative lan d an d that all peoples un ite in ,

praisi n g God w ho has revealed Hi mself in j udgmen t

an d
g race .

The sho ut 113? D 13U J‘ D ad mits of t wo explan ation s

,
1 ‘
,

B reak forth in rejoicing peoples his people w hich , , ,

”

is an asyn deton as there i mmediately follows in ,

-
inn 111 a Simi lar altho u gh less hard expressio n , , ,

—or ye peoples ca use his people to rejoice I n

,
”
.

-
the latter case ram1 h as an objective accusative like ,

( P S li 1
. 6 lix . The ,
tho u
ght re m ai
. n s the

same for the rejoicing in both cases has referen ce

,

to God who in the history of Israel sho ws Himself t o

,

be the living and holy On e wh o after He has pun ished , ,

1
Th e Targu m also wav e rs : On k e los an d th e rst e r u sale m fi J
co sid e r IJJ
n ’
fl n as t ran sit iv e t h e se c on d e r usa le m— w h e re we J
are t o r ad N‘ D t 1 )
. m mm
n ot op
— c o n sid e r y lik e an )m m
e , ,

as in t h e v oc at iv e .
 72 M ES SIANI C P ROP H ECIES IN H I S TORIC AL SUCCESS I ON .

His apostate people does n ot proceed to extremes b ut

, ,

agai n has co mp assio n on those w ho fi n ally serve H im ,

an d avenges the blood of His serv an ts It is in .

,

reality the s ame con clusio n as that w hic h is reached

,

in chaps x an d xi o f the E pistle to the Ro man s :

. . .

God h ath sh ut up all un der un be lief t h at He might ,

have mercy upon all The apostle too Sho ws there ”

. , ,

h o w the histo ry of re d e mptio n in in tricate w ays

re aches a glor io us res ult an d co n cludes w ith a so ng of,

praise to the all compassio n ate God ( Rom xi 32 ff )

- . . .

M odern criticism i n deed den ies th at the great so ng

, , ,

D e n t xxx 1 1 w as co mposed by Moses ; b u

. .
,
t it co n tai n s

n othi n g w hich betrays a post M osaic o r igi n f or 13 5 3 53

-
,
1

( v e r 2
. 6 a ) does n ot re f e r to an exili n g b ut to an ,

an n u lli n g ; an d an ab u n da n ce of evide n t co n n ectio n s

w ith the Book of the Cove n an t (Ex xix w ith .

t h e b lessi n g o f M oses ( D e n t an d w ith the .

Te fi lla M oses ( P S preve n t us fro m hold in g that

.

the te stimo ny of D e n t xxxi 2 2 is self deceptio n or . .

-
,

deceptio n for a purpose (te n d e n tiose Td uschung ) ; an d

it c an be more e asily con ceived that the legislatio n is
n ot i dic ted
n a in it ith a Si g e word for 1713313
w n l — ”

( ver 1. 0 b) does n ot sig n i f y e r ud iv it c u

m — w he n th e

le gislator is the speaker w hose poetic gift is atteste d ,

through such highly poetical w ords as E x xvii 1 6 . .

,

N um x 35 f than whe n a later poet who has put

. . .
,

himself in the spirit of Moses is the speaker 1

.

1 Se e con c e rn in g th e Son g of Mose s my P e ntate uch kn tische n

’

lic he Wissenschaf t und K ir chliches L e be n ,

p
Le i zi
g 1 880,
pp . 5 05 508— .
 EXO D US xv . AND D E UT ERONOMY xxxn . 3

Re ma r k 1 .
—I h r mo y
ith its high an tiquity
n a n w ,

the so ng does n ot exhibit any str ophic al form I n .

fou r pictures it descr ibes the history o f Israel un til its

comp letion first Isra e l s cre at io n and gracious prefer
: ,
’

men t ver s 1 —1 4 ; the n Israe l s un t h an k f nln e ss an d

.
’

—
,

apostasy vers 1 5 1 9
,
the n Go d s pun itive j udgme n ts
.
’

v e r s 2 0— 34 ; an d fi n ally w he n Israe l s foot totters ’

.
, , ,

an d he is n ear t he bri n k the reve nge an d retri .

,

bu t ion agai n st h is e n e mies an d th os e o f h is G od ,

v ers 3
. 5— 4 3 It is sig n ifican t here th at the people
.

w hich experie n ces this v en gean ce n e w life an d heali n g , , ,

is called ”3 92 ve rs 3 6 a 4 3
a I n it s apostasy it is
2 N3 n ot his chi ld r e n
. .
, ,

c alled DE W-313 }
1
a
, sha me to
“
,

the mselves ( 5 a c f P r ov ix
”

,
the turn ing f ro m
. . .

w rath t o me r cy has r fe re n c e to t h e people w h o ar e e

b ro ugh t again fro m t he ir apo stasy an d wh o n o lo nger ,

se r v e str ange gods but the God who m they had for
,

gotten (mm 1 5 .

Re mar k 2 — It is i n dicated that Israel w i ll dra w

.

the heathe n to a co mmo n worship of their God in the

be n ediction s of Moses co n cernin g the he athe n territory
borde rin g on the n o rthern tri bes of Zeb ulo n an d
Issachar w he n it is said (D e n t x xxiii 1 8
, They . .
“

w i ll call peoples to the mo u n tai n [ the place w he r e

Yah weh is w orshipped] there they will sacrifice sacri

fi c e s of r ighteo usn ess The w ord man is n ot to be .
”

un derstood here as in ver 3of the tribes of Israel ; .

an d 1 3 probab ly does n ot have a n other mea n i ng tha n

1

in Ex xv 1 7 . . .
 C H A PTER IV

TH E M ESSIAN I C PR OPH ECI E S OF TH E TIM E OF J O S H UA

A ND OF T H E J UDGE S .

1 3 . Yahwe h an d H is A noin te d in the Than ksg iv ing

Song o f H an n ah .

HE great song of Moses re ally treats of the chan g

ing relat io n of Is rael to his God w itho u t th ere ,

bein g an occasion to me n tio n a divin ely an oin ted On e ; -

bu t the Mosaic law of the ki ng (D e nt xvii 1 4 ff ) . . .

sho w s h o w n ear the thought of a kin g was immediately

be for e the co n quest of Can aan The peoples with .

w ho m Isr ael h ad to do w ere all u n der a mo n archi al

f orm o f gover n me n t The royal r ule which the legis

.
’

latio n had in vie w an d f or w hich it h ad pru

,
de n tly
give n rules became in the ti me of the J udges an object
,

o f lo n gi n g an d hope The so ng 1 Sam ii 1 —1 0 in

.
, . .
,

w hich H an n ah in Shiloh as a rich ly blessed mothe r , ,

af ter lo n g disgrace praises the Lord closes w ith w o r ds

, ,

w hich Sho w h ow the people d u rin g the torn co n di t io n

,

o f the pop u lar bo n d at that ti me an d of heathe n

1
Se e con c e rn in g t h e law of t h e k in g, D er Ce se tzkode a: des D e u
te r o
nomiums ,
Z e itschm
'

f f
t iir K ir chliche Wisse nschaf t us w ,
. . . Le i p zig 1 880,
pp . 5 5 9 - 5 67 .
 YAH WEII S AN
’
OINTED IN H A NNAH S SO NG ’
.

d ege n eratio n , co mforted themselves w ith the f uture

prospect of a un ited royal govern men t
10 Yah we h H is adv e rsarie s sh all be brok e n
, in pie c e s,

It thun d e rs be for e H im in h e av e n

Yah we h will j ud ge th e e n d s of t h e e art h ,

A n d will gran t p ow e r t o H is kin g,

A n d will e xalt t h e h orn of H is an oin t e d .

W e do de ny the possibility that the so ng

n ot ,

w itho u t bei ng co mposed by Han n ah may o n ly have ,

been assign ed to her by a historian ; b ut we de n y

d ecidedly th at it does n ot har mo n ize w ith her positio n
an d f ee lin gs an d that there fore it co u
, ld n ot be c om
posed by h e r She sees in h e r elevatio n from disgrace
.

to hon our the won der ful pow e r of God which h umbles ,

the high an d exalts the lo wly ; for that is th e man n e r

o f the tru e poet to idealize his experie n ces that is to
, , ,

place them un der a un ive rsal po in t of v ie w an d to ,

behold the great in the small the w hole in t he in di ,

vid ual the esse n tial in the acciden tal An d why

, .

Sho u ld n ot Ha n n ah who had born e Samu el un der h e r

,

heart the foun der of the school o f the prophets w h o

, ,

an oi n ted D avid the s weet si n ger o f Israe l n ot have ,

posse ss e d the gif t of poetry Or are we to thi n k of

1

Kl t m
1
os e r ll t h i m
an n c a
g ly p a k is g ut f t h
s son e re on e S e n o o e

so ul f H o h bu t
an n a t p lm mp d by h
,
A d i tat i l
no a sa co o se e r. c or a

ass ump ti f t h t wh i h
on o t b p d
a T hi g
c lik ll
c an n o e r ov e s son ,
e a

old son
g i t ts, p h i l
s nob u
t h f u p
s ro it a f mca f m e or c e s on or o co

p s t i i t t ti h a d
o i on n e lud
ras f m t h i a bit
c s, y p
n c on c es ro s r rar re

supp it i th at t h l t t w li
os on ( l ob) m
e u t b
as l t o ne s v e r. s e a a er

ad di ti ft th
on , a x mpl f P xxix 1 1 M
er e e a th e g
o s. . . or e ov e r, e son

pl u i th t ad iti l t x t f b t t th a i h i wild
e ase s s n e r on a e ar e er n n s

corre c t e d on e , as, e .g., v e r . 10: “

I t is Yah we h wh o frigh t e n s
76 M ESS IANI C P ROP H ECI ES IN H IS TO RI C AL SUCCESS ION .

David in the me n tion which is made of the divin ely

a no in ted one so t h at t h e close o f the so ng ex presse s a
,

ho pe out of David s age assig n ed to the ti me of the

’

J udges and whic h there fore excludes Hann ah s auth or

,
’

shi p ? But the tr ue stat e of the case is this that the ,

a n oi nted o f G od w ho is ho pe d for is neither David n or

an u lti mate Messia h a ft er th e co n clu sion of a lo n g
se ries of ki ngs ; rathe r t he re stan ds before the soul of
the poetess an id e al ki ng who m Yah weh has appoin te d ,

an d thro u gh w ho m He b ri n gs His cause to victory .

W e have to do here w i t h t he casti ng do wn of the .

e ne mies of Yah weh f ro m on e e n d of the eart h t o

a nother and with the raI SIn g u
, p of the Messi an ic

ki ngdom or as we c an say w ithout in t roduci ng any

, ,

t hi ng which d oes n ot be lon g the re w i t h t he raisi n g ,

up of the kingdo m of God in His C hrist af ter the ,

th un der and ligh t n i ng o f divi n e j udg men t have made

way for this ki n gdo m The political use of po w er .
,

w hich co n cern s the prese r vatio n and elevatio n of the

n atio n attain here to an ethical in ward ness w hich

, ,

does n ot appear in Bals a m s prophecy ’

.

14 . The d ivi n e ly -a n o n te i d On e in the Thr e ate n ing

P r op h ecy conce r n ing the H ou f
se O Eli .

prophecy
The in 1 Sam . 11. —
27 36 Sho w s h ow
an xiously the period of the J udges looked after a
aw y Hi
a mi H w h s e ne e s, h igh in h e av e n an d th u
e o rid e s o n n d e rs .

Cf on $51) in h is c o mme n tar o n P S

. lii , an d in min e y We . x . .

e th u
3
ca nn ot d e c id e wh e th e r r
-
is c on sid e re d ac t iv e H n d e r s,
“ ”
a p1
or im p e r sonal
“
it t h u
n d érs .
”
78 M ESS IANI C PR O P H ECI E S IN H I S TO RI CA L SUCCESS I ON .

patriarchal house of Eli is regarded as the sa me w ith

the priestly house of Levi chose n Sin ce t he exod us ,

f ro m Egypt in the person of Aa ron an d those desce n d ,

an ts of Aaron are excluded from the pro mise of a

con stan t o ffi cial service be fore God made to the e n tire
priestly ho use of Levi wh o do n ot hon our t he Lo rd ,

thro ugh t heir w alk b ut w ho dish o n o ur H im This

, .

con cer ns ho wever the prese n t priestly house of the

, ,

lin e o f I t ha mar This lin e is threate n ed with deep

.

degradation and with th e tra nsitio n of the high

priestly offi ce w hose i n sig nia is the wearing of the
,

e phod to a be t ter priest t h an Eli

,
T his better priest .
,

accordin g to ver 3 4 f see ms to belo ng to the imme

. .
,

diate f uture ; but the prophecy w as f u l filled o n ly

gr adually an d n ot in its en tire severity
,
.

Abiathar the son of Ahi melech who as Saul caused

, , ,

t h e priests in Nob to be assassi n ated escaped with the ,

ephod to D avid an d shared w ith him the troubles of

,

the time of persecutio n ( 1 Sam ii 2 0 an d f urther) is . .

,

the last high priest of the lin e of Ithamar He it was .

w h o f or the be n efit Of Ado n ijah had e n te red i n to the

, ,

co n spiracy again st Solomon an d w as there fore deposed ,

by Solo mo n an d ba nished to An atho th w hich accord , ,

ing to 1 Kin gs ii 2 7 w as regarded as a f u

. lfilme n t of
,

the divin e word which w en t fort h again st the house

o f Eli Bu
. t accordi n g to 1 Sam xiv 3 Ahijah a
,
. .
, ,

gr an dso n Of Eli still w ore the high priestly ephod in

,
-

Shiloh later accor di ng to 1 Sam xxi 2 x xii 9 ff

:
. .
, .
,

Ahijah s brother Ahimelech served in Nob and made

, ,

k n o wn the divin e w ill an d a lso that Abiathar wh o , ,

 T HE A NOINT E D ONE I N TH E P ROP H ECY ABO UT E LI . 79

escaped from the massacre by Saul an d who alon g ,

w ith Zadok re mai ned tru e to D avid in the persecution

o f Absalo m 2 Sam xv 2 4 is sti ll n a med
( xv n . .
, .

under Solo mo n as priest ( 1 Kin g s iv 4 ) alo ng w ith

'

Zadok altho ugh in the secon d place

,
.

The threate n i ng predic t io n therefore co n cern ing the , ,

h ou se o f Eli has n ot at all the appearan ce o f a fic tio n ;

,

it also has in the t wo di ffi c ult pass ages w ith 1199

( 1 S a m ii 2 9 a 32.a) the. st am p o f ,
a n cie n t traditio n
l
.

A ccordi ng to this w e are n ot to thi n k that it is ,

Solo mo n w ho is i n te n ded whe n it is said in ver 3 5 , .

A nd I w i ll r aise me u p a f ait h f u l priest th at sh all ,

do acco rd i ng to tha t w hich is in my heart an d i n my

min d ; an d I w ill b u ild him a perman e n t ho use ; an d
he shall w alk be f re my a n oi nted o f or
ever I f this is really a divi nely -g ran ted gli mpse
”
.

i n to the f ut ure w e ar e obliged to recogn ise its ideal

,

ch ar acter witho ut looki ng at the historical details .

It pert ain s to a pries t aft e r G od s heart an d to a king ’

af t er God s he art an d to a lasti ng un broke n co opera

’

,
-

tion of both an d con tai n s an act ual p roof that the

,

h o pe of the be lieve r s to ward the e n d of the period

of the J u dges was directed to a ki ng to be realized ,

accordi n g to the theocratic ide a to a M essi ah (K

-
l a r bs
)
‘

p ,

o f God .

1It mi re m t p babl t h t i 2 9 m
a ns e v e r mi th
os ro u e a n a s e ac c

ti f l ti d i 3 2 r im: I; ig ifi t hh d i t f “
sa ve o re a on , an n a s n es s r e ss o

1 1 15: J b ii 1 1
t h d w lli g f G d ( f v .
3 S K il)
”
e e n o o c . Th o v . . ee e . e

S pt u d i 29 m b w h h
e agi t n
pi ; (
n i
re a i ts i n )
n d w ia, i l ar r n e
,
c nv o v e s

th t mu tat i f suar i t t h t di t y m a a d it
e ran s
g s on o n n o e c on r a c or ,
n

le av e s 2a e n tire ly u
3 n t ranS
lat e d .
 C H A P TER V .

PR OPH ECY A ND C H OK MA IN TH E AG E OF D A VI D
A ND S OLOMON .

15 . The Tr ansition of the K ing dom f r om Benj amin

A MUEL, the late -born son of Han nah who m she ,

dedicated to the service of Yah w eh in Shiloh ,

is the n e w f o under of the order of t he prophets (Acts

iii . an d the f o un der o f t h e ki n gdo m It is due .

to him that the bar barism of the period of the J udges

is f ollowed by the golde n age of t he history an d
lite r atu re of Israel The period of Saul the kin g fro m ,

the tri be of Be nja min f orms only the tra nsition to it , .

His kingdom was o nly pr elimin ary and proved itse lf ,

to be a failure H is presumptuous action in one of h is

.

last wars d ecided his d e thro n e me n t I n that great .

utteran ce ( 1 Sam xv 2 2 f ) which became the watch . . .

w ord of later prophecy an d psalmody Sa mu el a nno un c ed ,

it to him W itho ut associating any more w ith the

1
.

I t i a f ll w
1
s H sY hw h o og at d
s :ligh “
t i b u
as t a e as re e n rn

o ff i ger n d ifi
s an i b yi g t h
sac r i f Y hw h ?
ce s as n o e n e v o ce o a e

B h ld t
e o b y i b tt
,
th
o o e ifi a d t
s h ak
e er th th an sac r ce , n o e r en an e

fat o f ra ms for re be llion is t h e Sin of witch c raft, an d wilf u

ln e ss
is id olat r y p
an d t e ra him worsh i
”
p .

80
T RAN S ITI ON or K N I GDO M FROM BENJA MI N To J UD AH . 81

king he withdrew to Rama ( 1 Sam xv 34 . . Then ce

h e was se n t with t he an oi n ti n g horn to the hou se
of Jesse . There in the se min ary of the prophets at
Nayoth flou rished under his leadership prophecy an d
mu sic ( 2 Ki ngs iii 1 the spiritual po wers which
.

Sho u ld glorify the co mi ng k ingdo m of pro mise There .

,

in the u n approachable retreat of the Spirit s activity

’
,

the f uture kin g co ncealed hi mself by the Side of

Samu el from the f ury of the presen t on e There .

Sau l hi mself also as in the begin n i n g of his kingdo m

,

( 1 S am . x 1 0)
. so n o w in its dec li n e w as seiz,ed by
the irresistible po wer of the prophetic Spirit ( 1 Sam .

xix 2 3 whose ac tiv ity is like wise called NQ QDD as

.
,

( 1 Sa m . xviii 1 0). the viole n t ecstatic behavio u r i n to

w hich the Spirit of melan choly an d jealo u sy trans
ported him I n a case where on e who is seized by
.

the prophetic Spirit is ethically un like it as Balaam ,

an d Sau l the stron g chai n thro u

, gh which the Spirit
an d flesh are bo u n d n eeds to be overco me an d broke n .

Sau l w as i ndeed the an ointed o f Yah we h an d as lo n g ,

as he li v ed was co n side r ed eve n by D avid an in v iol

able perso n ( 2 Sam i . F ro m ti me to ti me his

.

be tter self broke thro u gh the gloo m of the malice an d

melan choly w ith w hich he was e n shrou ded But he .

n ever raised hi mse lf to an ideally theocratic c on c e

p
tion of his royal c flic e This begi n s first with David
.
,

t hrou gh who m Sin ce the free agen cy of Saul and God s ’

decree were co mbin ed (c f 1 Sam xiii . . the sceptre

.

passed over to Judah .

82 MESSIAN I C PR OP H ECIES IN H I STORI CAL SUCCESSION .

1 6 D avid Vie w H imse lf f h i A in ting

’
. s f
o a te r s n o .

After the removal of the Benj amin itish kingdom all

the expectatio n s of salvation w it h w hich the believer s
,

of Israe l looked i n to the f u ture w ere cen tred on the

,

n e w king do m w hich w as in process of develop me n t ,

an d Da v id himse lf aft er receivi ng the charis matic

,

chrism must h ave appe are d to himself all the more

,

Sign ifican t f or the h istory o f s alvatio n in p r oportio n ,

as he was more joy f ully co n scious of the f ullest

devotio n to t he di v in e ide al of his royal office That .

w hich J u dah accord i n g to the blessin g of Jacob an d

, ,

t h e fu ture ki ng accordin g to t he uttera n ce of Balaa m

, ,

sho uld do for their p e ople was in deed so slightly

s uperhuman that David could well re gard himself as
the ki n g predicted an d hoped for But the perso n of .

the theocratic kin g w as eve n n ow so significan t that

David through this Messian ic vie w of himself received
, ,

a cen tral an d sacr ed Sign ifican ce which was of import

an ce for the hist ory of the w orld That w hich the .

old patr iarc h al pro mise says co n cer n i n g the seed of

Abraham that those who bless him Should be blessed

, ,

an d those that c u rse him Sho uld be cursed David ,

mu st n ow re fer to hi mself His e n emies were c on

.

sid e r e d by h im as the e n e mies of Yah w eh an d the ,

imprecation s which are h urled agai n st them eve n if ,

they have more of an Old than a Ne w Testamen t

spirit do n ot proceed from an egotism w hich over
,

values itself A ll his psalms are pe n etrated with

.

the con scio us n ess that his destin y an d that of his

 D A V I D S V I EW IM SE LF TE R H IS AN OINTING 83
’
or H AF .

e n e mies stan ds accordin g to the divine decree in

, ,

c au sal co nn ection w ith the fi n al resu l t of h u man

h istory ; an d si n ce h e places himself in the light of
t h e M essia nic ideal he is w a ft ed to an ideal h eight, ,

w here he is raised f ar above the ac ci d e n tal eve n ts of

his life This is the case in P S x v i 9 1 1 where
.
— . .
,

the hopes which he e xpresses go far beyon d the

t ho u —
ght that God this ti me perhaps as he lay Sick
—would n ot suffer h im to die Viewin g himself in .

the light of his e xalted calli ng an d of his in ti mate

un ion w ith God as God s an oin ted and beloved (c f ’
.

ve r l ob w
. ith iv 4 1 5 1 m m n n
ig )
h he
. expects
, f o r
'

hi mself an e ndless life w ithout fallin g i n to Hades a ,

con tin uo us life w ith a heave nly perspective in whose ,

li n e witho u t an e n d death is a va n ishing ele me n t .

He expects for himself th at which was n ot f u lfilled in

h im b u t in the seco n d Davi d an d first thro u
,
gh the ,

s eco n d David w as also mediately fu lfilled in h im .

Speakin g hyperbolically con cern in g himself he became ,

—
a proph et (Acts ii 2 9 3 The most strikin g example
.

of t his is in P S xxii Neither in the life of David

. .

n o r in the life of an y Old Testamen t man of God

c an a sit u ation be fo un d w hich c an make the deep
I
1
d p p ly t j utify uh xpl ti w mut
n or er ro er o s s c e an a on s e s c on

s id ( )
1
er : th at t h N w T t m t w i tei g d et t i t ly es a en r n s o no s r c

di imi t b t w
sc r na e t yp ed p ph y b u
e en t mbi p d i ti
e an ro ec , co ne re c on

i d d
n d w d ud
ee an th g or al d ig ati n f p ph y
er e e ne r es n on o ro ec

( )
2 t h at it c on sid e rs th ose t h in gs in th e P salms of Dav id wh ich
t ran sce n d h is ac t al u e xpe rie n c e s as p re d ic t ion s con c e rn in
g th e
fu tur e Ch rist an d 3
( ) t h at it re gar ds u
th e t te ran ce of proph e c y ,

n ot o n l wit h y re s e ctp t o its c on te n t s but also w ith r e gard t o

w or d s, as t h e work of th e S irit p me diate d by ma n.
 84 M ESSIANI C PR OPH ECIES IN H ISTORI CAL SUCCESSION .

la me n tatio n s this psalm o v er direct i n tern al an d

of

extern al sufferin gs co n ceivable O n ly perhaps what .

D avid expe rie n ced acco r din g to 1 Sam x xiii 2 5 f

, . . .
,

w he n p u rs ued by Saul co uld have give n occasion to ,

t his ps alm Bu t it is i n co n ceivab le that t he d istres s

.

in the w ildern e s s o f Mao n co u ld have correspo n ded to

the re markably cruel ele men ts of s ufferin g in this
psalm I n it David speaks of himself as if he were
.

t he cr u cified Christ whose resc ue from deadly peril , ,

n arrated by hi mse lf and f rom mo u th to mon th w ill

, ,

be the con solatio n o f all s uff erers an d which will ,

r es u
lt in the co n versio n of the heathe n an d in the ,

setting up of the kin gdom of God amon g man kin d .

D avid s and Christ s path thro u gh suff erin g t o glory

’ ’

stan d related as type an d an titype But the category .

o f the type does n ot s u ffice for su ch a ps al m as the

t we n ty secon d - I n it the typi cal fact appe ars to be
.

hyperbolically magn ified be yo n d itse lf an d Si n ce this ,

hype rbo lical ele me nt corresponds e xactly with the

passion of Jesus Chr ist an d its con seq ue nces the spirit ,

of prophecy is the i mpe lli n g an d format ive e le me n t in

these hyperbolical lame n tation s an d vie w s ( 1 P e t i . .

W e mu st n ot h ow ever use the tw en ty secon d

, ,
-

P salm for the history of the progressive Messian ic

If w e
1
r e su p pp ose th at t h e p
s e ak e r in th e p m is th e poe t ,
sal

but t h at h e t ran s p or ts h imse lf in t o t h e p osit ion an d min d of t h e

s uffe rin g g h
ri t e ou b
s man ( H e n gst e n e r g ), or o f t h e id e al Israe l,

th e y
se r v an t of Yah w e h ( Ch e n e ), t h e stat e o f t h e c ase is s ch o py
logicall y th e sa me Bu . t if w e g ran t e d t h at t h e p oe t mad e some
o n e e lse t h an h imse lf t h e spe ak e r , th e p salm wo u ld be w ith ou t a
p aralle l.
86 MESSIA I C PR OP H ECI ES
N
IN H IS TO RI CAL SUCCESSION .

he respon ds ho wever w ith the promise of the ever

, ,

lastin g possessio n of the ki n gdo m so that even the ,

Si n s of the desce n da n ts of David w hich draw divi n e ,

chastise me n t after them can n ot frustrate the divi n e

,

pledge as was the case with Sau

,
l .

According to this that w hich Nathan an n o un ces to

,

David ex te n ds to the en tire course of hist ory which

gh all f uturity It is tr ue that the
f o llo w s thro u .

pro mise that David s seed sho uld build the Lord 9
’
.

.
—
house ( 1 C hron xxii 7 1 0 xxviii 1 0 xxix 1 ) was
.
, .
, .

applied by D avid to Solo mon an d by Solo mon to ,

hi mself ( 1 Ki ngs v 1 9 viii 1 7

. but is later take n
,
.

up by Zechariah ( vi 1 2 ) as yet to be fu
. lfi lled Th e .

f orty years reig n of Solo mo n is i n deed o nly a brie f

’

part of the e n dless d uratio n of the D avidic thron e ,

’
i ndicated by 13n W ( 2 Sam vii Al so the pro . .

mise in ver 1 4 : I will be to him a f ather an d he

.
,

Shall be to me a son does n ot apply exclusively to

,

Solo mo n n or in gen er al to this or that r u

,
ler from the
ho use of David but to the Davidic rulers as s uch
,
.

Bu t whe n it is f u rther said that in case Dav id s ’

posterity sin God will chastise the m with the stripes

,

o f me n w itho u
,
t withdr awi n g His grace fro m the house
o f David an d overthro w i n g the thro n e of David th at ,

w ou ld be an as s u
ran ce w hich w ould fall to the gro un d
if in spite of the breaki ng off of the D avidic
,

roy al lin e with Zedekiah the thron e of David had ,

n ot proved to be co n tin u o us in the absolute perso n

o f the seco n d David wh o stood in a u
,
n iqu e relatio n
of a child to G od an d wh o is i n trod u
,
ced into the
 P R OM I SE SECURED To H O USE or D AV I D . 87

w orld as heir of the thron e of David his an cestor

( Lu ke i .

I n his prayer of tha n ksgivi n g ( 2 Sam v n 1 8 2 9 — .

an d the parallel passage 1 Chron x v n 1 6 1 7 ) , . .

,

David sees in the fatherly relation in w hich God has

p laced Hi mself to his ho use a dee p con descen sion ,

f o r he says : Tho uhast Spoken to the house of Thy

servan t in the dista n t f uture an d in deed as is the , , ,

law of me n [ the mode o f dealin g co mma n ded] Yahw eh , ,

Almighty that is con descen din g to a r elation as is

,
”
, ,

the divi nely ordered rule bet wee n father an d Son

-
1
.

This de ep con descen sion of God is at the sa me time , ,

D avid s highest exaltation This is the t urn w hich

’
.

the Chron icler gives to David s words o f praise w hich ’

are ac cOrding to 1 C hron xvii 1 7 Thou has t

, . .
,

regarded me accordin g to the ran k of a man of 2

sta t ion (homin is exce lsitatis c f the sy n tax of 1 C hron , . .

xv . i e of a man who is ho n o u
. . red w ith the highest
e xaltation (c f 511 c an 2 Sam x xiii In P S xviii 3
. 6, . . . .

D avid co mp r esses in t w o words 33 “ 13 11 h t he 1

1 1 w
1
29 a , ,

design s to say thro ugh the reciprocal relation of

mu n min an d ru m l man wins mu
- -
1 7 1 s n that is Thy
1 1 1 7
I
, ,

h umility (con desce n sion ) h ath made me great .

Re mar k — It appears fro m the f ollo wi n g co n sidera

J ph Rabi wit h
1
i t h i 1:11 e nj in m e? i di
ose no
! sc se e s n s
T Y ?
an n ca

t ion of th eMe ssian ic T orah , w h ic h c on c e rns mank in d, in dis

t in c t ion from t h e n at ional limite d Sin ait ic Torah .

Th e w or d lit-
1
l as in Esth e r sign i e s r o w, se r ie s, r an k , acc or d
“
fi
in g to wh ich th e Targu m r e n d e rs a : anon If a is tak e n
“
m by . m
as e u q
iv ale n t t o N h ( c f re ain, fo r m, Be r achoth 3
‘

m
7 b), th e se n se
.

re main s th e me
sa .
88 MESS IANI C PR O PH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSIO N .

t ion S that Jesus was really the son of David

Those who sought help addressed H im as the son of
D avid ( Matt ix 2 7 xv 2 2 xx 3 . . 0 f ; c f Lu ke xviii
.
, . . . .

38 f ; Mark x
.
( )
2 .He w as greeted by the
people on His en tran ce in to Jerusale m wi t h Hosan n a
to t h e son of David (Matt xxi an d eve n by the
”
. .

children this cry was re peated (xxi w itho ut t he .

scribes and P h arisees denyi ng His right to this

design atio n of honour ( 3) E ve n aside from t he t wo .
,

ge nealogies Joseph in Matthew (i 2 0) as well as in

, .

Luke (i 2 7 ) is in dicate d as a son of David i e as

. ,
. .

sprin ging from the house of David for H is gen ealogy ,

according to Jewish law was reckoned n ot after the , ,

mother b u t af t er the f ather (mam i l fi p ar e US mam

, a) ;
'
’

in this case af ter Joseph si n ce Jes u s was his le git i ,

ti mate son because although n ot begotten by him He

,
‘
,

w as n evertheless bor n i n to h is marriage re latio n ship .

( )
4 T h e a p ostles i n dic ate H im accordi n g t o His h um a n ,

n atu re as Sprung fro m the seed of David (Rom i 3

,
. .

2 Tim ii 8 ; Re v iii 7 v 5 xxii

. . . W ith regard
. , . , .

to bo th genealogies Luke is n ot co n cerned to Sho w ,

that Mary was a desce ndan t of David for he does n ot ,

men tio n her n ame at the h ead of the ge n ealogy The .

right i nterpretatio n of be e r atam is give n by E usebius

- ( r

in the passage co mmu n ic ated by Cre d n e r There 1

w er e a mo ng the Je ws t w o kin ds of opi n io n s Si n ce the ,

Messiah on the one han d w as derived fro m the lin e

of David thro u gh Solomo n an d on the other h an d ,

f ro m the same li n e thro u gh Nathan because through ,

Jere miah ( xxii 30) the royal s uccess io n was den ied
.

to that [ li ne i e of , . . It is n evertheless
1
Cre dn e r , E inlei tu
ng in das N e ue Testa me nt, p .68 f .

1
Se e No 1 2 of my Talmu
. d ical St u
die s Die zwe ifac h e G e n e a
90 M ESSIANI C PROPH ECIES IN H I S TO RI CAL SUCCESSI ON .

Sy rian w ar, in the midst of the conquest of Rabbath

Ammon which brought the war to a close as he
, ,

fou n d hi mself on the s u mmit of extern al glory he ,

p l iI n e d i n to the t w o fold sin of ad u

g l t e ry an d murder ,

which altho u
, gh he repe n ted an d obtain ed forgi v en ess ,

yet shado wed his life un til the e n d an d bro ught h im ,

i n to a wro ng position ; f ro m that time his Messian ic

v ie w of hi mself must have suffered a tre me n dous
Shock ,an d his hope have bee n so mu ch the more
decidedly directed to a son exalted above himself a ,

Messiah of God in re ality This con clusion is c on .

firmed by P s c x If in this psalm D avid hi mself did

. .

n ot spe ak of on e that w as higher b u t the people or as , , ,

v on Ore lli thi n ks a prophet Natha n ) co n cern i n g David

(
, ,

there w o uld be n o psalm at all in which the M essiah

w ou ld occu py for David the position of a f uture perso n .

The Ne w Testamen t Sc ript ures ho wever presuppose , ,

that D avid speaks in this psalm of an othe r rather than

o f hi mself that as if he had desce n ded f ro m his thro n e
, , ,

he bo w s himself be fore the One who is at the same

t ime his Son an d his Lord an d that there fore so to , ,

speak the type lays his crow n at the feet of the anti
,

ty pe ; an d w e kn o w n o co un ter proofs which co mpel us

to correct the vie w of the psalm w ith which the argu
1
,

1
J u
es s ar g u
e s in th is passag e e conce ssis —an e xample
for th e
fac t t h at t h e r e ligious k n owle d ge an d p
rac t ic e of t h e e wish e o le J p p
b
in t h e e gin n in g of t h e Chr ist ian e riod is n ot th rou p g h out t o b e

me asu r e d aft e r t h at in t h e Mid r ash an d Talmu d F o r in t h e .

Mid rash an d Talmu d t h e foolish r e fe r e n c e of t h e salm to A r a p b

p
ham re d o min at e s y
Sin gle r a s Of ligh t in d e e d a e ar , as wh e n it
. pp
J b
is said th at t h e r od of aco , th e rod of u J
dah, t he r od of Mose s,
 IM AG E OF M ESS IAH SE PARA TED FR OM DAVI D . 91

me ntation of the Lord ( Mark x1 1 3 —

5 3 7 an d parallels)
.

s t an ds or f alls as un true or o nly i n directly true

, .

The prophecy al so raises itself in this psalm upon a

typical f o undation ; for David also had his thron e
upo n Zio n beside Yah weh bu t o n ly so far as the
,

ark of the cove n a n t was the sacra me n tal Sig n of the

p rese n ce of the s upramun dan e On e E v en David .

e mulated the priests in his care for the san ctuary of

Yah weh an d its en do wme nt but witho ut himself bein g
,

a p riest or being called one o nly as ep iscop us cir ca sac r a ;

,

an d the co mbat agai n st the e n e mies of Yah w eh an d of

the on e Sitting at His right han d clothes itself in w ords

an d i mages w hich remin d us of the Ammon itish
Syrian war w hich e n ded w ith the co n qu est of Rabbah .

Bu t the t wo div i n e u tteran ces on e of which Sig nifi

,

c an tly begi n s w ith an d the other i n trod u ced ,

as most solemnly con firmed by Yahw eh prove that ,

here w e have to do n ot only w ith the expression of

,

the type w hich the Spirit had elevated to predictive

w ord s b u, t with direct i mmediate p rophecy This may .

th e r od of A aron , t h e r od ofth e k in g, ar e all u n ite d in t h e r od

w h ich w ill b e g iv e n to t h e Me ssiah , in ord e r th at H e may c on

q p p
ue r th e e o le s of th e w orld Bu
. t th e r e fe re n ce t o A rah am b
e v e r re c ur s an d is amal amate d w ith t h e r e fe re n c e t o t he Me ssiah ,
g
sin c e it is said , th e h ol , y b
le sse d b e H is name , will c omman d t h e
b
Me ssiah t o Sit at H is righ t h an d an d A rah am at H is le ft Oba .

d iah Sforn o c o me s n e ar e r t h e t r u t h , f or h e p
lac e s t h e an ge l of
b
se rv ic e , in st e ad of A rah am, on t h e le ft sid e , an d giv e s t h e e n t ire

p salm a Me ssian ic e xp
lan ation ; b u b
t th e mos t c e le rate d in t e rp re
b
t e rs, as Rash i, A e n Ezra, an d K iln ch i, are n ot willin g t o k n ow
y
an t h in g a ou b p
t a Me ssian ic in t e r re tat ion . b
O adiah Sforn o,
bb p
t h e Ca alist ic in t e r re te r , stan ds alon e .
92 M ESS I ANI C PRO PH ECIES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESS IO N .

be disputed but it re mai n s ever fixed that the on e

, ,

addressed is a Davidic king place d ill the light of the

Messian ic ideal an d t hat the psalm must acquire for
,

the congregatio n as part of their hy mn an d prayer

,

book an eschatological Messian ic mean in g an d th at

, ,

on ly so in the mout h of the pre C hristian con gregation -

could it have an y reason ab le sen se The reciprocal .

relation in which Zech vi 1 2 f s tands to it proves . . .

that it is to be un derstood thus an d n ot othe r wise ,

.

The on e addressed appears first as ruler at the right

han d of God ; his people who most willingly cro w d ,

aro u n d him in order w ith h im to fi ght for him rese mble

, ,

in n u mbers an d f resh n e ss an d origin t he d e w bo rn

fr o m the wo mb of the da wn of the morn in g ; an d
w itho u t Speaking of military armame nt it is said t hat ,

he is clothed with holy that is w ith bea uti ful gar , ,

me n ts of divi n e servi ce (T IP u n foldi ng fro m “TIP

—
, , ,

2 C hro n xx 2 1 f ) it is a priestly people an d (th u s

1
. . .
, ,

the tran sition fro m ver 3is mediated to ver 4 ) it s . .

leader is priest an d kin g in on e perso n to w ho m ,

Yahweh has s wo rn an everlastin g priesth ood w hich is ,

un ited w ith the kingdom a ft er the order of Melchizedek .

Nevertheless this t ransfig urat iOn of the royal i mage

does n ot w in its way ; the ruler who w ith God s he lp ’

acqu ires po wer through blo ody w ar predomin ates W e .

see in this a Sign whi ch is n ot the o nly on e that the

, ,

psalm an d not the prophecy of Zechariah is the older

, ,

1
Th e r e adin g 1 l h l
' ' '
3is pr ot e c te d th r o gh is u r e e l; Ra pt or /1 61 ml of
pu
th e Se t agin t agains t t h e man d mm i unassail
r e ad in g “
fi r ,
s

abl e ; it is re lat e d to
‘
lllw as 1 m
‘

, m Isa xlii 1 6 t o j e m
, . .
, .
94 M ESS IANI C PR O PH ECI ES m HISTO RI CAL SUCCESSIO N .

although that which the P salmist says in co mpariso n ,

w ith the u tteran ce of the apostle is Simply a prismatic ,

.

ra
y of the fu t u
re .

19 . D av id s Te stame n tar y
’
Wor d s .

After the promise of Nathan ( 2 Sam v ii ) it is . .

established that th e Messiah is to be a Son (a desce n d

an t ) of David D avid is th e theocratic kin g an d the
.
,

M essi ah is the r ealized ideal of the theocratic ki n g .

W e Sho u ld be co mpe lled to co n clu de w ithout express ,

testimo nies fro m David s moral an d religious experie n ce

’

as accredited by history th at D avid more an d mo r e ,

r ec og n ised h ow u nlike this ideal he was Bu t aside .

fro m P S cx w e have an other express testi mon y f or

. .

this in his last ords w

“
2 S am —
xxiii 1 7 ; th is
,
”
. .

epilogue of his life which is join e d on to P S xviii

, . .
,

accordin g to the s t an dpoi n t of an i n w ard relatio n ship .

As in the 1 1 0th P s al m so these te stamen tary w ords

,

i ndicate their prophetic ch aracter eve n in their begin

n i n g w h ich re mi n d u
,
s o f the u tteran ces of Balaam
( N u m . xxiv .3f 1 5 U
. po,
n his dyi n g bed D a vid
mu st be more strongly con scious than ever of the
differe n ce between his life and the ideal of the divin ely
a n oin ted On e O n ce more all the glory w ith which
.

God had graciously blessed him comes be fore his soul .

He feels that he is the man who w as raised up on

high the an oin ted of the God of Jacob the sin ger of
, ,

t he lovely so n gs of Israel an d as an i n stru me n t of”

,

the in spiri ng Spirit of God but he has been this an d ,

 DAVI D S TES TAMENTARY
’
WO RD S . 95

n ow he is to die ; he w ho in P S xvi felt hi mself , . .

,

raise d above death an d Hades is bro ught as a ,

lan gu ishin g old man to tas te of de ath At this poin t .

h e tu rn s fro m h is presen t con dition e mbrace s the ,

promise an d looks as a prophet in to the future o f

,

h is seed The G od of Israe l h ath spoke n the Rock

“ '

of Israel h ath disco u rsed un to me : a ruler of me n ,

a righteo us a ruler in the fear of G od an d as the

, ,

light of the daw n w he n the su n rises a cloudless , ,

morn in g w he n fro m su ,
n shi n e f ro m rain gree n spri n gs , ,

ou t of the c art This image of the future ( vers 1

.

3 b ,
in troduced as a p ro mise of God which c an
n ot be broke n is n othi n g e lse than the i mage of the
,

Messiah which has bee n en tirely released fro m the

,

subjectivity of David an d placed be fore him F or , .

—as in ver 5 he adds by w ay of explan ation the

.
, ,

distin ctio n which lies in this pro mise n ot me r e ly

so [ s mall] is my ho use w ith God but He hath estab ,

2

1 Th e e xpl an at ion II
in th e fe ar of G od ,
on e r ule s ov e r me n
h e is lik e , e tc ,—so t h at w hat is said is se t e fore Dav id as a
”
. b
mode l, as Rash i an d oth e rs main ta in , h as t h is, so far as t he
y
s n ta x
is c on c e rn e d , again st it , th at v e r 4, wh ich be gin s w ith .

1 1 x 1, 3 pp p
d oe s n ot a e ar as t h e a od o sis of a c on d it ion al se n t e n c e
b—
.

Ev e r y t h in g f rom 3 4 is a c om le su e c t , an image lac e d p x bj p by

Go d b y
e for e th e e e s o f Dav id , t o w h ic h a f u u
t e — su ch an on e
—
r

w ill h e w ill be e t c
ari se , an d is t o be su lie d Th e Targu
, m pp .

d iv id e s t h e d e sign ations in v e r 3 6 e t w e e n G od an d t he F u ture . b

On e in a re markable way H e who r u le s ov e r th e ch ildr e n o f
me n as a righ t e ou s u j
d ge h as said ( r omise d ) t o se t me a K in g p
Me ssiah , w h o will n all arise an d r u fi y
le in t h e fe ar of th e
”
L or d .

1
We un de rstan d 2 1 45 acc or d ing
[ t o Job ix . 3
5 , Nu
m . xiii 33
.
,

Isa li 6,. . p
as s ok e n with a g e st u
re of disdain, n ot ( me re ly) so
96 M ESSI ANI C P ROP H ECI ES IN H I ST ORI CAL SUCCESSIO N .

lish e d everlasting co v e n a nt for me ordered in all

an ,

w ays an d well ass u

, red ; for all my salvatio n and all ,

that is desired ( by me ) Shou l d He n ot c au

1
se it to ,

s pring ? 2
Alt ho ug h he dies n ever thele ss the ideal
”
,

o f the Messiah wi ll be realized w ithi n his ho u se His .

su n sets in order to r ise all t he more gloriously .

W hile the e n e mies of the ki ngdo m of pro mise Sh all

be b urned up as abo min able th orn s the salvatio n
a
,

p ro mised David will Spr in g up si nc e it shall have a ,

1
pai
r s ?) is to be un d e rstood afte r t he mod e l of Ex . xv . 2

as e q u
iv ale n t t o van I
an d also is to b e u
n de r

st ood accord in g t o 1 K in gs v 23 , 2 4 , n ot as e iv ale n t t o wan

. qu
x
acc ord in g to Isa. lv iii 1 4, c f liii 1 0 Th e T arg m has th e righ t
. . . . u
r e n d e rin g

1
Since 115 I: c ann ot b e e sta lish e d in th e se n se of 0mm b
( sh o u ld h e n o t I), I
: is t o b e c o n sid e re d t h e e m h at ic r e e t it ion p p
o f th e p
re ce d in g 1 : an d 85 (as a q
ue st ion w it h an in te r rogativ e
ac c e n t wit hou t an in te r rogat iv e wo rd ), e u iv ale n t to cf q .

S5?! 3 1
, 2 S a m x i x . 2 3 W e
. llh a use .n , Sin ce h e r e ad s ”
35 11 ,
re mov e s t h e diflic u lt 1 3 .

1
Th e j
ad e c tiv e 1
2? (Se t uagpin t ié a e
utm) giv e s on l y in t h e

se n se d riv e n awa , e u
of y q
iv ale n t t o ab ominate d, a se nse wh ic h
fi t s t h e conn e c tion A c on e c t u . j
ral c an; lie s t oo far awa , r at h e r y
fi nw n ( ri ), amc c or d in g t o u d g v iii 7 , 1 6 Th Je m e an in.
gle ss . .

ng e a h as b e e n e rron e o u
i sl in t r od u y
ce d fro m v e r 7 in to v e r 8 . .

( W e llh aus e n ) ; f or it c an n o t sig n ify on t h e sp o t ( K e il an d

K imchi) an d in th is se n se it wou
,
ld be w ith ou t sign ifi can c e [ for
t h e passage ] We migh t rat h e r t ranslate with ann ihilation with
q
.
,

pe re mpto ry j udgme n t (Je rome us ue ad nihilum) b ut 11 3? ,

for ms n e ith e r in Biblical n or in post -Biblical H e br e w a d e riv ativ e

nnw H e n ce [ we are t o u n d e rsta n d ] t hat th e y [ t h e t h orns
’

] a r e

n ot se ize d with th e h an d b u t th at t h e y are se ize d by on e ar me d

,

with a lon g-h an dle d sp e ar in or d e r to tak e h old of th e m an d to

,

cast th e m in to t h e fi r e .
98 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTO RI CAL SUCCESSION .

f or m of ish ; the wishes then become hopes ( vers

a w .

9 an d these ag ai n in ver 1 6 f w ishes The

, . .
, .

expression of the thoughts there fore is p redomin ati ngly

optative Th e wish (v e r
. M ay He come do wn .

like rain u pon meadow g rass as po werful sho wers upo n ,

t h e earth re minds us of 2 Sam xxiii 4 where the

,
” 1
. .
,

e ffect of the parousia of the Messiah is compared w ith

the green n ess of the earth after a f ertilizin g w arm rain .

Th e w i sh May He r ule from sea to sea and fro m

:
“
,

the river t o the en ds of the earth so un ds like an echo ,

”

f ro m Nu m xxiv 1 9 in Balaam s prophecy A n d the ’

. . .

wish 1 7 6 May they bless the mse lv es in H im may

, , ,

all n atio n s call H im bless ed applies the old pro mise ,

con cern in g the blessin g of t he peoples in the seed of

the patriarchs to the M e ssiah of Israel A ll the .

pe oples of the w orld may w ish the mselves the ble ssin g
o f the divi n e y chose n an d blessed o n e
l - he nce won der ,

in gly an d desiro u s of salvation they may s ubject

the mselves to H im The psalm is n ot directly but .
,

o nly i n dire c tly pro phetic si n ce it is w ished that in ,

Solo mo n may be f u lfi lled w hat is predict ed and hoped

o f the Messi ah These w ishes have all to a certain
.

exte nt be e n f ulfilled in Solo mon yet so that t he ,

Messian ic ideal o v er agai n st the glory of Solomo n pre

served its tran sce nde nt ch aracte r in order that it might ,

1
We do n ot c h an ge gy }, w ith Che yn e , in to a tm Pre m
c ise ly th is acc u mu lat ion of s n on ms a e ar s t o u y y
s to b e a pp
y
c h arac te rist ic of t h e st le of Solomon , as it is a c h arac t e r ist ic

e le me n t o f t h e int ro du c t or P ro y - b
v e r s (ch a s i ix , se e v 1 4 , 1 9 , p . . . .

c f. v . 1 1, v i. 7, v ii. 9, v iii f l3
,
 PROPH ECY AND GH ORMA .

be eviden t that its p roper f u

lfilme n t lay in the do main
tu
Of the f u re .

21 . P r op he cy a nd Chok ma .

Th e seve n ty secon d P salm is n ot di rectly a prophetic

-

psalm n or is a P salm directly prophe tic to be expected

,

f ro m Solo mo n . W hile it is related co n cern i ng David ,

that w ith his an oin ting thro ugh Samuel the Spi rit of
Yah w eh ca me over him ( 1 Sam xv i the an ointing
. .

of Solo mo n by Zadok appear s to be more of a w orld ly

than of a spirit ual circumstance ( 1 Kings i .

David received in Bethle he m w ith the an ointing the

, ,

spirit of p rophecy which raised h im above the bo unds

,

o f his n at u ,
re an d in itiated him in to the secrets of the
w orks an d ways o f the God of I srael Bu t Solo mo n .

en treated for hi mself in Gibeo n the in sight w hich

w as n ecessary for h im as r u ler an d j u
dge an d received ,

the p ro mise of a wise an d understanding heart w ithout

a p arallel ( 1 Ki ngs iii His pec uliar gift w as
.

w isd o m w hich looked thro u gh the things of this

w o rld an d made itse lf servi c eable an d k n e w h ow to
, ,

e nn oble it thro ugh a mo ral r elig io us apprehe n sio n .

As Solo mon ac cordi ng to his n a me was the man

, ,

o f pe ace 3
71 03? WB 1 Ch ro n xxii th at is of a
(
’
. .
, ,

lu x urio us peace which he e njoyed which blossomed

, ,

f ro m the str u ggles and distresses of the Davidic age ,

t here c u lmin a te d in ge n eral w ith him the wide hearted -

,

more cos mopoli t a n than n ation al te n de n cy of his age ,

w hich e ntered i n to co mpetitio n w ith the peoples in

1 00 I IC P BOP HECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSI ON
MESS A N ;
.

artificial products of t h e mi n d as w ell as in co mmercial

,

undertakin gs an d buildi ngs The i ntellectual li fe took

.

on u n der h im t h e character of the g n osis w hich so u gh t,

t o establish the co n te n ts o f the pist is in a specu lative

w ay . The time of the Ch ok ma began w hich is t urn ed ,

less to revelatio n on the side of t h e history of r e d e mp

tion than to it on the side of a common h uman ity ,

an d it sou ght to lay hold of the un iversal ideas on

which eve n the n the predispositio n o f a Yah weh
religion to a w orld re ligion w as recognisable .

Th e time of Solo mo n be c a me the time of the e filor

e sc e n c e of the Ch ok ma literat u re F or the foun dation
.

of the Book of P roverbs w hich moves in the checkere d

,

v ariety of the circ u mstan ces of h u man li fe and is ,

divided i nto r ules of life rooted in the fear of God is ,

Solo mo n ic .

The So n g of Son gs w hich celebrates the relatio n

,

of that sacred love w hich is co mmo n to me n is n ot ,

w a nti n g in i n tern al evid e n ce of Solo mo n s au thor ship’

.

A n d f or t h e origin of t h e Book of Job th er e is n o

t i me bett er fi tted tha n the ag e of So lo mo n an d its
Chok ma associatio n s ou ,
t of which h as go n e f orth the
origin al book as w ell as the sectio n of Elih u w hich ,

seeks to bring back his bold n ess to the proper degree

of moderatio n . The Book Of Job so t o spe ak is a
, ,

poem of religious philosophy w hich in the for m of a

,

dramatized history of a righteous man o ut side of Israel , ,

seeks to an swer the questio n con cern i ng the divin e

motive an d Object in the s u ffe ri n gs of a r ighteo us man ,

an d ri htly u n derstoo d a n s wers it for all ti me f ro m

,
g ,
1 02 I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STO RI CAL
MESS AN CCESSION
SU .

h im in love glory I n the Syrian Bible the Son g

an d .

of So n gs is called che le mat e he kmd td tha t is w isdom of , ,

w isdo m ( We ishe it d e r We ishe ite n ) I t is a Ch ok ma .

book which as a part of the can on is a ridd le

, , ,

ch allen gi ng acume n As a Chokma book it has so

.

f ar its place as it has n ot a co n te n t s w hich is n atio n al

, ,

bu t co mmo n to all man k i nd an d in a pio u s clever w ay

, ,

celebrates p ure true sex ual love ; b ut it has become a

,

part o f the c an on on ly as we may ass ume because its

, ,

p rophetic se n se is presupposed It is ho wever n ot .

, ,

d irect prophecy bu t a typi c al s h ado w w h ich is fi rst

,

rightly to be un derst ood f rom the stan dpoin t of the

history of fulfi lme n t of the loving relation n ot of God , ,

bu t o f the God man to His Ch u

- r ch .

22 . The G ae l an d th e Me dia ting A ng e l in the Book

It is sided an d misle adi ng w he n w e seek t he

on e -

preparatio n for the Ne w Testa me n t in the Old solely

in ge n uine Messian ic prophecy The progre ssive .

kn o wledg e of God the Redee mer is j ust as i mportan t a

side of the preparation as the progressi v e k n o wledge
of the w orld w ide r u le of the seco n d David
- This .

latter as w e shall see farthe r on mu

, s t be satisfied in ,

the Old Testa men t w ith a radical tra n sformation in ,

order to blen d w ith the k n owledge of God t he

Redee mer in a way correspo ndin g to the divi n e decree
w hich is co n s ummated in the Ne w Testame n t The .

Book of Job has an i mportan t part in furtherin g the

kn o wledge of salvatio n on the divine side The .
 G OEL AND A NG ELUS INTERNUNTI US IN JOB . 1 03

f rie n ds Job con sider his great sufferings as the

of

p un ishmen t of great sin s an d in this way heighte n his ,

i nward trial f or he is con scious of his previo us state

,

of grace altho ugh he appears to be a target of the

,

divin e w rath w ithout k n o w i n g in what way he has

,

bro ught it upon h im The w ise love accordin g to .

,

which God acts is t u rn ed i nto sovereign caprice But

, .

gradually the clouds are broke n an d the k n owledge ,

that this God can n ot be absolutely arbitrary begin s

to daw n upo n h im .

I n x v n 3 he prays to God that God might deposit

.

a pledge (N) an d give sec urity to

Hi mself (WY) the God of love to the God of w rath
, .

It is the f un da me n tal ide a of the Ne w Testame n t

Gospel co nce rn i ng t he reco nciliatio n ( a a h h wy i) Ic
'
r r

w hich fl ashes f orth here God is con ceived of as t wo .

ki n ds of perso ns : as J udge wh o treats Job as w orthy ,

of p u n ish me n t ; an d as Su rety who pledges Hi mself ,

before the Judge for the i n n oce n ce of the s uff e rer an d ,

at the same time gives bail A n d in xix 2232 7 he — . .

presses thro ugh to the post ulate of faith that eve n if ,

his skin sho uld be co mpletely destroyed an d his o uter 1

,

man sho u ld be disso lved in the d u s t of the grave yet ,

the truth would break thro ugh the false appearan ce ,

an d w rath w o u ld give place to love an d God the ,

1
T he si n i
g fi ati
c on of comple te ly is in v olv e d in fi rm an d ,

n m g si n i fi es ad v e r bially ,
in th is man n e r Th e c on n e c tion
.
”

b
f or ids th at w e sh ould tak e it t og e t h e r w it h ”
y, ac c o r d in g t o m
it
"
um P
'

,
S. x ii 8
. . bj
Th e su e c t of gap; are t h e h idd e n owe rs of p
d e st r u
c t ion .
1 04 MESS AN I IC P ROPH ECIES IN H I STOR I CA L SUCCESSI ON .

livi ng outlasting everythi ng w o uld appear for

on e , ,

h im the dead an d co min g forth ou , t of His hidi n g

place w ould per mit h im w ith t he eyes o f the other

,

w orld to behold H im as his 555 t hat is as the , ,

ave nger of his blood w hich is regarded as that o f a

crimin al as a ran so mer o f his hon our w hich has fallen

,

i n to disgrace as a redee mer from the curse w hich

,

rested upo n him above all thin gs fro m the con scious , ,

n e ss of divi n e w r ath w hose decree see med t o have ,

occasion ed his sufferings As that wh ich he begs in .

xvii 3appears in 2 Cor v 1 9 as performed thro ugh

. . .

God in C hrist for the w hole world ; so Rom viii 34 . .

Sho w s in to what a confession of fir m con fide n ce

Job s g fists}! 1913
’ ”
3
1 : 2 1 is tra n s for med fro m the Ne w
5 ”

Testame n t stan dpoint The human Side of this divin e .

w ork o f rede mptio n is n ot co n side red in these bold

w ords of f aith Bu t in the sectio n of Elih uw e see
.

the preparation for a recogn ition of a Mediator betwee n

God an d man since from the elevation of man out of
,

the depth of the guilt of Sin an d the co ndition of ,

pun ish men t the following represe n tation is prese n ted

,

in xxxiii 2 3 2 4 : I f with him [ the sin n er w ho

.
,
“

stan ds on the brin k of death an d hell] an angel is

presen t as mediator (r fin 1 35m) on e of a thousa n d
1
,

( that is pre e mi n e n
, t above a tho
- us an d ) to an n o un ce to
man w hat is for his advan tage He ( God) has c om .

passion on him an d says Le t him go free that he :

may n ot go do wn i n to the grave —

, ,

I have deman ded an

W u d ta d 1617 i $51! 33
1
e n e rs 3t ta d by y
n G
as n ,
o s n an on e , e n.

x iii 2 l l d l wh
v .
,
x v. , an e se e re .
 C HAP TER VI .

P ROPH ECY AND CH OK MA I N T H E FI RST C

EP O H S OF TH E

I I
D V SION OF T H E K I NG D OM .

2 3 The P r op he ts
.
f
a te r the D iv ision of the K ing d om

un til the Re ig n of Je hoshap hat an d the D yn asty f

o

Omr i .

AT H AN bo un d the Me ssramc pro mise for ever

to the ho use of D avid an d G ad sin ce he , ,

directed David to erect an altar upo n the threshing

floor of Araun ah (Chron icler Orn an ) the J e busit e , ,

laid the f o u n d atio n f or the te mp le u po n M oriah

( 2 C hro n iii. in. w hich Israe l prayi n g an d s ac r,
ifi c

in g f or over a tho u s an d years ho n o ured God But w e

, .

have n o prophetic w ritin gs or p ublic addresses han de d ,

dow n by traditio n of either of these t wo prophets or

, ,

of the prophets of the first six or seve n decades af ter

the divi sio n of the ki ngdo m of w ho m Ah ijah Jedi , ,

( Iddo ) J e,
h u b e n C ha n a n i appe ared i n the ki n gdo m
o f Is rae l an d She maiah
,
Iddo Azariah be n Oded
, , ,

Cha na n i in the ki n gdo m of J u dah The Books of .

Kings an d Chro n icles make us acquai n ted w ith the

in te rfere n ce of these prophets in the h istory of the
ti mes an d wi th t he words w hich acco mpanied their
,

1 06
 PROPH ETS FROM RHH OROAM To JE H O SHAPHAT . 1 07

deeds Their attitude to the Messian ic hope is with

.

dra wn from our k nowledge But granted that their .

utte ran ces altho ugh f reely reprod uced are still n ot
, ,

w itho u t con n ection w ith traditio n these prophets appear

,

in many tho u ghts an d forms of tho ught co n n ected w ith

the Messian ic hope as forerunn ers of the later prophets .

T he prophetic w ord of Obadiah ( ver 1 7 ) an d Joe l .

( iii
. 5 ) co n cer n i n g a [ an escapi n g ] o f Israe l ,

w hich is to participate in salvatio n a fter j u dgmen t has

,

gon e forth was uttered eve n by She maiah un der Jero

,
~

boa m ( 2 Chro n xii . an d in the prophecy of Hosea

.

con cern in g Israel s fi n al repe n tan ce and con version

’

( iii
. 4 f. v,
1.5 ) w e see m to have the echo o f the pro
h f Aza r iah u der Asa 2 Chro
p e cy o n
( n x v a s . .

w ell as of the w ord of Ahijah the Shilo n ite that a ,

lamp shall re main for David ( 1 Kin gs xi .

w hich is a f avo u rite e xpression for a promise given to

D avid ( 1 Ki n gs xv 4 ; 2 Kin gs viii 1 9 ; 2 C hro n
. . .

x xi 7
. P s cxxxii. .

Bu t we do n ot perceive an ythi n g at all w hich c an

be placed in co n n ectio n with the Messian ic hope in

that w hich the historical books relate c o n cern in g the
prophets of the follow in g royal historical epoch f rom ,

Je h oshaph at an d Ahab to Amaziah an d Je r oboam II .

,

n a mely the C hro n icles co n ce r n i n g Je h u be n Chan an i

, , ,

Jah azie l be n Zechariah E liezer be n D odawah u an d

, ,

the martyr Zechariah be n J e h oida ; an d the Book o f

Kin gs con cern i n g Micaiah be n I mlah ( see his address
, ,

1 Kin gs x xn 17
. an d con cern ing the t wo
gigan tic w o nderf ul proph e ts E lijah an d Elisha
, .
1 08 MESSIAN IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I S TO RI C AL SU CCESSI ON .

In all hich these prophets do an d say th ere is n o

w
occasion for a testi mon y of M essian ic sign ifican ce n ot ,

eve n in the w ords w hich accompan y Elijah s an d ’

Elisha s deeds Their c alli ng is directed t o co nten d

’
.

agai n st h eathe n is m an d in dis t i n ction f rom the ro

, p
p h e t s o f the w orship o f B aa l an d Ast arte an d o f ,

Yah weh un der the form o f a steer to trai n up p ro ,

p h e t s o f the o n e s uper n at ura l ho ly God B u t it .

wou ld be a w ro n g co n clu sion fro m sile n ce if we should

de ny the Messian ic h Ope to all t hese No n e of the .

prophets of J udah or Israel de n o un ces t he division of

the kingdo m A ll recog nise that it stan ds de f ar e
. .

Bu t tr u e religious ness w o uld n ot be possible in Israel

as in J u dah un less there were con n ected w i th it the
lo n gi n g f or the re mov al of the divi n e decree an d ,

there fore for a kin g over the re united ki ngdo m for ,

an other David f or the M essiah

, .

24 . The Me tap hysic al Con cep tion f

o Wisd om in

the I ntr oduction to the Book

f
o P r ove r bs .

W hile the Messia n ic proclamatio n the prophets of

ap pears to have r u n dry the ext ra n atio n al p u

,
- re reli
g io n s e n rich me n t an d deepe n i n g o f the k n o wledge o f
salvat ion is co ntinued Th e Book of P roverbs w hich
. ,

belon gs to this literature has for its chie f parts t wo

,

collection s of Solomon ic prov erbs of which t h e ,

youn ger as is i ndicated in xxv 1 was revised by t he

, .
,

M e n of Hezek iah There is n o more favo u rable ti me

”
.

for editi n g the Old e r collectio n tha n the period o f

110 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECI ES I N H I STO RI CAL SU CCESSI ON .

me forth as the fi rstling of H is way [ of His activity

I
,

w hich had its e n d in a w o rld of creatu res] be fore an y ,

o f His w orks f ro m the begi n n i n g F ro m everlastin g I .

w as establishe d fro m the very fi rst fro m the pri mitive

, ,

comme n c e men t of the e arth W he n the depths of .

w ater did n ot exist I w as bor n w he n the f o u n tai n s

, ,

did n ot exist lade n w it h w ater Be fore the moun

, .

—
tai n s were settled before the hills I w as born whe n
,

He had n ot yet w orked out th e eart h and t he fields ,

an d the su m of the particles of d u st of the earth ;

W hen He prepa red the hea v e n I w as there w he n He ,

measured off a circle abo u t the s urface of the depths

o f w ater W hen He f asten ed the heights of ether
.

above w hen the sources of the depths of the waters

,

broke forth mightily w he n He set to the sea its ,

bo unds that the water s sho uld n ot tran sgress His

,

co mman ds ; when He meas ured off the foun dation s of

the earth then I was by h im as a w ork man and I
, ,
2

carried on a joyo us play daily gamboling be fore H im ,

all the ti me ga mboli n g in the w orld of His earth an d

, ,

carryi ng on my joyo us play a mo ng the children of

me n .
”

F ive tho ughts co me in this self te stimon y of Wisdo m

1
Th e T arg um an d th e S y r iac v e rsion t ran slat e mu
”
g w h i h , c

is in ad miss i le b
for , in t h e v ie w of t h e au th or , t h e br in gin g
f ort h o f W isd om re ce d e d p
; 1? m
(ww ; ri m),
sh e is m m
t h e r e fore n ot e v e n a w ork of c re at ion .

2
Th e n ou n
p : f m
or ms n o f e min in e , an d h as t h e re for e
,
li k e

ar t f
i , e x t w o g e n d e r s I t is h e re c
. o n s id e re d as f e min in e ; b u t,
sin c e W isd o m is t o b e t h o uh t o f as w it h ou t ge n d e r, is n ot t o
g
b e t ran slat e d as a fe min in e t u m p (
or/ 7 6 ; c f n e v e r t h e le ss W isd . .

V ii. 21 ,
 C ON CEPTION or W I S DOM I N PROVERBS . 111

to pictorial ex pression : ( 1 ) sh e w as born of God before

the creation of the w orld ; ( 2 ) sh e w as prese n t as this
came in to bein g ; ( 3 ) she took o n by it a m ediati n g
position sin ce G od in the exec ution of His thoughts
,

of creatio n made u se of her mediatio n ; (4 ) this ser

vice w hich she re ndered t o God the Creator w as for , ,

her a delightful pleasure ; ( 5 ) the de arest circle of he r

activity b ut withi n the e ntire creation was the earth
, ,

an d t h e me n u po n it .

As the Spirit of God is a po w er w hich goes forth

f rom G od w hich makes alive that which is to be
,

created an d main tain s in li fe that which is cre ated ;

,

so W isdo m is a po wer born of God w hich makes t hat ,

a reality which is to be created in the man n er w i lled

by G od an d which helps free creatures especially me n
,
~

, ,

to the attain me n t of the e n d divi n e ly willed I f we .

though t of these po wers ejected from God as special

, ,

divin e existen ces separated from God w e sho uld have ,

a mythological represen tation w hich co uld n ot be har

mon ize d with the u n ity of God The tru e state of the
.

case sho uld rather be r eprese n ted that God as the , ,

origi n of bei ng discloses the Spirit an d the W isdom

,

f ro m Hi mself as special w ays of the man i festatio n of

His bei ng Spirit an d W isd o m are po w ers origi nati n g
.

in the bei ng of the on e God an d s u rro un ded by His

,

on e bein g W itho ut fi n din g in it the trin itarian

.

do ma w e n evertheless ascertain that the Old Te sta

g ,

me n t Scriptu res sin ce on their first page they dis

,

c ri min ate bet een

w U Dsk a n d ’
U do n ot c on
“
,

c e iv e of God as an i n flexible mon as and that Sin ce , ,

112 M ESSIA N IC P RO H E P CI ES I N H ISTO R ICAL SUCC ESSION .

the “DI?” en ters as e ansa me dia of God s relation to ’

the w o rld the on e be in g o f G od is represe n ted as

,

threefold As in the Old Testame n t history the w ay

.

is prepared f or the Ne w Testamen t revelation of God ,

sin ce it d isting uishes bet wee n G od an d His Spirit an d

His A ngel in w hich His n ame that is the self revela
, , ,
-

tion of His bein g is to be made ; so the way is p repared

,

in the Old Testa me n t Ch ok ma literat u re sin ce it dis ,

t in g uish e s bet w ee n God an d H is Spirit an d His W isdo m .

It is re mark able that t h e utteran ces of W isdom in

P rov i an d viii correspo n d r e markably w ith the
. . .

utter an ces of Jes us in the G os pel of Joh n E ve n the .

begin n in g of Joh n i 1 é udpxfi 6 M57 9 is related . ,

0 ,

n tf m $
in co n te n ts to the 3 l P rov viii
'
u
2 (
t ’ '

. .

An d whe n the apo stle ( Col i 1 6) says of Christ a . . : 7

w i m 85 a f r m
e r
-
? i ls fi w é n r Ka this c an be
e a rrr c
’ ‘ '
lc a
'

at,

,
—
tran sformed accordi n g t o P rov v iii 2 2 31 in to t h e . .
,

uttera n ce that W isdo m w hich w as the mediatrix of ,

the creation of the w orld an d is the ideal goal of the ,

w or ld s history h as appe are d in H im historically an d

’

bodily .

25 . The Ep ithala mium, P s -

. xlv .

Ou
r vie w is n ow again turn ed f ro m the moralizi n g
an d dog matiz in g Ch ok ma t o lyric poetry w hich moves ,

in hopes an d w ishes ; f or as w e g o f arther f ro m the ,

period of Je hosh aph at s r eign the f orty fifth P salm ’

,
-

draw s our atten tion to itself w hich w e hold for probable , ,

reason s which w e have expressed else where —c f v e r

9 ; A mos iii 1 5 —for an epi
. .
,

9 w ith 1 Ki n gs xxii 3 . .
,
1 14 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STO RI CAL SUCCESSION .

correct or explain as w e w ill ver 7 a is certain ly n ot , .

an address to God The three utteran ce s w hethe r

.
,

Solo mon or Joram or w hoever else may be this kin g

, ,

are hyperbole s but w hich have n othing in co mmon

,

w ith the royal apotheoses o f co u rtly Orien tal poetry .

The poet cherishes really th e transcende n t hope that

the youn g ki ng who is abo ut to be married w ill re alize
the ideal of the theocratic ki ngdo m an d hen ce t he ,

M essian ic idea Th e on e ce lebrate d n evertheless dis

.

appointed t hese high expectatio n s an d far fro m bein g ,

an object o f u n iversal an d e v erlas ti ng praise he h as ,

disappeared But on the other han d the poet was in

.
, ,

so far n ot deceived sin ce h e really as t wo tho usan d

, ,

years ago yet sings the praise of the divin e Ki ng in

,

this son g w hich still exists F or sin ce this psalm was .

received in to the hy book of the C hurch it has

m n -
,

ceased to be a so ng w ri t te n for a special occasio n It .

is acc ordi ng to the prophetic w ord to be understood as

, ,

a so n g of praise to Ki n g M essiah an d f or the Ne w ,

Testamen t C hurch f or w hich more than for the Old

, ,

Testame n t all se ns uous eleme n ts have be e n tran sformed

,

i n to s uperse n suous it is a song of the marriage of

,

the Lamb closely related to the Song of Son gs as

,
”

mystically u n derstood .

Re mar k —As Ca ticles a titypically n hen ce mys

,
n an d

tically un derstood remai n s out of the range of the Old

,

Testamen t progress of the kn o wledge of salvation an d ,

cou l d o nly be taken i n to ac co un t w he n in the vie w o f ,

the poet himself it was an allegorical picture ; so P S

.
, .

xlv .
,
fi rst throug h the sig n ificatio n w hich the co ngrega
 TH E E PITH ALA MIU M . 115

tion conn ects with it hich H e rmann Sch ultz in his

,
w
Old Te stame n t The olog y calls the secon d mean ing of
Scriptu re beco mes esch atological an d Messian ic The
”
.
,

praise of the poet himself is co n n ected w i th a ki n g who

belon gs to his own ti me w hom he regards as f ulfillin g ,

t h e Messia n ic hope in so f ar as he appears to h im in

,

his heave nly beauty h is irresistible pow er his moral

, ,

purity an d elevation the f ull realization of the close

,

relation in which David an d his seed is placed to God .

Bu t this ki n g marries a ki n g s d aughter an d his thro n e ’

,

is etern al o n ly thro ugh i n heritan ce l 7 a) These .

ar e char acteristics w hich do n ot e n r ich the i mage of

the Messiah but on ly clo ud it ; for the Messiah as is

, ,

predicated in the Old Te stame n t is raised above the ,

earthly co ndition s of mar riage an d of the blessing of

children His thron e is etern al because it has eternal
.
,

duration in H im an d w ithout bein g i n herited outside

,

of Hi mself These characteristics w hich are occasion ed

. ,

by the origin of the son g as a marriage poem de man d ,

for the psalm as a Ch u rch an d at the same time as a ,

Ne w Testame n t hy mn a spiritu al meta mor phosis A n d

, .

in vie w of these charact eristics the i n terpretatio n of ,

r e su
’
l 7 as a voc ative is i mprob able an d
‘
D DD ,S
E a , p p , ,

posi ng the pri mitive character of the text is to be ,

tr an slated Thy thr on e of Elohim (c f the syn tax of

,
.

2 Sam xxi I 3 3) is for ever an d ever that is the ”

. .
, ,

th ron e which tho u t akest as an oin ted of God The .

au thor of the Epistle to the Hebrew s cites an d uses

the passage accordin g to the Greek text .
 C H AP TE R VII .

TH E MESS AN I IC ELEMENT S IN T H E P ROPH ETIC LI TERATU RE

FROM J ORAM T O H EZ EK I AH .

2 6 The Re lation
.
f
o the thr e e old e st P r op he tic
Wr itings to the Messian ic I de a .

HE greate st oratorical develop men t of the po w er

of prophecy f alls in the period o f the w o rld

e mpires which is Ope n ed by the co n flict of Israel

,

E
( p h r ai m ) a,n d the n o f J u d ah w ith Assyria w hich ,

w as bro u ght on by the attack on J udah through the

allied ki n gdo ms of Syria an d Ephrai m This Syro .

E ph raimitic war arose in the last years of Jotha m The .

y e ar of the de ath o f —
his father Uzziah according to ,

the Biblical records 7 5 5 ,

-in w hich Isai ah was

calle d is the boun d ary of the splen did period of pro

,

h e tic lite ratu re an d of its f orer u nn ers Obadiah J oe l

p , ,

and A mos Obadiah prophesies unde r Joram the son

u
.

an d s ccessor of J e h o sh aph at after the apostasy of

,

Edo m f ro m the Davidic s upre macy ( 2 Ki ngs viii 2 2 .

2 Chro n xxi . . the p un ish me n t w hich is to co me

upo n Edom ; Jo e l had that apostasy w ith which the ,

slaughter of the Judae an s d wellin g in Id umea w as c on

n e cte d
( iii 1 9 .If ) still
, in f resh re m e mbra n ce ; an d his
1 16
 1 18 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES I N H I ST ORI CAL SUCCESSION .

deliverers who march from the mo un tain of Zion to

,

the mo un tain of Esauin order to pun ish a malicious

hereditary e n e my ( 2 1 a) ; but in Joel it is Yah weh ,

wh o d w ells in Zio n wh o does n ot s u ffer the brother s

’

blood shed by Edom to go un aven ged (iv an d in .

A mos wh o h as s urvived the deep h umiliation of Judah

,

an d its ki n g thro u gh the pro ud more pow erf u l n orthern

k i ngdo m an d the w orst in the de molitio n of the w alls
,

o f Jeru sale m through Jc ash the father and predecessor ,

of J e roboam II ( 2 Ki n g s xiv . it is the ho use of .

David restored through w hich Edom is again sub

,

v u
j g at e d (A m os ix 1 1 O n that
. day I w i ll raise
up the b ut of David which is falle n an d wall up its ,

breaches [ of the walls] ; and that w hich is torn do wn

[ o f David ] I w ill b u ild u p as in the da ys o f o ld in ,

order that they may take possession of the re mn an t of

Ed o m an d of all the peoples upo n who m my n ame
,

has been n amed [ as belo ngin g to the kin gdo m of my

1

This is n ot an immediate Messian ic pro

h b u t the raisi ng u p ag ai n o f the ho use o f David
p e c y ,

of like i mpor t w ith the pro mise of an other D avid ,

an a n titype Of David an d So lo mo n If the prophecy .

w ere take n more perso nally n everthe less it wo u ld n ot

,

f or this reaso n have a more Ne w Testame n t character ,

1 In ste ad of ai m nh s w me am “
m5 t h e Se t u
p
agin t r e ad s

D lx N W“?
'

w as ( on e ; ex
cusi r on s ” of re m f o r sh a
pe

l)
o

with o u bj Th e [ re ad in g ] u h ich I s ad d e d
‘
or a , t an o e c t. f ov x p ,
rov w
in t h e A le xa n d r ian MS , . p bably wa tak f m R
ro 17s en ro e v . xv . .

We se e f r om th e p re v io u u f t h pa ag t hat th S pt ugi t
s se o e ss e e e a n

w as e st e e me d al most as h ighly as th p imit i t e xt

e r ve .
 OBADIAH , JOEL , A MOS. 119

for the fun dame n tal charac ter of the i mage of the
Messiah at [ this] ti me is still a righteous do min io n
establishi ng peace which rises upo n the fo un datio n o f
,

v ict o riou s primitive w ars an d because it is e xercised

,

in the n a me Of the on e tru e holy God it also makes,

an overpo w eri n g i mpre ssio n u po n the w orld outside of

Israe l It is there fo re an an achron is m w hich Ofle n ds
.
,
'

agai n st the develop men t of the Messian ic procla mation ,

w he n so me as L u,
ther follo win g Jerome un derstan d
, ,

by rte fl i ps pro mise d in Joel ii 2 3t h e Messiah as

, .
,

i nstructor in righ t eo usn ess I f the word s were t o be

.

tran slated thus the pro phet must mean hi mself un der
,

this divi n ely give n teacher wh o in structed the people

-
,

in the co n d u ct w hich was in accordance w ith salvatio n

(i) l ike 58 2 C hro n vi
5
, .th r
. o u
gh w hic h it c an be
free f ro m t he desti n ies u n der w h ich it n ow s u ff ers .

We have n ot he re to exami n e w hether it is not rather

i n ten ded According to the meas ure [ as it must
w here the c u ltivation of the lan d is bles sed ] of t he
begi nni ng of the early rain Sin ce it lies outside of ,
”

the ran ge Of our in vestigation .

F or the very reaso n th at the k no wle dge give n pro

p h e t ic ally has n ot yet a d v a n ced so f ar as to co n n ect

w it h the ideal ki n g of the f u ture the represe ntation of
a teacher who p roclai ms the w ay of salvation we do ,

n ot miss the Me ssiah in the three prophets b u t rejoice ,

all the more in t h e great Ne w Testame n t ideas u ttered

by them w hich w hen the true Messiah shall appear w ill
, , ,

take an essen tial place in the procla mation with w hich

He stan ds forth an d in the re ligion of the Messiah
, ,
 1 20 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORIC AL SUCCESSION .

that is ,
in C h r isti an ity w has H im as its cen tre The
hich,
.

aim of the history of the w o rld acco r di n g to the c losi n g

,

w ord s Of Obadiah s prophecy is this th at Yah w eh may

’

, ,

h ave the royal ru le 3

75 he n ce the realiza
tion an d co mpletio n of the kin gdo m Of God The c on .

c e pt ion of the ki n gdo m of God has n ot yet in Obadi ah

the f uln ess an d depth o f me an i n g which it secured

w he n Jes u s Christ appe ared amon g the people w ith
the preachin g of the gospel of t h e kin gdom of God ;
bu t w he n acco r di n g to M ark i 1 5 He s aid :
,
The .
,

time is fulfilled an d the ki ngdo m of G od has co me ;

,

r epe n t an d be lieve on the gospe l He certain ly mean s ”

, ,

that n ow the time has p assed whic h w as determin ed

accordin g t o God s de c ree for the tran sition of the
’

prophecy w hich was begun by Obadiah con cern in g the

fu ture kin gdo m of God t o the gospel w hich n ow ap
,

pears in re ality A n d while in Obadiah the breakin g

.

thro ugh o f t h e ki n gdo m of God is really prepared by

bloody war an d victory by the exte n sion of the ,

d omi nio n Of the people of God an d by br in gin g ho me ,

those of th e ir ow n people wh o have been delivered i n t o

slav ery w e h e ar in Joel of a po u
, ring out of the Spirit
of God u pon all flesh so that that w hich so un ds so
,

exter n al in Obadiah is spiritualized to s uch an e xten t

,

by mean s of a gigan tic step for ward that the apostles , ,

in t hat which they experie n ce at P e n tecost a ft er the

res urrection an d ascen sion of Jesus see a f ulfilme n t ,

w hich c orrespon ds w ith the p r ophecy of Joe l : An d

it shall come to pass afterward s says God th ro ugh the ,
”

prophet I will pour out my spirit upo n all fl e sh an d

, ,
1 22 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H ISTORICAL SU CCESSI ON .

bu
t especially it i n dicates the w hole with referen ce to ,

its material character w eakn ess an d mortality ( Isa , .

XI 5 ;
. Zech ii 1 7 ; P S lxv . . A n d that Joel . .

i n cludes the heathe n in the f uture salvation appears

in that which he fu rther says con cern in g the j udg
me n ts w hich make w ay f or salvation an d co n cern ,

ing those w h o are to have a part in the salvatio n

( iii . 3 A n d I give “
sig n s in h eave n an d upo n

earth blood an d fire an d pi llars of s moke The sun

, , , .

shall be turn ed i nto darkn ess an d the moon in to blood ,

before the co ming of the day of Yah weh the gre at an d ,

terrible A n d it shall come to pass t hat every on e

.

w h o sh all c all on t h e n ame of Yah w eh Shall escape

for u po n Moun t Zion an d in Jerusale m there sh all be

an escapi n g as Yah w eh h ath s aid an d a mo n g those
, ,

w ho flee w ho m Yah w eh i n te n ds to call F ro m here .

there falls upo n was 53 a light w hich co n firms the

absolut en e ss of the con ception The divin e w ord .

con tain ed in the w riti ng of Ob adiah rm n l

i Y 1 713 ,
’ “

m y ?
”
in Mo u“
n t Zio n there Shall be an esc api n g is ,

here repeated by Joel as a citatio n in or der to sup ,

ple me n t it by an other divin e w ord which is spoken

regardin g it There is to re mai n n ot o n ly one b ut
.
, ,

also a tw ofold escapi ng on e co n sisti ng of ”

,

t hose of the people of Israel wh o in the midst of

j udgmen ts turn t he mselves to the God of salvatio n

desiri n g salvatio n and on e co n sisti ng of the
,

w ho m Yah w eh sh all call As the disti n ction deman ds

1
.
,

1
A m g th Old t
on l t eJ m i t h fi t wh h
ran s a ors e ro e s e rs o as cor

tly d d t h w d mp n fi rm id i
'
re c re n e re e t i
or s a n r es a s,
 I
OBA D AH , JOEL ,
AMOS. 1 23

the mass wh o are to be saved out of the heathen

w orld is in te n ded Those fro m Israel shall be saved
.

by c alling on a God wh o has already be en revealed t o

them ; th ose from th e heathen by the call of mercy of
t h e One reveali n g Hi mself to the m .

W hi le in this w ya the co n c eptio n o f 1W

1 9
? 52 all
“

flesh on the on e Side receives the ge n eral ref ere n ce to

”
,

the Israelitish people an d the people o utside of Israel ,

it is n arrow ed on the other sin ce God s people of the

,
’

fi nal period appear as the result Of a j udicial siftin g

process w hich reduces the mass of Israel an d of t he
,

heathe n to a kern e l which can withstan d t h e fi re .

Amos also testifies to this sifti ng proc ess (ix 9 ) .

F or behold I appoin t and w ill [ by mean s o f the

,

world power executin g this appoin tmen t] shake the

house of Israel as on e shakes in a Sieve an d there
, ,

shall n ot fall a g rain to the earth The cha ff is blo wn .

”

aw ay fro m the Sieve which is Shake n again st the w in d ,

an d t h e r u bbish an d dirt falls through it ; but the

w heat remai n s in the sieve in order to be p lan ted in
,

the groun d of the lan d of promise in its time Th e .

mass of Israe l is min gled with t h e heathe n an d ,

perishes The fun da me ntal idea of Isaiah

.
,

only a re mn an t but yet a re mn an t shall be con verted

, ,

w hich is also a f u n d ame n tal idea of the E pistle t o the

Ro ma n s (for as the apostle ix 6 says they are n ot

, , .
, ,

all Israe lit es wh o ar e f ro m Israe l) there fore already ,

fi n ds expression in the three Oldest prophetic writings .

q
ue s D omin ns voca v e r it, ac c ord in g u
t o w h ic h L th e r an d all t he
oth e rs re n d e r , wh om t h e Lord shall call.
”
1 24 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECI ES I N H I STORICAL SUCCESSION .

It is exclusively grace w hich makes Israel God s ’

people an d in s ures its co n ti n uan ce On it s n atural .

s ide if the electio n by g race an d the con ditio n of

,

grace is disregarded it does n ot stan d be fore God ,

higher than the peoples of the w orld A mos ix 7 . .

Are ye n ot to me like the so n s of the Cu shites ,

childre n of Israel ? is Yah w eh s address ”

Did I ’
.

n ot bri n g Israe l u ou t f E gypt an d the P hilist in es

p o ,

f ro m Caphtor an d Aram f ro m K ir ?
,
Israel w h o ,

h as f alle n f ro m g race an d has s u n k bac k i n to his

,

n atu ral co nditio n has n othin g as an advan tage above

,

the E thiopian s an d in itself aside fro m God s w on der

, ,
’

fu l works wh ich the mass of Israel despises an d God s

’

, ,

p ur poses of grace w hich it re n ders vain t he exod us

, ,

o f Israel f ro m Egypt stan ds on the sa me plan e w ith

the w an derin gs of the P h ilis t in es fro m Crete an d the ,

Ara maean s from t h e n eighbourhood of the river K ura .

These are Ne w Test ame n t tho ughts in the midst of

the Old Testa me nt W orth is n ot me asured by God.

according to fie shly origi n but ac cordi n g to the in w ard ,

relation to the God of salvatio n Ther e is no differ .

e n ce says P aul Rom x 1 2 between Je ws an d

,
”

, . .
,

Greeks There is on e Lord of all rich ove r all w ho

.
,

call on H im for [ it is the word of Joel s iii 5 to

:
’

, .
,

w hich he ap peals] w hosoever shall call on the n ame of

the Lord Shall be saved I f w e w er e to thi nk away .

”

the ge n uine Messian ic proph ecy of a Chris t of God

f rom t h e Old Testa me n t Jes u s would even the n be ,

the goal f ulfilme n t an d con clusion of the Old Testa

, ,

men t be c au se through H im the Ne w Testamen t ideas

,
1 26 MESS A N I IC P ROPH ECIES IN H ISTORIC AL SUCC ESSION .

an d His will are revealed receptivity and Obedie nce

,

to faith are w anting that t herefore in the heathen

,

w orld there is a p reparatory activity of g race w hich is

conn ected w ith the testi mo ny of the co nscien ce That .

w hich Joel testifies in chap iii that the heathe n are . .

,

e mbraced in the divin e decree this the Book of Jonah ,

t e aches an d co n firms thro u gh facts W e may date it .

as w e w ill w e may exp lai n the w o n derf u

, l preservation
o f the prophet f or h is calli n g as we w i ll the re mark ,

able a n ticip atio n of the Ne w Testame n t in the Old

—
,

an d the u tteran ces Of Jes us as Matt xii 39 4 1 Sho w

, . .
,

h ow fo n d He was of this b ook in which He fo u n d pre ,

fi gu re d His o w n w ay leadi ng thro ugh the grave to the

heat he n .

27 . The Vie w of H ose a , th e Ep h r ai mitic P r op h e t

of the F in al P e r iod .

Hose a whose book is properly the Ephrai mitic

,

prophe t ic book is conn ecte d with Amos the J udae an

,

p rophet w ho follo win g the d rawin g of the Spirit

, , ,

appeared in Bethel the chief place of Je r oboam s

,
’

w orship H ow lo n g a f t er this ti me his activity

.

lasted is dou btful ; but f or us it is of n o oon ss

q ue n ce f,or those o f his vie w s i n to the f ut u
re w it h
w hich we are co n cer n ed f all at a ti me w he n he e n tered
upo n his o ffi ce Hosea is as E wald describes him
.
, ,

the prophet of the highly tragical pain of love Love .

con te n ds w ith w rath un til wrath fi n ally disappears in

the triumph of love It is con n ected with this so .
,

to say mystic an d erotic e le me n t of Hosea that the

, ,

begi n nin gs of h is prophecy are i n terwove n with t wo

 H OSEA S V EW OF TH E
’
I FINAL PERIOD . 1 27

marr iages hich w e re comman ded him in o rder to

, w ,

represen t the prese n t an d f uture Of Israel in living

i mages Ou
. t of the fi rst prophetic marriage sprin g
three childre n : Je zre é l who symbolizes the j udg me n t
,

Of destr u ction by which the mur dero us dy n asty of Je h u

,

is visit ed in the plain Of Je zr e é l ; Lo-Ruchama w hose ,

n a me i n dicates that the period o f God s grace for the

’

ho use of Isra el is past while on the con trary a , , ,

w o n der fu l rescu e altho ugh n ot mediate d thro ugh the

,

po w er of arms i mpen ds for the ho use of Judah ; an d

,
.

Lo Ammi according to whose n ame Israel has ceased

-
,

to be God s people an d He may n ot be Israel s God

’

,
’
.

These t hree childre n an d the mother of these ,

childre n who was origin ally a prostitute attest the

, ,

n igh t Side of God s re latio n to His people Bu

’
t in .

chap ii this comfortless i mage of the prese n t is

. .

t ran sformed i nto an i mage of the f uture rich in hopes , ,

sin ce out of the dark grOImd of the n ame Lo -Ammi

the promise flames forth that Israel Shall be a n umerous ,

people w ho m Yahweh recogn ises again as His people

,

an d His childre n ; an d f ro m the n a me J e zre é l the

pro mise that again fro m Judah and Israel the re w ill
be on e v ictorious people un der a common head ; an d ,

fro m the n ame Lo Ru - ch ama the promise that the ,

me mbers of this people as s u ch havi ng fo un d mercy , ,

w ill mu tually w elcome each other .

Bu t be fore t h e f orm of the mother clears u p the ,

dark gro und of her moral degradation is disclosed .

—
T his takes place in ii 4 1 5 and with 3 5
9 ( ver 1 6)
.
, .

the tra ns formation of reproo f and threate ni ng in to the

1 28 MESS ANI I C PROPHECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSI ON .

c o mfort of promise appears ; for the reaso n that n ow

w rath has bee n po u red f orth n ot without e ffect (of
, .

ver 9 b) the cong regatio n of Israel receives in the exile

.
,

Yah w eh s sweet persuasive call an d He accompan ies

’

the m to the wildern ess in the pass age bet ween the
,

place of p unish ment an d the lan d of promise e n c ourag ,

ing those who have beco me f ain t thro u gh lon g suf

f e ring F ro m this place the pro mises begin wh ich
.
,

mo u n t higher an d high er The false gods become so

.

t horouhly disagree able to the co ngreg atio n that it is

g

dre ad f u l to the m to n a me their n ames The e n tire .

n atu ral world e nte rs i n to a coven an t of pe ace w ith

the m an d bet wee n them an d Yah weh there arise s a
,

relation of love which h as its resemblan ce in t he

meltin g together of t wo lives in marriage : An d I
w ill espo u se thee to me f or ever ; and I will espouse
thee to me in righteo us n e ss an d j ustice an d in mercy ,

an d in pity A n d I will espo u

. se thee to me in truth ,

an d thoushalt recog n ise the Lo rd ( rims ) .

Th e dark gro u n d of the congregation who have ,

given themselves body an d so u l to idolatry an d ,

w ho as s u
,
ch are typified thro ugh Go mer who was
, ,

mar ried by the prophet is n ow co ns u med in the

,

absolu te bright ness of mid day Although a higher -

.

asce n t of the pro mise f r o m this poin t is impossible

f or u s n evertheless it d oes n ot rest
,
bu t co mbi n es ,

be f re it closes on ce more the three prophetic forms

o

together with w hich it bega n (vers 2 3 2 — A nd .

“

it shall co me to pass on that day : I will hear utter ,

an ce of Yah weh ; I w ill hear the heave n s an d these ,

1 30 MESS AN I IC PROP H ECIES IN H I STORICAL SU CCESSI ON .

in Is ra el is unlawf ul or better is si n fu
, l an d w h o , ,

categorically demands the ab an do nmen t of in depe nden ce

an d a retu rn to David This vie w of the case is n ot
”
.

corr ect for all the prophets recogn ise that the kingdom
,

o f Israel exists la w fu lly ; they see in the divisio n of

the ki ngdo m a pun ish men t of God w hich has gon e
o ve r the ho use of David b ut w hich w ill n ot last ,

f or ever : the Israel of the fi n al period w ill again be

o n e people Bu .t Hosea is i n deed the fi rst who gives
this hope defin ite expressio n yet more definitely in ,

chap iii than in ii 2 w here the prophet wh o

. . .
, ,

see ms mean while to have become a w ido wer is ,

directe d to marry a w oman whose lo v e for h im is ,

n ot her first so that it is to be feared that the old

,

fl ame will b urn again in her and threate n the f aith ,

fu ln ess of marriage This wise strict i n deed but

.
, ,

w e ll mean t behavio u
- r of the prophet with this w ife
w h o is in clin ed to adu lte ry is desig ned to serve as an
,

ima e of the dealin g w hich Yah weh adopts w ith His

g

people in order to wean them fro m thei r in fidelity to

,

H im: F or man y days the childre n Of Is rae l Shall sit

w it hou t kin g an d w itho u
,
t pri n ce an d without sacrifice ,

an d witho u t statue an d w ithout ephod an d teraphi m

, .

After ward Shall the childre n Of Israel con vert an d ,

seek Yahweh their God an d David their ki ng ; an d ,

Sh all co me tre mbli n g to Y ah weh an d to His good n ess ,

at the e nd of the days This is n ot a co mpan ion

.

pie c e to Rom xi 2 5 of the sa me value F or the

. . .

Israel of who m Hosea here speaks is Israel in t he

n arro w se n se -
,
l o f —
the peop e the te n tribes to which ,
 ’
I
H OSEA S V EW OF TH E FINAL PERIOD . 1 31

he h i mself belongs The many d ays is the in cal

.

cu lably lon g Assyrian exile The religion of the t e n .

tribes was a state religion dec reed fro m above (obe nhe r ,

de cr e tier te ) w ith the chie f places o f w orship at Bet hel

,

an d D an w here the molte n i mages (79 979 2 Ki ngs

, ,

xvii . represen ti ng Yah w eh as a steer stood an d ,

w here sacri fices w e r e made to God in the f orm of a

ste er which is in dicated by r m; w hereas on the other

, ,

ha nd ,
designates the statue of Baal (x 1 an d .

fi lm as J u
d xvii i dicat the appa at u s
?( g 5 ) n e . r .

of the oracle by mean s of w hich they sought an d

,

made k n o wn the divin e will .

A S the prophet re moves f rom his w an ton w i fe her

in trigu e so God w ill re move f ro m His people all the
,

supports an d mean s of promoti ng an idolatrous worship ,

espe cially the govern me n t of the state thro ugh w hich ,

it is sed uced t o apostasy f rom the On e God w ho c an ,

n ot be represe n te d by an i mage I n the midst of an .

exile of long d uration under t he press ure of foreig n ,

heathen is m an d of t he con dition of p un ish men t i n to

,

which it is betrayed by its ow n heathe n ism it w ill be ,

seized by a pe n iten t desire after Yah weh its God an d

D avid its king Those wh o fo r ce n turies have served
.

kings of man y dy nast ies w itho ut a promise w ill again ,

s ub mit themselves to a ki ng of the house which

'

has the pro mise of God Neve rthele ss . wi ll

sign ify more than Re uss says la dynastic leg itime d es ,

I said es more than the son of David r u li ng precise ly

’

, ,

at the time when this tran sformation takes place It .

might i n deed be tho u ght that this sig nifi cation of the
1 32 I IC PROPH ECIES IN H ISTORICAL
MESS AN CCESSION
SU .

w ords wo uld s uffi ce si n ce Hosea pre dicts an Assyrian

,

exile which makes an e n d of the te n tribes but n ot

, ,

at the same time a Babylonian through w hich the ,

Davidic dy nasty suffers a breaking off for an inc alc ul

ably long ti me But he k n o w s that also J u
. dah ,

altho ugh a w o nder ful delive ran ce aw aits it in the

time of Assyrian j udg me n t (i 7 is ripe n ing for a .

harvest of p un ish men t (vi an d his proph ecy has .

referen ce to the fi nal period (D D tl an d a ki n g

’ ’

w h o is i n dicated n ot o n ly as W 1 m m or 113 n g p "

‘
,

bu t expres sly as ll l c an o n ly be s u ch an on e in
“
’ .

w ho m David lives again ; he n ce an a n titype o f D avid ,

he n ce the Messiah according to which the Targum

,

tran slates : They w ill be obe dien t t o Mess iah the ,

Son of David their ki n g

, The p rophecy is M essian ic
.
,

bu t its poi n t sti ll m n —

re ai s the un ion of Israel with
J udah under a second D avid ; an d c on cern i ng the
perso n of this secon d D avid it does n ot say anythin g
more d e fi n ite . The con nectio n o f the G od of Israel
an d this ki n g allo w s u s o n ly to con clude that he is
the an oin ted of God in f ull re ality .

Re mar k —The e are so typical ele me n ts in the

r al

B ook Of Hosea b ut that is n ot use ful material for the

,

recon struction o f the course of developme n t of Mes

s ian ic p r ophecy ; f or fi rst w he n the p r ophetic text is
, ,

lighted u p by the h istory of N e w T e stame n t f ulfi l

me n t we shall be s u
,
rprised by the perceptio n that the
w o r d of the prophet here an d there w itho u t his k n o w ,

ledge an d w ill by mean s of the Spirit of i n s piratio n

, ,

takes on a form in w hic h it correspon ds to the facts ,

1 3
4 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSION .

featu
res, origi n al an d copy of the his tory of Christ
an .

A res urrectio n day is to follo w the t wo days of the

death of Israel of which the secon d e n ds in a tran si
,

tion f rom death to life Days of G od n ot days .

,

meas u red by the sun are i nte n ded perhaps the , ,

Assyrian the Babylon ian an d the Roman exile in

, , ,

which the Je w ish people are still livi n g Jerome .

t ho u
ght that he w as compelled to un de rstan d H OS .

xiii 1 4 as tre at in g of the r esurrection on accoun t of

.

.
—
1 C or xv 5 4 5 7 : Q u ad ap ostolu
. s in r e sur r e ction e m

in te rp r e tatu
s e st D omin i, n os alite r in te rp r e tar i ne e p os

um/as
s ne e a ude mns
the divi n e words in H OS . Bu
t .

xiii 1 4 are not pro misi ng but extre mely threate n in g

.
,

Ou t of the han d of H ades Sh o u ld I fr ee the m fro m ,

d eath sho u ld I redee m the m ? [ n o] w here are thy

plagues death ? w here thy pestile n ce O Hades ! P ity
, ,

must be hidde n be for e my ey e s P ity is so n ear to

”
.

G od altho u
, gh Israe l has so grievo usly sin n ed again st
H im Bu.t n ow it mu st depart in ord e r t h at He may ,

n ot be se ized by it He summo n s again st Ephraim .

,

w h o is harden i n g itself agai n st H im H ades an d death ,

w ith the po w ers of destru ction over w hich they have ,

con trol : He suffers this people witho ut checking ,

the m to fall a prey to Hades an d death so that their

, ,

brin gin g again so far as s uch a thin g is possible is to

, ,

be the bri ngin g of on e w h o is dead fro m his death .

P au l does n ot i n t e n d to say by mean s of 1 C or xv . .

5 4 f 7 6 6 ye mi e a d M57 9 6
.
, 7 e
'

o that then
r t 0 ,

whe n the last e n e my is ove r co me t he H ose an ic ex ,

press io n n o ? o G i a r e e fi t as prophetic w ord is to

, r a v a l/ r .
,

be fulfi lle d but the n that w i ll take place which the se

,

w ords of the Old Testame n t Script u res co n sidered as ,

pea n (cry of tri umph) express , .

 I SAIAH S FUNDAMENTAL I DEAS
’
.

2 8 I saiah s F u
n da me n tal I d e as in the ir Or ig in al
’
.

F or m
.

The activity of Hosea began t o ward t h e e nd of the

reign of Jeroboa m II who m Uzziah accordin g to ,

Biblical chron ology survived about fourtee n years , .

Bu t in the year that Uzziah died — according to Ussher ,

7 5 8 B C ; accordi ng to D u
. . n cker W e llhau se n and , ,

,
—
others 7 4 0 Isaiah w as called whose book gives us ,

a de ep i nsight in to the g radual develop men t and tran s

formatio n of his a nn o u n ce me n t It is an unhappy .

calling with which the pro phet raised to heav en in ,

chap v i return s to earth The word whi ch he

. .
, .

pre aches is to be to his pe ople a savour of de ath to

de ath for the ti me of divin e lo n g s ufferin g is passed
,
- .

The co urse of the history of Israel proceeds hereafter

th rough j udgme n t upo n j udg me n t in a ho meless distan t ,

co un try but a re mn an t re mai n s which is compared to

,

the shoot fro m the root o f a tre e w hich was he wn

do wn Hitherto there has r uled over Israel the riches
.

of the divi n e good n ess w itho u t their being le d to

,

repen tan ce from this time on G od s j udging altho ugh

,
’

n ot a nn ihi latin g but w i n n o w i n g righteo u

,
sn ess It is .

the fun dame ntal ideas of his prophecy w hich Isaiah

here receives at his call in V ie w of the time of j udg ,

men t thro u gh the Assyrian people F rom the trisagion

‘

of the seraphi m he has his favo u rite design ation of God

w ith W17 2 He prophesies tha t the w orldly
.

glory Of Israel must be dashed in pieces be fore the true

glory rises on its ruin s con n ecting with an older pro ,
136 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H ISTORICAL SU CCESSION .

p he t ic w ord as the text o f his preaching in shape 1 1 . .

iv .
, an d the appen dix ( chap w hich is developed .

o u
t of iii 1 4. .

the i n trod uctory address ( chap i ) which is pre

In . .

fixed to this first cycle of prophecies ( chaps ii —Vi ) it . . .

appe ars that the people of that ti me are not t o be

b ro ught back by the w ay of grace b u t o nly by that ,

of j u dg men t w hic h melts aw ay the mass of dross

,

in order t o re lease the n oble metal w hich e n d u res the

fi re .

Her e w e have the first utteran ce of the proclama

tion w hich is give n t o the prophet The w orld .

po wer which beco mes G od s i n strumen t of punish men t ’

appears in v 2 6 if ( c f D e n t . xxviii 4 9 ) be fore his

. . . .

prophet ic eye on ly first as a shadowy f orm without ,

an y fi r m o u t li n e The j udg me n t of the exile is in di

.

c at e d ( vi 1 2 of v 1 3
.
) first
,
m
. ere ly in ge
. n era l expres
sion s The salvat ion for w hich j udgme n t makes way
.

does n ot proceed further in cha p i than the modest . .

measu r e of t he ret u rn of a bette r past as un der D avid , ,

Solomo n an d Je hoshaph at
, The re mn an t which is .

called WW ?) or an d w hich has in Sh e aryash fib

a liv i n g e mble m appears first ( V i ,

13) o n ly in the .

image of a roote d st ock which beco me s green again .

An d the pre d ictio n of the ti me of glory after j u dgme nt

iv he e it i said O n that day the spro u t of
( w
“
. r s :

Yahw eh will be for orn amen t an d for glory an d the ,

f ru it of the land w ill be pride an d sple n do ur for the

e scape d of Israel is ye t so gen eral so Clare obscure
,
”
,
-
,

so sketchy that the discussion as to whether fl max is

,
'
1 38 MESS A NI I C PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORICAL SUCC ESSION .

5 9
2 . The Gr e at Tr ilog y o f Me ssian ic P r op he cies ,

I sa . vii ix xi
.
, .
, .

I I MMANUEL
.
,
T HE SON OF TH E V RG N I I .

In —
ch aps VIL xu the his tory
. the time takes
. of

o n a n other f orm Tow ards the e nd of the reign of

.

Jotham the hostilities had begun w hich occasion ed

the formatio n of the leag ue between Syria and Ephraim
f or the pu rpose of overthro win g the dyn asty of David
( 2 Ki n gs xv R ezi n the . ki n g Of Da mas ce n e ,

Syri a took possessio n of the harbo u

, r Elath w hich ,

Uzziah had take n f ro m the E do mites ( 2 Kin gs xvi 6 .

cf .x iv . The J u d ae an s wh o had settled there , ,

w ere carried cap tive to Da masc u s ( 2 C hro n xxviii . .

A n d Ahaz was co n q u ered by P ekah the king of Israel , ,

in a f earf u lly bloody b attle afte r w hich the prophet ,

Oded re scued the n umerous J udae an pris o n ers f ro m

the disgrace Of Slavery ( 2 C hro n xxviii 6 . The . .

armies of the allies after they had con quered separ

ate ly w ere n ow united an d prepared f or the main
attack on Jer u sale m I n the midst of the danger .
,

w hich had reached its highest poi n t Isaiah appeared ,

w ith his son Sh e aryashfi b be fore the kin g w h o w as at ,

that time on the we st Side of the city en gaged in

makin g arrangemen ts with re fere n ce to the approach
in g siege an d pro mised hi m God s help o ff erin g Ahaz
’

, ,

an y ki n d of a Sig n that he might de man d There .

is scarcely a Biblical f act to which supern at uralis m

‘

could so appeal as to this in order to s upport its

 I
TR LOG Y OF MESS AN I IC PROPHECIES . 1 39

la wf u
l clai magain st the mod ern v iew of the w orld .

Th e prophet k n o w s that the God in him is the God

o f grace in w hose be i n g it li es to pro ve Hi mse lf 9 .

power exalted above n ature an d that the God of ,

grace whom he serves is the God of mirac u lo u

s po wer ,

w ho w he n the e n ds o f the history of rede mp t io n

,

de man d it can make the law s of n ature serviceable

,

to these e nds But Ahaz does n ot wish to have any

.

trial made of the help of Yah weh He has already .

s ummon ed the help of Tiglath P ile se r ki ng of Assh ur -

, ,

an d w ith hypocri t ical prete n ce s rejects the Off er Of

Th is sc e ne is one of the most momen tous crises in

the history of Israel The summo nin g Of the help of
.

Asshur through Ahaz laid the fo un dation for that

complication with the world e mpire which in 7 2 2 R C .

bro ught destruction to the kingdo m of Israel an d in ,

5 88 B C to the kin gdo m o f J u

. . dah un able to chan ge ,

the un fortun ate begin n in g of the ki ng ; an d on the ,

other han d certain of this that the pro mise of God

, ,

given t o the house of David co uld n ot be brought to

n ou ght by an y h uman in terferen ce contrary to the w ill
of G od the prophet rep lies that the Lord Himse lf will
,

give the m — n n —
the ki g a d his ho use a Sig n co n trary
to their own choice ( VII 1 3 Hear n ow house
.
,

of D avid ! Is it too little for youto w eary me n that ,

ye w eary also my God ? there fore the Almighty H im

se lf will
g ive yo u a Sig n : Beho ld the m aide n is w ith

child an d be ars a son an d calls his n ame I mmanuel

, ,
.

B utter an d hon ey shall he eat at the time whe n h e

1 40 MESSIANI C PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL CCESSION
SU .

S hall understan d to reject the evil and ch oose the

‘

good F or before the boy Shall understan d to reject

.

the evil an d choose the good the land shall be deso ,

late be fore w hose t wo ki ngs th ou art t erribly afraid

, .

Yah weh will bri ng upon thee and thy people an d thy
f a t her s ho u se days s uch as have not bee n sin ce the
’

d ay whe n E phrai m to re a w ay fro m J u dah the ki n g of ,

Asshur ”

—
.

A n a m e ess maid or irgi n as we have a right to

l v

tran slate it w ith the Sept uagi nt sin ce np érp certainly ,

i n dicate s a yo ung w oman wh o had not yet become a

mother—whom God has chosen and His Spirit has
made prese n t to the prophet shall bear the One in ,

w ho m God w ill be the he lp of His p eople an d whose ,

co nti nuan ce will be assured throu2 gh the j udgme n ts

wh ich are in prospect .

The birth of this Imman uel is the h is [ Sig n] worked

by God which takes the place of the Sign which Ahaz
,

declined t o ask The meetin g of Isaiah w ith Ahaz

.

oc c u rr e d abou t the year 7 34 B C an d it is i mpossible . .

,

Not, in o rd e r t hat h e may u n d e rstan d (le ar n) to d ist in gu ish

1

b e t we e n the
goo d a n d t h e e v i l, so t h a t t h e d e so lat ion o f t h e la n d
may b e th e mean s ordain e d by
G od fo r t h e in te lle c tu al d e v e lo p
me n t of Imman u el
”
( Q u t b s ,
Z u ku n f tsb i l
d ,
I f t h at w e r p
e .

t h e me an in g, t h e n sh ou ld be said (c f e g l 4 , 11 3 71 5, n ot . . . .

mm!
1
We can say th at Isaiah is t h e p ph ro et of the nix. f or a
c h arac t e ristic t r ait of th e p ph t i
ro e s t h e nix, t h e sign , cons ist in g

in p re dic te d
fac ts (v ii ,
v . 1 4 xxx ii
or d e e d s ac com
. l ish e d p
at t h e p
re se n t time ( xxx
v iii 22, 7 , c f v ii . or s m olical re p re
. . y b
se n tation s ( 3, v xx
iii . H e is.t h e r o h e t w h o s tan d s sep p
c u ri t y
f o r th e f utu re t h rouh won d e r s in w ord an d d e e d
g .
 1 42 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORIC AL SUCCESSION .

n ot occ urred without the operation of the pro mised co-

I mma nuel w ho was n ot yet born to w ho m praying

, , ,

f or help ( viii he looks up : The Spreading of

.

the pin ion s of Assh ur fill the breadth of thy land ,

I mman uel ! The f uture On e alt ho ugh he has n ot

”
,

yet appeared possessed of a body leads an ideal life ,

in the Old Testame n t history ; an d as he appeared in

t he f u ln ess of the ti mes the holy lan d n ot i n deed , ,

un der the for eign domin io n of Assh ur but un der that ,

of Ro me w as in a co n ditio n w hich w e n t back to the

,

un t he oc rat ic politics of Ahaz as its ulti mate ca use 1

.

A n d he is n ot born in a palace an d w rapped in

p urple n ot an alma of the hare m ( Can t V i 8) of
, . .

the D avidic king w as h is mother b ut the betrothed of ,

a carpen ter f r o m the red u ced fa mily Of David who ,

recogn ised h im as his legitimate tho ugh n ot corporeal

son bu t as a gi f t of heave n
,
The modern theology .

sees in it a myth spun o ut of Isa Vii 1 4 w e see in . .

it w i th the e ntire Church of God the fulfilme n t an d

unr iddlin g of the Isaian ic w or d of p rophecy .

1
In re lat ion t o t h is id e a is t h e re p re se n tation th at acc or d in g t o
liii 2a h e
. s p ut
ro s as
“
a root o ut of d r y gro u
a nd .
”
Ev e n w h e n
he co me s in t o t h e w orld h e h as t o suff e r t h e c on se qu e n c e s of t he
Sin Of h is p pleo e, but on l y w ith t h e m, SO t h at in t h is fe at ure of

th e p Me ss a
or t r ait of th e i h by
Isaiah t h e re is on l y to b e se e n

from far, as G e orge A d am Smith main tain s, a b e gin n in g of a

r e pr e se n tat ion o f a suff e r in g Me s siah .

 I
TR LOG Y OF MESS AN I IC PROP H ECIES .

30 . The G r e a t Tr ilog y o f Me ssia n ic P r o he c ie s

p ,

I sa . vii ix xi
.
, .
, .

II
. I
TH E BEG NN NG OF A NEW I PERIOD WITH TH E NEW

H E R OFI T H E D A VI DIC TH RONE .

Isaiah does n ot say expressly in chap VII wha t , . .

,

the son of the virgin who grow s up in the lan d ,

w hich is deeply s u n ke n throu gh t he fa ult of the ho use ,

of D avid at that ti me w ill do f or the peop le an d the ,

lan d ; o n ly t h e sign ificatio n of the n a me I mman u el

( w ith u s is God ) i n dicates it I n ch ap viii the pre . . .

diction begun in Vii 1 7 con cern in g the oppression of

.

A ssh u r is con tin ued Like the shoreless E uph rates .

,

As shur overflo ws the lan d of Ephraim an d the n of

J udah P rayin g for help the prophet calls on I m
.

man u el as if exhorting h im that he sho uld hasten his

, ,

w ork of deliver an ce wh ich his n a me in dicates , This .

V ie w d ir ected to the f u
,
t ure On e an d to God who in , ,

him w ill be the s tay of His people is i mmediately ,

tran sformed (viii 9 f ) i n to the triumpha nt con fide n ce

. .

of a gr a n ted petitio n Bu t that w hich faith an ticipates

.

lies at the time o n ly in the ran ge of the f u ture The .

n ight mu st first come on the people who have forgotten

God b ut a n ight upo n whi ch there follo ws a d a wn for
,

those who gather together for the sake of the p rophetic

w ord of God althou gh only for t hese ; an d the parts
,

of the n orthern boun dary which have received the

severest Visitation an d which for this reason are
, , ,

most s u sceptible to God s gracio us i nterferen ce are ’

,
1 44 MESSIAN IC PROPH ECIES IN H ISTORICAL SUCCESSION .

first privileged to see the great light w hich breaks

through the dark Shado w of death Israel after it .
,

has bee n blen ded together to a re mn an t an d becomes ,

a n umerous people happy thro ugh victory an d bless

,

in g f ree f ro m t he yoke of the Oppressor an d bloody

, ,

w ar w ill have an e n d ; f or —co n tin u es the prophet ,

referri n g the glorious period of restoratio n back to

h im w ith w ho m an d thro u gh w hom it co mes a

child is born to us a son is give n to us an d the

, ,

governmen t lies upon his Shoulde r and they call his ,

n a me : W o n derf u l Cou n se llor

, Stro n g God Eter nal , ,

F ather P ri n c e of P eace ; of the i n crease of his

,

govern men t an d peace there Sh all be no e n d to order ,

it an d t o establish it upon D avid s thron e an d over ’

his kingdom thro ugh j udg me n t an d righteo usn ess

f ro m this ti me f orth an d for ever the ze al o f Yah weh :

of hosts will per form t h is .

The predicted son of the virgin is n ow born an d ,

the pro phet Sin ce his ide al life is con tin ued in the
,

fu ture greets an d celebrates him as the heir to the

,

Davidic thron e It is a fivefold n ame which he he ars

. .

He is according to vii 1 4 a w onderful Sign an d

,
.
,

a w o n der fu l gi f t F or this reaso n there fore w e do

.
, ,

n ot c o mbin e V 1
12 S5 5”
in on e n ame which wo u
.
ld sign i fy , ,

n ot on e w h o w as a prodigy of a co u n sellor f or ,

w hich G e n x v i 1 2 P rov xxi 2 0 does n ot f u

. . . rnish .

—
, ,

an y Si milar examp e l but wou,

ld sig n i fy on e co u n sel

li n g w o n derfu l thin gs on e co u n sellin g w o n d erfu

,
lly .

There are t wo n ames He is called S55 as a divin ely

. ,
1 46 I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORICAL SUCCESSI ON
MESS AN .

pro phecy says further that he shall possess the thro n e

o f D av id for ever w itho u ,
t tran s mitti n g it ; that in a

righteous an d peace ful rule he shall e n large his

do min io n ; that there fore he shall be an etern al
, ,

F ather that is lovi ng an d beloved of a gre at pe ople

, , .

The a es ri
n m ll a
”
n d 0 55W ? i ndicate h im also as
ruler ; the former as s uch an one in who m the people
,

cou ld have f u ll co n fide n ce ; the latte r as s u ch an ,

on e w hose ex alted activity has pea c e as its object .

It is sign i fica n t that the five fold n ame as the three ,

f o ld Aaro n itic blessi ng e n ds in nise , of all gi ft s that

,

w hich makes most happy an d is most desired .

Although in deed this Isaianic image of the Messiah

, , ,

in order to have a Ne w Testa me n t valu e must be re ,

moved fro m the Old Testa me n t n atio n al n arro wn ess ( for

the king of the kin gdom of heaven is ki ng of Israel ,

n ot in a special se n se b u t in n o n e othe r than that in

,

w hich he is ki n g of all the n atio n s ) n evertheless the , ,

three Messianic prediction s of the Messiah con tain

n ot o nly ideal b u
, t also historical f eat u res w hich are ,

stre ngthe ned as esse n tial thro ugh the history of f ulfil
me n t The seco n d as we ll as the first hides the birth of
.

the f uture On e in mysterio us obscurity an d the secon d ,

testifies that Galilee Shall first behold the Messiah ,

accordi ng to w hich it beca me Je wish traditio n th at the

M e ssiah Shou ld first be reve aled in Gali lee an d that ,

f r o m Tiberias the time of the rede mptio n o f Israel

wo u ld da wn l
.

au m p 20
1
S Ei T g i K p
ee n a n a ern ,
. .
 TRILOG Y OF MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES .

31 . The Gr e at Tr ilogy f
o Me ssia n ic P r op he cie s ,

I sa . v ii., ix xi
.
, .

III. CHA RA CTERISTIC S OF TH E SE OND DAV D AND OFC I

H IS G OVERNMENT .

—
The Isaianic addresses in chaps v ii x1 1 as eve n .

the n e w begin ning s which are re peated Sho w ( n

vii 3 viii 1 ; 1 31 n ne w viii 5 ; ris n}?ag e ) are
.
, .
'

,
.
i
,
,

n ot on e w ho le fro m one s melt in g an d from t he s ame

, ,

time .The standpoi n t of the prophet bri ngs the

i n vasio n of Assh ur an n oun ced in vii 1 7 n eare r an d
, .
,

n earer I n c hap x he describe s prophetically h o w

. . .

the As syrian army advan ces conti nually again st Je r u

sale m spreading terror ; an d how like a wood with
, ,

lo f ty bra n ches planted agai n st it thro u gh the terrible ,

po wer of the divi ne man ifestation of glory it is dashed ,

togeth er to the ground But w hile the Leban on of t he .

w orld-po w er is broke n in pieces the hou se of David , ,

w hich has beco me like the st u mp (tr u nca s) of a f elled

tree re n e w s its youth (xi

, A n d there goes f ort h .
“

[ per f ect o f res ult] a t wig f ro m the st um p O f Jesse a n d ,

a Shoot fr o m its roots be ars f r u it .

The p redictio n here goes back to the birth of t h e

s on an d heir of David s thro n e ce lebrated in ix 5 f
’
. .
,

The tw ig which springs fro m the stump of the ho use

of D avid w hich has s u
,
n k do w n to the lo wlin es s of

its Be thle he mitish origin is the son of David w ho is ,

hoped for who with hi mself an d thro ugh himself

, , ,

raises his people fro m lo wlin ess to glory The Lor d .

ackn owledges him an d sets him apart and e n dows h im ,

1 48 MESS I ANI C PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORICAL SUCCESSION .

w ith the e ntire seve n fold f uln es s o f His Spirit ( ver 2 ) .

A n d there si nks dow n u pon him the Spirit of Yah w eh ,

spi rit of wisdo m an d un derstanding s pirit of co un sel

,

an d of might spirit o f k n ow ledge an d of the f ear of

,

Yah weh ”
. The c alli n g for w hich he is prepared sin ce ,

the Spirit of G od in the en tire rich ness of its po wers

beco mes his posse ssio n is the royal one with it s
, ,

du ties as r uler an d j udge (ve rs 3

. A n d t h e f ear
o f Yah weh is perf u me t o him ; an d n ot accordin g to
that which his eyes see does he j udge an d n ot accord
,

in g to th at w hich his e ar s hear [ n ot accordin g to

se n s uo us appearan ce s b ut ac c ording to actual facts
,

an d the co n ditio n o f the heart] d oes he speak j u dg

men t : and he j u dge s w ith righ t eous ness the poor ,

an d speaks j u dg me n t w ith eq u ity for the meek of the

lan d ; an d s mite s the e arth w ith the rod of his mou th ,

an d w ith the breath o f his lips he s lays the wicked .

A n d righteou sness is the girdle of his loin s an d fidelity

,

is the girdle of his hips ”

. He is a king accordin g to
God s heart and of di v i n e po wer who is here de
’

, ,

scri bed . A n d he s mi tes the earth ( ver 4 b ) is. a

superh uman feature in the i mage ; but every f e ature

o f r ede mptive history is w a n ti n g F ro m this kin g to
.

o n e w ho redee ms t he ea r th f ro m t h e bo n d age of s in

an d the c u rse o f de ath it is still a lo n g w ay Bu t .

t h e h isto ry of f ulfilme n t Sho w s that also this prophecy

is a w ork of the Spirit of God in t he laboratory of the
Spirit o f the prophet . Th e o n e de scribed is ki n g b u t ,

n ot acqu irer an d c o mmunicator of spiritual be nefits ,

he n ce mo re Christ tha n Jesu s But was n ot Jesus

.
1 50 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SU CCESSION .

co nclusion of the earthly history in con n ection w ith

the glorified n e w earth The case is differe n t w ith .

xi 1 0 :
. A n d it shall co me to pass on th at day that
“

the root of Jesse which sta n ds as a b an n er Of the

,

peoples after it sh all the n atio ns i n q uire and his

, ,

resting place [ tha t is the place w here he d w ells an d

-
,

thron es] is glory This h as bee n f ulfilled to the

.
”

exte n t that sin ce C hristian ity has e n tered i n to the

,

w orld at least a thi rd of the heathe n w orld has

,

flocked about the cross of the Christ w ho has been

glori fied thro ugh s ufferi ng .

Hen ce there fore this great prophecy ( xi 1 1 0)

, ,
— .

may be divided i n to three par ts ( 1 ) That w hich :

a waits a fulfi lme n t w hich the re fore can n ot be con

,

trolled ; ( 2 ) that wh ich is li mi t ed to the n atio n an d ,

w hich as political is exter n al w hich both req u ires a ,

N e w Testame n t e n large me n t an d a spirit u al deepe n

in g ; an d ( 3 ) that w hich h as bee n liter ally f u
l fi lled ,

w hich sho w s that what has b e e n predicted is the

word of G od eve n alt hou gh it is in the form of c on

,

temporary history .

Re mar k the Ne w Testame n t on ly the Gospel

.
-I n

of Matthe w re fers to the fi r st three Isaia n ic i mages of

the Messiah which (i 2 2 f ) design at es the miracle of

, . .

the birth of Jes us as a f ulfi lme n t of Isa vii 1 4 The . . .

miracle is also n arrated by Lu ke ; but although more

fu lly than by Matthe w yet witho u t re feren ce to the ,

pr ophetic w ord of Isaiah P a ul also merely says .

( G al .iv 4 ) that. God in the f u

ln ess o f ti me se n t
f orth His Son born of a w o man , He does n ot say .
 I
TR L OG Y OF I IC PROPH ECIES
MESS A N . 1 51

born of a Virgi n n or do we expect it ; the co n n ection

,

o f tho u ght in the passage excludes s uch a re fere n ce as

n ot to be e x pected Bu t that he had the mirac u
. lou s
n at u re of the birt h in min d appears n evertheless to , ,

be i mplied fro m a c o mparison of his w ords His Son , ,

”

born of a w o man with Luke i 35 Isai ah s seco nd

”

, . .
’

Messian ic image re main s in the Ne w Testame n t with

ou t any applicatio n It is n ever cited in o rder t o
.

e stablish the deity of Chri s t by mea n s of it The .

Sept u agi n t co uld n ot be u sed for this p urpose for they

t r an s late the Hebre w w ords 55 m
,

i N55 af ter an o t her ”

readin g by p e ydlt ns Bo h ijs dw e h e ; of in con nection

v o .

w ith this what w e have said in 2 2 co n cern in g the

mediati ng an gel in the Book of Job On the c on .

t r ary the third i mage of the Messiah is agai n mirrored

,

many f old in the Ne w Testame n t Matthe w re fers in .

ii 2 3 to Isa xi 1 when he says that th us should be

. . .
,

fu lfi lled w hat the pro phet had said that the f u t ure
C hrist shou ld be called a Nazare n e that is on e f rom , ,

Nazareth because Joseph settled w ith the child Jes us

,

in Nazareth . E ven Jero me remarks on Isa xi 1 that . .

e ru d iti H e br ae i have this passage of the Book of Isai ah

in mi n d con cern i ng the fr u itf ul f ro m the root of
Jesse He ce rtainly does n ot cite on e prophet b ut t h e
.
,

prophets He thin ks at the same time of Isa lii i an d

. . .

other passages accordin g to w hich it is barren lan d out

,

of w hich the f u ture On e is to gro w an d that he will ,

appear w ith an i n sign ific an t exter ior He sees the .

i mage of or: e mbodied in con n ection w ith the i mage

o f the Shoot f ro m the root ( liii 2 ) an d other prophetic
.

w ords w hich speak of the ign ori n g an d despisin g of

the f u ture On e sin ce i n sign ifican t Nazareth lyin g at
, ,

a distan ce fro m Jer u salem in despised Galilee beca me

, ,
1 52 MESS AN I IC P ROP H ECI ES IN H ST OR I ICAL SUCCESSION .

the groun d upo n which Jes us grew so that in t h e ,

mou th of the pe ople He was depreciati ngly called

This is the most probable n evertheless the ,

accou n t re mai n s a ridd le F ro m the stat e me n t c on .

cern ing the seve n fold spirit w hich rests upon the
second David are taken the seve n spirits ( é
,
'
‘
rr r ct

e rr e d/t a m
) o f the R eve latio n ( i w hich appe ar .

( iv . 5 ) as seve n torches be fore God s th r o n e a n d as

’

the seven eyes of the Lamb (v The prediction .

co ncern in g the destruction of the It?) (Isa xi 4 b) is . .

brought by P aul i n to t he more special co n n ectio n of

rede mptive his t ory ( 2 Thess ii an d the fig u re of . .

t he sta ff of his mou th is e mbodied in Visio n ( Re v i . .

The design atio n of Ch r ist as the tr u e an d faithf ul

w itn ess ( Re v i 5 iii 1 4 ) is co n nected w ith Isa xi 5 b
. .
, . . .

w hile on the other han d the desig n atio n 6 A u§

’
n v
, , ,

( R e v iii. 1 4 ) m ay
. be co m pa r ed w ith 9 5 55 ( Isa
”
.

lxv an d is occasio n ed thro u gh the Lord s ordi n ary ’

.

for mu la of assertion dp iw 1 6 7 0) hi ? ( 1 Q j l S)
F37 ,
“ Q fi Ql t s ”
’
.

Bu t the n a me 7} f é A a v ld w hich is give n H im in

' ’

n a ,

Re v v 5 xxrr 1 6 is the sa me as 22 WW ( Isa

. .
, .
"
,
”
.

xi .

32 . The Son o
f God in P s . 1 1.

As Isaiah prayin g for help looks on high to

, ,
.

Imman uel ( Isa v iii in who m Yah w eh will be the

. .

s upport of His pe ople he i mmediately receives the ,

ass uran ce that he is heard ; and as he co mbin es w ith

1H e is also calle d as: in Be r e shith r abba
“
On e . of th e alle g e d
f ou
r a ostle s p also has th e same d e signation in t he Talmud .

Alt h o u gh t h e T a lm u d i st s m e n t io n a n umbe r of P ale st in ian pl ace s,

y e t t h e O s e rvy b
e a d e e s ile n p
ce w it h re gar d t o Nazare th .
1 54 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STORICA L SUCC ESSI ON .

and the en ds of the earth for thy posse ssion Th ou .

shalt break the m in pieces [ the Septuagi n t Re v ,

.

xii 5 xix 1 5 w i tho ut an y essential differen ce in

.
, .
,

mea ni ng : feed ] wi th a rod of iron tho ushalt dash ,

the m in piece s as a potter s vessel The expressio n

’
.
”

to day (film) is cer tain ly not in te n ded of the day of

-

birth i nto this e arthly existen ce ; for that a father

should say con cerni ng his son on the day of his bi rth
that he begat him on the same d ay is mean ingless It , .

is tr ue that by T WP a sn pe rse n suons po wer exalted

above the begetti n g of the fat her an d t he beari n g of

the mother is i n ten ded ; b ut the expression soun ds

h uman and is ther e fore opposed to the meanin g which
, ,

regarded with re fere n c e to the relatio n o f father an d

Son is n ot true to n ature an d there fore wo uld be
, ,

co n trary to n ature There is therefor e in te n ded a

begettin g n ot in the e art hly but in the royal existe n ce
, , ,

as the term to day is un derstood by P aul (Acts

-

x iii 3. 3 of Rom i, sin ce it refers to the d ie s r eg alis

. . .

of the res u rrection ; for the resurrection of Jes us the ,

Chr is t was a tra n sporti n g f ro m the lif e in the form of

,

a ser van t to the royal li fe o f glorificatio n an d ex altatio n

at the right ha n d of the F at her The Old Testame n t .

does n ot in deed disti nguish bet wee n the birth in the

e arthly an d the birth in the heavenly existen ce But .

to a certain exte n t Isaiah makes the distin ction Since ,

he fi rst celebrates the birth of the royal child (ix 5 .

an d later his royal co n secratio n ( of Acts x 33) an d . .

royal rule .

The third and last gro up of verses o f the psalm

 SON OF G OD IN SE OND C PSALM . 1 55

i n fers from that w hich the spirit of prophecy bro ught

be fore the poet an d seer e arn est w arn ings for the ,

rulers of the eart h (v ers 1 0 A n d n o w ki ngs

.
“
,

receive un derstan din g be admon ished r ulers of the , ,

earth Serve the Lord w ith fear an d rejoice [ beca use

.
,

of the happin ess o f bei n g permitted to be t h e servan t

of s u ch a God] w ith tre mbli ng [ in order n ot to fall

i nto irrevere n ce se c urity an d arrogan ce] Kiss the
, , .

son lest he [ n a me ly Yah weh the F athe r o f this son

, , , ]
be an gry and ye pe rish ; for His an ger e asily b urn s ,

blessed are those wh o hide in H im .

”

The followin g con sideration s are in favo ur of the

tran slation of G PQ Q kiss the son ( 1 ) that this
N ’ “

design atio n of the an oi nted is fi ttingly in trod uced ,

after Yah weh has called him 93; ( 2 ) that the o mis ”

sio n of the article n eed n ot s urprise us The w ord is .

used like 59 23ninn

, ,
as a proper n a me
, It is an .

Aramais m such as poetry is f on d of (of the Aramaism

, .

7 39 m l
} I love
,
thee w i t h w hich
,
P S xviii begi n s ) ; here . .

it is probable because the expression lg

,
wou ld
n ot be e u phon ious ; 3 ) k issi ng as an expressio n

of allegi an ce correspo n ds to an an cie n t cu stom n ot the ,

kissin g of the mon th but the kissi ng of t he feet as

, ,

f requ e ntly in the Assyrian in scri ption s and on the ,

part of the w o man ( Luke V ii O nly one thin g .

co uld see m to be add u c ed agai n st the expressio n kiss

the son not on e o f the a n cie n t G reek Latin or , ,

Syrian tra n slators f o u n d this mean i ng in the w ords .

Even Aquila Sy mmachus Jerome w ho recogn ise the

, ,

mea nin g of adoration as I mp lied in lPWJ tra nslate 1 :

'
1 56 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORIC AL SUCCESSI ON .

as an a dve rb i h p ure feeling (Jerome

Kiss w t
ad or ate p u re ) Bu t all of the at te mpts to t r a n s late in
“
.

di ffere ntly than in the se n se of son do n ot w eigh for ,

they are all co ntrary to the use of the lang uage It is .

to be urged again st Hitzig an d H upfe ld wh o tr an slate ,

$ 595
,
s ub mit yo urselves (the former : to d uty ;
“ ” ”

t he latter : sin cer ely that perh aps the K al of the

verb c an sign ify Sub mit yourselves (of G e n . .

x li . bu t it is i mpossible th at the P ie l sho u ld have

this s ig nification He n ce L uther s tran slation Kiss
.
’

the son is j ustified irre f utably This secon d psalm

,
”
.

belon gs to t he most importan t Christological doc ume n ts .

I t is n ot o n ly becau se here the ide al ki ng of the fi nal

period is called fW D also the n ame of the Messiah
‘
/

as God s Son secures here co mpared w ith the gen e ral

’

characte r of the p romise ( 2 Sam v ii ) in d ividual .

,

d e fin it e n e s s The M idrash to the psalm p laces P S

. .

ii 7 an d D an V II 1 3in recip rocal re lation s The

. . . .

self design ation s of the Lord w ith v ibe il 0 m? an d

- ra e

v ibe i} d fip S o
ro v stan d in un den iable r e latio n to
a vr v,

these Old Testame n t passages although they do n ot ,

h ave their r oots in it an d in the co n ceptio n w hich they

,

prese n t are n ot to be li mited by them .

5 33 The . Me ssian ic Ele me n ts i n the A dd r e sses of

I sa . .
—
xiv 24 xxx ix .

W e shou
ld be error if w e regarded the three
in
—
great Messian ic prophecies in ch aps Vii xii as a . . .

co n tinuatio n w hich belo ngs to the time of Ahaz so ,

 1 58 MESS AN I IC PROP HECI ES IN H STOR I ICA L SUCC ESSION .

be a flyi ng d rago n w e may c on sider it as possi ble that

,

the is an i mage of the Messiah as a pun i

ti v e po wer w ho is to be feared by P hilistia (c f Isa . .

x i.

The probability of a Messian ic mean i ng is still

g reater w ith regard to the f o u n d atio n sto n e in Zio n -

( I s a
. x x viii . I n the pass age x x viii xxix — xxxii i
.
, .

w e get a deep v ie w i n t o the time o f Hezekiah w hich ,

seeks to re store W h at the ti me of Ah az has d estr oyed .

Bu t the poli t ics is n ow s t ill mo r e w orld ly th a n theo

cratic Ahaz lean ed upon Assh ur agai n st Syria an d
.

Ephraim an d no w they seek to Shake Off the yoke of

,

Asshur with the help of Egypt Isaiah follo ws this .

projected allian ce fro m the ti me that it is hatched ,

through all the stages o f its de v elop me n t w i t h his ,

ann ihilatin g c riticis m I n ch ap xxviii which is from

. . .
,

the time before the fall of Samaria he prophesies ,

that the deceptive hope w ill be brought to sha me an d ,

places (ver 1 6) in co n tr ast w ith the fle shly groun d

.

of co n fide n ce a better on e : F o r theref ore saith the

“
,

Almighty Yah weh : Behold I am He wh o lays in ,

Zio n a sto ne a sto n e of preservatio n a precio us corn er

, ,

—
sto ne of w ell fo un ded fo un dation the believer does
-

n ot flee that is h as in t his sto n e foun datio n fi r mn ess

, ,

an d s u pport This ston e is n ot Zion for it is laid in

. ,

Zion and n ot Yah weh sin ce He ha s laid it but the

, , ,

D avidic ki ngdo m e n d u ri n g for ever accordin g to the

, ,

promise ; but n ot as a foun datio n in itself for an irre ,

c on c ilable abstr actio n ca n n ot co mfort an d e n co u rage ;

he n ce it is c o n nected in thought with the person of a

, ,
 I SA IA H XIV .
—
24 XXXI X .

possessor b ut n ot o f the possessor at that time ; for

,

Hezekiah altho ugh he w as a pi ous kin g was also

, ,

to bla me for the danger o f destruction which w as

threate ned by Asshur but it is co n n ecte d in thought
w ith a pro mised possessor —with a divi n e Retre at an d
, ,

Deliverer w ho m the Lord wi ll presen t to His people .

This p rophecy is there fore a fo ur th i mage of the

Messiah ; an e mblematical i mage w hich is to be ,

un derstood accordin g to the three d irect perso n al o n es ,

an d is th u s un derstood in Rom ix 33; 1 P e t ii 6 f . . . . .

On the co n t r ary it is n ot the Messiah w ho is

,

i n te n ded in Isa xxxii 1. Beho ld accordin g to

.
°

righteous ness the ki n g w itho u t the article ) shall

r ule an d the co mman ders according to j ustice shall
, ,

they c o mman d ”
Like wise xxxiii 1 7 The ki ng :
“

m
. .

g?) i n his be auty thi n e e yes sha ll beho ld ; sha ll see

a free lan d far a w ay The M e ssiah is the kin g who
.

con cludes the history of Israel ; but in bo t h these

pass ages a king w h o con tin ues t he history is i n te n ded .

The stan dpoin t of t he prophet is di fferen t here f rom

w hat it is in xi 1 . There he sees immediate ly after
. ,

the catastrophe Of Assh ur the glory of the Messian ic

,

k i ngdom arise ; bu t he r e he Speaks f ro m the perc eptio n ,

w hich he has sec u red me anwhile that t he catastrophe ,

Of Assh u r which is give n him to predict w i ll in deed

be a won derf ul r eve n ge and resc ue but ye t not the ,

an n ih ilation of Asshur an d n ot at all the a n nihi latio n

,

of the w orld e mpire

- .

Bu t of the sa me ran k w it h the three or f o u r images , ,

Of the Messiah sin ce it is n ot less of a Ne w Testame n t

,
 1 60 MESS AN I IC P ROP H EC IES IN H ISTOR IC AL SUCCESSION .

char acter is the f u

, ture i mage which fo rms the con
e lu sion of the oracle co nc ern ing Egypt ( Isa x ix) the .
,

seco n d half of w hich w e are not co mpelled by any

s ufficie nt or strin ge n t reason s to regard as the c on
t in uat ion of the fi rst Isaia n ic by a later prophet That .

w hich is s aid in I sa xix 2 4 f so u

. n ds like P a u
. . l Old .

Testame n t prophecy here does its ut most ; for it is n ot

an in corpora tio n of the heathe n w h o are co n verted

a mo ng the people of God w hich is here hope d for but ,

a brotherly bo n d bet ween Israel an d the n atio n s upo n

the basis o f eq ual rights I n that day Israel sh all
.

be a third part w ith Egypt and As sh ur a blessing in ,

the midst of the earth sin ce Yah weh blesses it say

, ,

in g : Blessed art t h ou my people Egypt an d t ho uthe

, , ,

w ork of my ha n d s Assh u , r an d thou min e heir Israel

, , .
”

I n the tr u ly h uma n e w o rds of Solo mo n ( 1 Kin gs viii .

Israel still remain s in distin ction from the othe r

,

peoples God s people ; b ut here the n ame of God s

,
’ ’

people has lost its exclusive n ess an d t he spirit of ,

revelatio n places in prospect be fore the religion of

r evelatio n the fu ture abolition of n atio nal exclusive
B OSS.

34 . The Ele me n ts f
o P r ogr ess in Micah s
’
Me ssian ic
P r oclama tion .

Micah be gan his min istry un der Jotha m His book .

begin s with the thr eate n in g of Samaria an d Jerusale m .

It is a brie f co mpilatio n co mposed before 7 2 2 B C of

, . .
,

that which he preached from the time of Jotham until

1 62 I
MESS ANI C PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORIC AL SU CCESSION .

through the world po w er f or he threate n s (iii 1 2 )

-
, .

There f ore on your acco un t Zio n sh all be thro wn dow n

t o a field an d Jeru
,
sale m shall beco me heaps of ruin s ,

an d the mo u ntai n of the te mple w ooded heights an d

th us after t he threate n ing has reached its utmost depth

,

an d has exha u sted itself it is tran sformed sin ce it is

, ,

n o lo n ger kept back by a n y t hi n g in to pro mise ( iv 1 ) ,

.

A n d it sha ll come to pass at the e nd of the d ay s

th at the mountain of Yah weh shall be lifted up to the
s ummi t of the mo un tain s an d raised above the hills ’
,

an d peoples shall stre am u n to it It is this prophecy ”

.

,
—
w hich Isaiah ii 1 4 prefi xes as a derived text t o
.
, , ,

his threate n ing address con cern ing the overthro w of

w orldly glory w hich perhaps als o in Micah as the
, ,

abr u pt begi nn ing ( v e r 5 ) seems to i ndicate is take n

.

—
,

f ro m the prophecy o an o der prophe t

f l perhaps Joe l
—con cern ing the fi n al elevation Of the mo un tain of
the ho use of Yah w eh con cerning the migration of the
,

peoples desiring salvatio n to it an d con cern ing the ,

tran sformation of the murderous implement s o f war

in to the pe ace ful i mple me nts of agric ulture ; for the
same reason in Micah an d Isaiah : for f ro m Zion “

shall go f orth a t orah (d ivin e revelation ) an d a wor d of ,

Y h weh ro Jer e
a f m usa l m — in the history o f f u
lfilme n t ,

the gospel of peace (Eph vi The fi n al period

. .
,

in to w hich the prophet furt her sees is the time of ,

the bringin g of the diaspora of Is rael (Micah iv the .

completion Of the do min ion of Yah weh (ver 7 t he .

restoration of the Dav idic ki ngdo m (ver the resc ue .

f r o m the Babylon whither the people po werless again st ,

 I SAI A H xrv . 24 - xxx1
x . 1 63

its e ne mies Shall be drive n (ver 9

, the visitation of .

pun ish men t on the harde n ed mass of the pe ople s wh o

storm the restored Zion ( vers 1 1 — the prophet .

arranges these even ts of the fi nal period n ot accordin g ,

to the chron ology but accordi ng to his con n ectio n of

,

thought which is d ete rmin ed t hro ugh the ethical pur

—
,

pose by 7113
, 9 w hich is as r e mark ably f requ
, e n t in
Micah as in Hosea he fixes poin ts partly of the farther
, ,

partly of the n earer f ut ure The word fl ap (ver 1 4 ) . .

is in the same category w ith nap (ver 9 ) —it fixes a .

poin t of the n earer future a part of the trib ulation s ,

precedin g the salvation an d the glory : Now gather

thyself together daughter of t he w arlike host [ that is
, ,

con cen trate thyself for mutual co un sel comfort pro , ,

te c t ion ot her wise so f o n d of war an d co u

,
rageous in
battle] : he [ Asshur] t hre ate n s us w ith siege they ,

smite w ith the stick upon the cheek of the r uler of

Israel M icah prophesies in the ti me of Assyrian
.
”

j udgmen t Accordi n g to Isa x 2 4 xxx 31 smiting

. . .
, .
,

with the stick see ms to be charact eristic o f the

behaviour of Assh ur The king w ho m they s mite .

upon the cheek is the op posite of the kin g in his

beauty that is the On e w ho has passed away bey on d
, ,

dishon ourable treatme n t (Isa xx xiii The destin y . .

which i mmediately i mpe n d s over Israel is to be Shame ,

fully an d w it ho u
,
t r escue s urre n dered t o the w orld
,

e mpire .

Bu t the prophet n ow co n tr asts w ith this pictu re of

h umiliation the pict ure Of exaltation which the secon d ,

David proceedi ng fro m Bethlehe m brings to his

, ,
1 64 MESS AN I IC PROP HECIES IN H ISTOR ICAL SUCC ESSION .

pe ople : A nd thouBeth lehem Ephratah too small t o ,

be reckon ed among the district s of J udah out of thee ,

1

shall he go f orth to me w h o shall be r u ler ove r

Israel ; an d his goings forth are fro m a n tiquity f ro m ,

the days o f the primitive ti me W hy f rom Beth .

lehem ? There is the h ou se of David s f a mi ly fro m

’

w hich the divi n e e lectio n of grace bro u ght him forth

( 1 S a m xvi . a n d . m ade o u t o f the shepherd o f sheep
a shepherd Of Israel I f the divin e ruler is born .

there an d n ot in the royal city Jerusale m the Davidic

, ,

royal ho use is red uced to its root and fro m it r e n e ws ,

its yo uth ( Isa xi 1 . .

,

The co min g to Baby lo n ( Mic ah iv 1 0) in vo lves in

. .

itself i ndeed a viole n t r upture o f t he D avidic chain of

, ,

ru l ers Bu t God s po wer an d g race restore the

’
an cie n t

rule (Micah iv an d in a ki n g w hose ori g i n on

.
,

the one han d is a lowly an d unn oticeable one but on

, ,

the other hand dates b ack to the ho ary an tiquity (of .

on the expressio n Micah vii 1 4 fo r he w hose .

,

c radle w o u ld be i n sign ifica n t Beth lehe m is the k in g

at whom the divi ne d ecree of the pro mise aimed ever ,

Si n ce it expressed the roy al do mi n io n of the peop le of

Th
1
itat ie c ( M tt i
oni 5 ) f k t ha S p t u g i t
. w h i .h d orsa es e e a n ,
c re a s

mu ng d w
ri s
,st ;
an lik t h t d it i l t xt d te l t f ely ra on a e ,
an ran s a e s re e

IA d th uBthl h m la d f J ud h ( f l
n o e e e
r m a
, n s rim )n o a
.
,

a t by
r m no th m ll t m g th p i e ( abs a) f
e an s e s a es a on e r nc s r o

Ju da h — for th e smalln e ss o f Be th le h e m an d t h e gre at n e ss o f

its mission are con t raste d I t is n ot im ro a le t h at t he e v an
. p bb
g e li st in t h is p
assage follow s an old Targ u m Th e o r ig in alit o f . y
h
t e t w o l
m
n) is assu
'
re d t h ro ug h t h e d o u le T o?) t h a t of t h e b
p
Se t uagin t .
1 66 MESSIAN IC PROPH ECIES IN H ISTOR ICAL SUCCESSION .

Is the royal sceptre the world w illi ngly or un

,
all ,

w rllingly s hall bow be fore his greatn ess]

,
A n d this
one shall be peace (of Eph ii 1 4 : this is o ur . . .

pe ace — Assh ur when it shall press i n to o ur lan d

an d t r e nd ou r p alaces w e w ill e n gage a ai n st it seven
,
g

she pherds and e ight pri n ce s Of me n A n d they feed .

t he la n d o f Assh u r w ith the s word an d the lan d of ,

Ni mrod at its en tran ces [ which are guarded w ith

forti ficatio n s] an d he sec u, res deliveran ce fro m Assh ur ,

in cas e it presses in an d in case it treads o u ,

r

boun dary ”
.

Th e seve n shephe rds and eight prin c es of me n

‘

w itho u t ou r bei ng ab le to solve this pec u liar proble m

fu rt her are his weapon s s urroundin g h im like a coro na
,
.

The image of the Messiah is kept in a martial form ,

an d the tho u ght that the King Messiah protects His

people from all hostile po wers gi v es it its h istorical ,

f o rm . Although in M icah iv 1 0 Zio n an d Babylon .

already appear con trasted as at opposite poles he ,

n evertheless calls the w o rld e mpire as I saiah

- by the , ,

historical name at that ti me Asshur ( Ni mrod s ,

’

coun try) Bu t while Is aia h beholds the Messiah

.

together with the Assyrian oppression s and the ,

beginn ing of his kingdom w ith the destruction Of

Assh ur for the more exten ded v ie w o f M icah the
,

parousia o f t he Messiah is con nected with the bringing

again fro m both exiles as is also to be seen f ro m ii
, .

12 f : . Gather yea I w i ll gather thee e n tirely

, , ,

Jacob ; collect yea I w ill c o llect the re mn ant of

,

Israel together I will make the m like a flock of lambs

,
 I SAIAH XIV .
—
24 XXX I X .

in firm c ustody a herd in the midst of their fit

,

pasture they [ n amely fold an d pasture ] shall roar on

, ,

acco un t of me n The dasher in pieces goes be fore

.

the m they break th rough an d go a way [ break]

,

thro ugh the gate [ of the hostile cities w hich they held ,

captive] an d go out and their ki ng goes be fore the m

, ,

an d Yah weh at thei r he ad A ll Jacob is the Israe l

.

of both ki ngdo ms The breaker th ro ugh

.

their king is the Messiah the On e Head in Hose a

, ,

ii 2 in which a lso like wise as here in Micah King

.
, , ,

an d Y ah weh sta n d together Both these march be fore

.

the re un ited people Yah weh an d His Christ The

, .

ble ndi ng of both as is expressed in the Isaian ic n ames

,

of the Mess iah 5a m? ” an d 1139 $8 re mai n s unexpressed

,
“

.
 CH APTER V III .

9
P ROPH ECY FROM TH E T IME OF H EZ EK IAH UNTIL TH E

CA TA ST ROP H E .

35 . The D omain o
f Na h u
ms ’
an d Z ep ha n iah s Vision
’
.

L TH OUG H Isaiah an d Micah fore saw in Babylon

the heiress of the Assyrian world po wer n ever -
,

t h e le ss they are the prophets o f the Assyrian period of

j udgme n t F irst Nahum an d Zeph aniah bri ng t he

.

Assyrian pe riod t o a c on clusion Nahum fro m Assyrian .

,

Elko sh he n ce one of the Assyrian exiles p rophesies as

l
, , ,

is app are n t fr o m i 9 b 1 4 afte r t he mirac u

.
,
lo us resc ue
,

of Jerusale m whose destr uct ion was threate n ed by

,

Assyria ( 7 01 an d be fo r e Se nn ach eri b s assassin a

’

tio n in the temple of Nisroc h ( 681 he n ce to ward

the e n d of the govern me n t of this ki ng He predicts .

the fall of Ni neveh (abo ut 607 and beho lds in this

the fa ll o f the w orld e mpire si mply and a f ter wards the

-
,

restoration of the un ity an d glory of e n tire Israe l .

The c on ten ts of the w o rk of Zephan iah wh o e n tered ,

1
T h e re w as a y
S r ian p oe t, Israe l of El k osh , w h o d ie d 79 3
( Z e itschr ift de r D e utsche n M orge n landische n Ge se llschaf t,
’

xx x i.

The pl ace lie s on th e e ast ba k n of t h e T ig ris n or t h o f Mosu

l .

T he ab o v e r e fe r e n c e is in cor re c t —C .

1 68
1 70 MESSIANI C PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSI ON .

his range of vie w was in ge n eral exte n ded to the

heathe n ] ; for He has c aused all the gods of the earth
to disappe ar [ properly He h as made the m co n s umptive]
, ,

an d each Shall pray to H im f ro m his p lace all t he ,

islands of the heathe n ”

.

I n ch ap iii rebu
. .ke an d threate ni ng ar e re ne wed ,

bu t o n ly in o rder that the in ten sity of the pro mise

may bre ak thro u gh all the more stron gly P e n al .

j ustice is follo wed by mercy for which it prepares the ,

way . W he n the c u p o f w rath is drai n ed love is ,

po ure d fo rth This t urn in g poin t is fi xed by 73

.
5 -iii 9 , .

F or the n [ af ter j u dg men t has bee n visited on the

sin ful peoples an d the n o less sin ful people w hose
,

capital is Jerusale m] I w ill turn to the n atio n s a p ure

lip [ that is I will gran t to those wh o previo u
,
sly called
on the ido ls an d w ho spoke as idolaters a p u
, rified , ,

con secrate d mann er of speech] that they may all call ,

upon the n ame of Yah w eh Sin ce they serv e H im w ith ,

one co nse n t ”
. As 1 11 (e maciac it) ii 1 1 said c on
, , . ,

cernin g the heathen gods is otherwise an exception al ,

fig u re of speech of Zephaniah so here in iii 9 (mn tabo , .

p po u lis labi um p a r a m ) the f u

tu re co n ve r sio n of the
heathen is expre ssed in a significan t w ay whi ch is
pe c uliar to h im On the other han d the prophecy
.
,

c on cer n in g the retu rn of the diaspora of Israel with

the frie n dly help of the n ation s is as follo ws (Zeph .

iii
. F ro m beyo n d the rivers of E thiopia they
brin g my worshippers the daughter [ tot ality] Of my
,

dispersed as my o ff eri ng e xactly as if th e prophet

, ,
”
,

w h o is pleased with s u ch mosaic style had blen ded ,

 FAITH S OBJECT
’
IN H A BAxx UK .

in a mi niature th at
hich is prophesied in Isa w .

—
lxvi 1 8 2 0 w i t h t h e additio n of Isa xvii i 1
. . . .

I n the descriptio n of Israel w h o are bro u ght back

j udicially puri fie d he e mphasizes the h umility on
,

acco u nt of w hich the co ngreg atio n agai n prospers .

Israel is ble n ded together in a 52 1 9? or a spiritually ”

,

poor people an d bro ught do wn f ro m a false height

, ,

wh o c an tru st an d rejoice in the n ame of Yah weh ;

for as ver 1 5 c alls to this n e w t r u
, . e Israe l Yah w eh ,

hath re moved far a way thy j udg men ts hat h cleared ,

—
away thin e e nemies the Kin g o f Israel Yahw eh is , ,

in the mid st of thee tho uh ast f u rther to fear n o mis

,

f ort une A n d the n he describes (v e r 1 7 ) the lovi n g

”
. .

relatio n Of Yah weh to this congregation of the future

in bo ld an thropo mor phis ms w hich re mi n d u s of the

mystic erotic man n er of Hosea Yah w eh thy G od

is in t he midst of th ee as a helpful hero He h as ,

blissful joy in thee shall be d umb in His love [ Sin ce

,

it is un speakable] Shall rejoice over thee with Sho ut

,

Ing . Yah weh appears here to have become like a

man .Beside the King of Israel prese nted in s uch a
h uman way co ndesce n ding in s uch lo w lin ess to me n
, ,

there is n either roo m for n or n eed of a human ki ng ,

.

36 . H a bakkuk s Solu
'
tion
’

f
o F a ith a nd F aith s Obj e ct
’
.

A mon g the Old Testame n t loci illustr es regardin g

faith are t wo inLuther : g laubst ih r
Isaiah (vii . 9,
n icht so ble ibe t ihr n icht
, an d xxviii 1 6 Lu ther : we r .
,

g laubt d e r fl en
, cht n ic ht ) The latter passag e be lo n
. gs
1 72 I IC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON
MESS AN .

to the thre e which in the Ne w Testame n t are each

,

cite d three ti me s G e n xv 6 ; Isa xxviii 1 6 ; H ab

: . . . . .

ii 4 Habakkuk is one of t he prophets who as is

. . ,

—
said in 2 Kin gs xxi 1 0 1 5 xxiii 2 6 f xxi 2 4
.
,
v —
. .
, .
,

an n o un ces the j u dgme n t as he n c e forth u n avoidable .

His lamen tatio n con c er ni ng the domin an t corruption

( H ab i
. 2 4
.
) -agrees w ith the f earf u
l c h ar a c te r iza

tion of Man asseh an d afterw ards of Je hoiakim ;

an d his con n ectio n w ith t h e P salms es pecially thos e ,

o f Asaph ( proved in m C o mm e n tary is to b e

y ,

explain ed by 2 Chron xxix 30 He prophesies the

. . .

i n vasion of the C haldea n s an d the affl iction s which

follo w in their trai n he n ce be f ore the b attle o f
,

Carche mish in the fo u rth year of J e hoiach in ( 606

w hich decided the s u pre macy of the Chalde an s in
An terior Asia .

The f un damen tal tho ughts Of this book are as

fo llo w s There are t wo kingd oms in con flict : th e
k ingdo m Of this w orld w hose r uler is the kin g of
,

C haldea an d the ki n gdo m of G od whose r u ler is G od s

’

, ,

An oin ted ; ( 2) the in te rfere n ce of Yah we h helps God s ’

An oi nted to the v ictory ; ( 3 ) this co m plet i o n o f the

w ork of G od in the co u rse of the w orld s history ’

w he n the ti me previo u sly determin ed has come is ,

lo nged f or by the believers ; ( 4 ) it is faith w h ich in ,

this co n flict of th e w orld again st the k in gdo m of God ,

e sca pes the da n ger of destr u ction an d which in the ,

mid st of death participates in li fe It is a theodicy .

,

w hose solu tion of the riddle Of the w orld s history ’

co nsists in this that altho ugh God makes use of t h e

, ,
1 74 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SU CCESSI ON .

Septuagi n t tran slate s av barr e plio y {lard/r e w ov bv

’ ’
e
'
: a rr r ,

bu ép /Ae v o s fif e re a l o r} ) xp m m there -

ore
' '
o
y . . fo , an d

re fe rs i5 and that which follo ws n ot to th at which is

,

—
beheld the r edemption from the servit ude through
—
,

the w or l d -po w er bu t to On e w h o is give n to be

,

—
beh e ld the Redee me o the w orld po wer Here
r f r m - .

it re mai n s q uestio n able w hether t he Lo rd or His

An oin te d is i n te n ded Bu t the Epistle to the
.

H ebre w s w hich f ree ly adopts the p assage w itho u

, t
citin g it an d tran sforms the e pxép uos of the Se p
,
’
e

tu ag in t ,correspo ndin g to the in te n sive in fi n itive N3

i n to 6 px ne v s do ubtless thin ks of Christ appeari ng
’
e
’
o o ,

as j u dge in glory .

There begin s w ith ver 4 that w hich God gives the .

prophet to behold the j udgme n t on the lords of the

,

w orld : Behold puffed up n ot upright is his soul in

, ,

h im: an d the righteo u s thro ugh his faith shall he live ”

, ,

o r af ter a n other mode o f —

accen t uation Tip hc ha w ith
hu mu s A n d the righteo u s thro ugh his faith
h e Sh all live W e may acce n tu
.
”
ate this way or that ,

the mean i ng is always th at the righteo us in the midst

,

of j u dgmen t esc apes de ath an d remai n s pre served by

mean s of his o wn “m mas righteo u s that is of the , ,

con fide n ce w hich holds fa st on God an d His w ord by ,

mean s of the con fiden ce which bu ilds firmly on the

promise of G od in Spite of the co n tradictory prese nt ,

by mean s of the faith fuln ess which han gs fast on h im ,

w ith o n e w o r d : o f the f ai t h w hich is ca lled 7 1

355
1 23
3
,

m i s as fi r ma fi d u c ia f aith is there f ore i n d i c ated

fi r ta

as the f u n da me n tal ch ar acteristic w hich makes t he

 FAITH S OBJECT ’
IN HA BAK K UK .

righ teous righte o us an d by mean s of which he sh all ,

participate in li fe .

In Hab ii 6 ff a woe (an) in five strophes pu

. . .t , ,

in the mo u th of the mistreated people an n o un ces to ,

the w orld co n queror his fall The prophet mean s .

accordin g to i 6 the Chaldean s but as represe n tatives

.
, ,

of the tyra nn ical ido latro us w orld pow e r w hich works -

in vain agai n st the decree of God for [ as is said “

, ,

Hab II 1 4 ] the earth shall be full of the kn o wledge

. .

of the glory of Ya h weh as the w aters that cover the ,

”
se a.

There follow s in cha p iii upon the t wo parts . .

,

consistin g of a dialogue a a psalm w ritte n in

,

—
the sublimest style as Judg v an d P S lxviii , . . . .
,

c o n sisti n g of petitio n s an d c on t e nl plat ion s w hich ar e ,

the lyrical echo of the first an d secon d divi n e an s wer .

Here the prophet praises the appeari ng of Yah weh in

j udicial glory and re me mbers also His An oin ted n ot as
, ,

a mediator however b ut as an object of the rede mption

, ,

w hich is to be acco mplished in j u dg me n t ( ver 1 3) .

Tho uw en test fort h to the help of Thy people to the ,

help of Thin e An oin ted ( Septuagi nt : t) ii a l r bv ro cr t c .

-ré a ccordi n g to a ther readi n g 00 w

xp to a ov ; v n o : 9 xp 7

7 0 69 ) It
o ov is . i n deed q uestio n ab le w hether
should n ot rather be tran slated with Thin e A n oi nted
( Aq ui la Q ui n ta
, : i m xp w g v ) a Jero m e co n siders
r o ao
'
.

this tran slatio n Christian an d the other Judaizing , .

Bu t gr an ted that the M essiah is i n te n ded in an

eschatological se nse an a ppeal for the acc usati v e ,

con struction c an be made wit h eq ual propriety to

1 76 MESS AN I IC PROP H ECI ES IN H ISTORICAL SUCC ESSI ON .

Ze ch . here the Messiah is called m

ix . 9 ( w a n o ne ;

w h o has beco me help f u l] as f or the preposi t io n al t o ,

P S cx 5 (the Almighty at thy r igh t h an d )

. . It is .

really probable that the prophet me an s by the divin e ly

an oi n ted On e n ot the kin g of his ti me ,
bu
t of the ,

fi n al period f or he con ti n ues 1 3b Tho ubre akest in

, ,

f u
pieces the h e ad o the ho se of the w cked i — the
divin ely an oin te d On e is the an tithesis of the w orld
-

r ule r Christ an d An tichr ist are co n t raste d

, .

37 Me diate ly Me ssia n ic
. Ele me n ts in Je r e miah s
’

A nno u
n ce me n t ,
un til the car r ying away o f Je hoiachin .

Jere miah who w as called as he himself r elates in

, ,

the thirtee nt h year of Josrah is a con te mporary of ,

Zephan iah an d H abakkuk p re c edin g both these in the ,

time w he n he w as called The history o f his call .

( Jer i )
. is i
.n all directio n s a progn ostic o f his o ffi cia l
doing an d s uff eri n g His calli n g is directed rather to .

tearin g do w n than to buildin g up I n this sad office .

on e s u ff e ri n g af ter an other as a co n f essor be falls h im

bu t n ot wi t h sta n di n g t he depth an d te n de r n ess of his

susceptibility stron g in God he bids defia n ce to all

—
, ,

attacks I n his fi rst addr ess (Jer ii iii 5 ) “all? (Je r

. . . . .

iii 4 ) i n dicates the r eligio us tran s formatio n which

.

h ad alre ady begu n af te r the t w e lf t h ye ar o f Josi ah

( 2 C hro n x xxiv . an d in the seco n d (Jer iii 6

. . .

vi 2 0 presupposes the purification of w orship w hich

.

w as acco mplished in the eightee n th ye ar of Josiah .

Bu t the prophet s e es behi n d the glitteri ng r estoratio n

1 78 MESS AN C I I PROPH ECIES IN H STORI AL S I C UCCESSION .

take th is in to accoun t in order to understan d th at

Jere miah co u ld have n o ple as u re in the sacrificial
serv ic e (Jer vi 2 0) w hich had agai n co me i n to vog u
. . e ,

an d in order n ot t o mis u n derstan d so hold an expre s

sio n as vii 2 2 f in w hich his a n tipathy again st t h e

. .,

se lf-deception co nn ected w ith the op u s op e r atum of

the burn t-Offerings an d sacrifices we n t so f ar that it
see ms as if he did n ot recogn ise a sacrificial torah
r e sti n g u po n divi n e re v elatio n The appearan ce is .

e mphas ize d sin ce he says (viii

, H ow c an y ou .

say we are w ise an d t h e tomb of Yah weh is w ith

,

us ? Tru ly behold t he deceptive styles of the sc ri bes

,

is active for deception Th is so un ds as if d irect e d

.

again st priestly w ritin gs w hich gave self made la w s ,

-

t he colo u r Of divi n e san ctio n But that the bringi ng of .

sacr ifi ces in vii 2 2 f viii 8 is lowered to an arbitrary

. .
, .

in stitution an d eve n as displeasing to God is dis

, ,

proved through the fac t th at even Jere miah is n ot

able to represen t the divin e service of the fin al peri od
w ithou t sacrifi ces (see xxxiii 1 8 or if on e doubts th e .

ge n uin eness of this passage s e e xvii 2 6 xxxiii , .

, .

1 Not for th e pup r o se of p

d e c e tion , b u
t t o d e c e t ion , in a p
p
d e ce tiv e man ne r , as “PI P? is also u se d in iii 2 3 , v ii 1 5 ; . xx .

an d ri m ) w ith out s pplyin g

u an o bj e c t, as a c on c e pti on limit e d

t o itse lf, 2 Sam . x ii. 12 me re n de rs it

P rov . xiii . 6
. J e ro

corre c tly : v e r e nwndac ium op e ratu s est ( or op e ratur ) st i lu

s me ndua

acr ibamm J e re miah could n ot hav e had De ute ron omy in min d
.

on acc ou n t Of t h e con for mit y o f h is lan gu age to t h is b ook Nor .

can th e le gislat ion of th e P r ie sts Cod e he in te n d e d , for

’
co u
ld t h is
hav e se c ure d su
ch an un d ispute d p u blic acce ptan ce if so gr e at a

p ph
ro e t as J e re miah had u t te re d h is ve rdic t against it ?
 MESS I ANIC ELEMENTS IN J EREMI AH . 1 79

sacrifices in deed w hich w o uld n ot satis fy the letter

, ,

Of the law b u t w hich are the free sy mbolical expres

sion of th an k f ul w orshi p .

A ll prophets re pre se nt in op positio n to t he re ligion

,

Of the letter of the law the re ligio n of the f reedo m Of

,

the spiri t ; but n o ne ill such a cutting pole mic h ow ,

ever as Je re miah The most holy in t he most holy

, .

place of the te mple is the ark o f the cove n an t the ,

earthly thron e of God in the midst of His people ; b ut

Jere miah hopi ng for a f uture ren e wal of Israe l w hich
, ,

shall be more thoro ugh than the prese n t (Jer iii . .

prophesies at the same time that there shall be n o

, ,

mor e an ark of t h e cove n an t ( ver I n those “

—
.

—
days utte ran ce of Yah w e h they shall n o lo nger
say ,
The ark of the cove nan t of Yah w eh ; an d n o ’

thought shall arise co n cern i ng it an d ye shall n o ,

mor e thi n k of it n or miss it an d it shall n ot be made

, ,

agai n A n d w hy n ot ? Becau
. se as is said in ver , .

1 7 all Jeru
,
salem shall be the thron e of Yahweh .

The prophet is tran sporte d i n to this Messian ic period

w itho u t his men tion in g here t h e Messiah But it is .

of i mportan ce f or the f u tur e fulfilme n t of Messian ic

prophecy that in the threate n in g of Je c hon iah (Jer
, .

xxii 2 4 ff ) the domin a n t li n e Of Solo mon is dep rived

. .

of the th r o n e F or so ver 3
. 0 see ms to h e i n te n ded
.
,

sin ce the threate n in g ( ver Alth ough Co n iah

.
,

son of Je h oiak im ki n g of J u dah w ore the seal rin g on ,

my ri ght han d n evertheless I w o u

,
ld tear him Off
”
.

Its companion piece is foun d in a prophecy by Haggai

( ii
. I w i“
ll take thee and
p u
t thee on as a se al
1 80 MESS AN I IC PROP HECIES IN H I STORIC AL SUCC ESSION .

i g
r n ,
i c h pertain s to Zerubbabel to who m accord
wh , ,

in g to Lu ke iii 31 (of Zech xii . the li ne of. . .

Nathaubelo nged l
.

5 38 I mme di
.a t e Messian ic E le me n ts in Je r e miah s
’

P r ophe cies und e r Z ed e kiah un til af te r the D estr uo

tion of Je r usa le m .

We meet the first i mmediate Messian ic p rophecy in

the woe upo n the shepherd s (Je r xxiii 1 w hich . .
,

as we may co n clude from v e r 3 w as after t he .

,

deportatio n of Kin g Je h oiac hin t o Babylon wi t h te n

t ho u san d of the kern el of the pop ulation The .

pro mise be gin s with the assuran ce that God w ill

a w aken she pherds according to His w ill for His people
, ,

brought back fro m banish me n t an d the n proceeds ,

—
Behold days co me utteran ce of Yah weh— that I
w i ll raise up f or David a righteo u
s spro ut ( P 3? ” P
3
9
1
,

an d he Shall ru le as a ki n g an d sh all deal pru ,

de n tly ,

an d shall exercise j u stice an d righteo us ness in the

lan d ; an d this is his n a me w it h w hich they sh all
n ame h im li ke wise with the most u n iversal

s ubject like ,
“ j ig! ( Isa ix ?
an d w ith tip t
. .

w hi h e xclu des the co n n ectio n wi th which Yah weh ‘

c ,

shall call him Yahweh o ur righteousn ess ( fi ll?

This predictio n w ill be co n sidered in c on
1
my article , D ie zwie fach e G e n e alogie d e s Me ssias N0
Se e ,
”
.

x11. d e r Talmu disch e n St u d ie n , in t h e L u the r ische Z e i tschr ift,

1 860 pp 4 60-4 65 , an d th e ad mirable e xplan at ion by Eu
,
. se b iu s of

a; E C (
vop t sr o L
’
uk e iii 2 3) in t h e p a
.ssag e q uo t e d by C re d n e r ,

Ein le i tun g, p . 68
.
1 82 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSION .

pleasing to God ; but here in chap xxxiii this V ie w . .

is without suppo rt the promise is with referen ce t o ,

on e an d the pro g ress f ro m t h e ”D3 of Isa iv 2 to

,
. .

the shoot from the st ump of Jesse ( Isa xi 1 ) makes it . .

unqu estion able that the post Isaian ic prophet mean s -

that the Messiah is the secon d D avid Also a .

w elco me light falls u p n t h e n ame of the Messiah o ,

3327
1 3 “
in f ro m t h e
”
n ames 5m m ? an d 1135 55
1 w hich "

the Messi ah has in Isai ah He is so called in .

Isai ah because the stron g victo rious God is in him

, ,

represen ts Hi mself in him makes Hi mself historically ,

p resen t in him to His people ; and here in Jere miah he

is c alled 1321 3“i” because Yah w e h as our righteous
t
, ,

n ess t h at is as the on e maki n g righteo u

, ,
s redeemin g ,

fro m the cu rse an d bo n d age of sin d wells in him is , ,

called like Jerus alem i

“ n beca use n ow Yah w eh ”
, ,

as t h e on e maki n g righteo u s forgivin g sin s (Isa xxxiii , . .

an d re n e w i n g morally has his d w elli n g in her ,

.

The Messiah is called th u s as the person al an d ,

Jerus ale m as the local re v elatio n of the God w h o 1

1
Th e Se t u p
agin t t ranslat e s 6 It a l ian
’
z ea l 7 0277 0 r d dr ap es wh o;

wi n ds 6 x t pt oc We n di! , t h at is, p lyin

' 't
( se e Workman ,
The Text

of Jer e mia h, E d in u r g h 1 88 9 ,
b T h e t r an slat i p
on is.a su r d b
f or w e d o n ot e xp
e c t a r e al h ist o ri c al nome n p r op r iu m, b u t an
b
e m le mat ic al n ame In t h e r o e r n ame
. e h ozad ak p p Yah w e h J
h as or r e ta in s u st ic e ,
”
j
the e xp
re ssion is t h e ac n o w le d g me n t , k
mark motto ,
of t h e on e t h at is t o be na me d , an d me d iat e ly of t h e
on e wh o is na me d ; on th e con t r ar y ,
i
nn ‘
( w h e t h e r w e

t ran slate it Yah w e h is o ur r igh te o usn e ss ,

”
or Yah w e h is o ur
as th e na me of th e Me ssiah an d as th e na me of Je ru
salem d e man d s, an ac t u
al c h arac te r ist ic r e lation t o t h at w h ic h t h e
n ame e xp r e sse s .
 M ESS A N I IC ELEMENTS IN JEREMIAH . 1 83

tran sforms the un righteo us desirin g righte ous n ess i n to

the righteous .

A year later o n t h e seco nd of Tammuz of the

,

ele v e nth year of Zedekiah a ft er a siege of eighte e n ,

mo n ths J e r u
, salem beca me a prey of the in vading
Chald e an s Je re miah w as c ompe lled in the mids t of
.
,

t h e other exi les an d like the m to wa n de r in fe t ters

, , ,

to Rama ; b ut there on acc o un t of a co mman d of ,

Ne buc h ad ne zzar which had r eached h im his fort un e ,

—
ch anged the decisio n was left to him he pre ferred to ,

re mai n in th e land an d we n t to Gedaliah to the son

, ,

o f his f rie n d an d t he one w h o had resc u

, ed his li fe ,

Ahikam (Jer xxvi .as is related ill chap xxxix

. . .

more briefly an d in ch ap xl more e xte n sively

,
. . .

I n chap XI 1 a w ord o f Yah weh received by

. .

Jere miah at t ha t ti me in Rama is i ntrod u

, ced b ut , ,

n o n e f ollo w s It is certain t hat this word Of Yah w eh

.

is n o n e other than the o n e i ntrod uced in x xx xxxi .

, .

w i t h the same f or mu la co n sistin g in co mfort i ng pre ,

diction s writte n do wn by the prophet at the special

,

co mman d of God amon g w hich the lame n tation of

,

Rachel in Ramah be c a u se of the de parture of her

'

childre n and w ith re fe re n ce to thei r f uture return

, ,

i n dicates t h e place w here they were received .

Begin n i ng with “in “P 3 1 nn o n e co mf ortin g pict ure

'

”
,

f o llo w s a n other W e e mphasize particu

. larly ou t of ,

this floral chai n of pro mises those of a Messian ic an d , ,

expressly of a Ne w Testame n t Character , .

.1 The pro mise is made to the people (Je r xxx . .

2 1 ; of xx xiii 2 0
. that in th e f uture they sh all
.
 1 84 MESS ANI I C PROP H ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSION .

h ave glorious pri nces wh o are privileged t o exercise ,

pri estly f un c tion s w h o ar e all overtop ped by the one

,

seco n d D avid (Jer xxx A n d they sha ll ser ve

. .
“

Yah weh their God an d D avid their kin g who m I w ill

, ,

awake for the m I t is certai nly question able w hether

.

also in ver 2 1 t he Sin gular f orm of the w ord doe s n ot

.

r e fer to a seco nd D avid : A n d their pri n ce Shall

co me fro m the mse lves [ from the restored pe ople] an d ,

their ruler Shall go forth fro m the midst Of the m [ thi s

peo ple si n ce fore ign do min ion has an e nd ] ; an d I w ill
,

c au se him to ap pro ach me an d to dra w n ea r to me [ so ,

n ear n amely as was previo u

, sly permitte d o nly to the
,

pries ts] : for w ho might otherwise dare to d ra w n ear

to me ? Utteran ce of Yah w eh W e see fro m this .
”

w hich is also sig n ifi c an t for P e n tate u ch criticis m that ,

Jeremiah re cogn ises the e x clusive right Of the p riests

t o t h e arra n ge me n ts o f the divi n e se r vice in the i n n e r
d ep art me n t of the san ct u ary b ut that he pro mises to ,

the Israelitish ki ngs of the period of con s ummation a

participation in the pr iestly prerogative s Sin ce h o w .
,

ever this s tan ds on a lower plain t h an the late r

,

prophecy that the f ut ure Z e ln ac h Sh all be ki ng an d

,

priest in one person pr obably in the Vie w o f the ,

prophet WIN as we ll as N3
"
0 in the n e w legislation o f
;
E zekie l is to be disting uished f ro m the other Dav id
h s
( a ? 7 13 9 b) an d
, the expressio n is n ot m ea n t exc lu
SIv e ly of on e .

2 . An allegorical refere n ce to the birth of the

1
Cf . Bau
d issin, Die Gcschrbht e de s A lttestammtlid te n P ri e ste r
thume , Le i p zig 1 889 , p . 24 6 .
1 86 MESS AN I IC PROPHECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON .

the w ord W lfl (Jer x xxi 3 1 —34 of the Se p

'

. . .
,

tu ag in t Heb v iii 8 Ome jmy xa w fi) : Behold d ay s

,
. .
,
r

co me — u —
tteran ce o Yahweh that I will make w ith
f
the ho use of Israel an d w i t h the house Of J udah a
n e w cove n an t ; n ot like the cove n an t w hich I made

w ith their father s in the day that I took the m by t h e

,

h an d to lead the m ou
, t of the lan d of Egypt ; w hich
cove n an t of min e they have broke n so th at I w as ,

displeased again st the m Zech xi 8 if . .

,

Sho u ld n ot be re ad as in xiv 1 9 Septu agin t ; .

,

Heb viii 9 xd y b ip e M a r r é w] utteran ce of

. .
,
' t r
'
a al
’ ’

Yah weh F or this is t he cove nan t which I w ill make

.

with t h e ho u se o f —
Israe l after those days utteran ce
of Yah w e h : I wi ll give my torah w it h in the m an d ,

upo n t heir hearts I w ill w rit e it ; an d I w ill be their

G od an d they sha ll be my people
,
A n d they sh all .

n ot teach any mo r e o n e his n e i h bo u a d ne his

g r n o ,

brother sayin g : K now Yah we h ! F or all together

,

they Shall k n o w me fro m the least amo ng the m eve n

,

to the gr eatest : for I w ill forgive their guilt an d I ,

w i ll n o more re me mber their Si n s The n e w coven an t ”

.

is on e held in equal hon o ur w ith the Si naitic and ,

w hic h stan ds on the s ame pla n e w ith it It is n ot to .

be a legal co ve n an t w hose pro mis e s ar e con dition ed

,

through the co n sideration of rules est ablished by d ocu

men ts The fo u
. n datio n of this n e w cove n a n t w ill be

the f orgive n ess of sin as the f oun dation of the begi n

n i ng of a n e w li fe I n place of the extern al letters of
.

the law w ill be those written in the heart f rom w hich ,

the w ill of God shall det ermi n e the co n duct ; an d

 I IC
MESS AN ELEMENT S I N JEREMIAH . 1 87

w hile hereto fore the deeper livi ng kn o wledge was the

possession of a fe w especially of the prophets it will
, ,

the n be a common possession since as Jeremiah had ,

i mmediate ly said be fore (xxxi 2 8 person ality shall .

be established in its rights an d shall be re moved ,

beyo n d the co nsequen ces of family co n nection in ,

w hich hitherto it had bee n bo u nd — a t h e me w hic h ,

Ezekiel proceedi ng fro m the sa me pop ular proverb

,

( chap . disc u sses m ore f ully The sty le o f the se .

co mf orti ng addresses (Jer xxx xx xi ) is in part q uite. .

, .

De ute ro Isaian ic We see in x xx 8—1 0 t he begi n n i n g

- . .

of the represe n tatio n Of Is r ae l as fl lfl A nd it ’

—
sh all co me to pass in that day utteran ce of Yah weh
o f hosts : I w i ll break his y oke f ro m o ff t h y n eck ,

an d w i ll tear h is han d s in pieces an d it [ my peop le ] ,

Shall n ot agai n be slaves (3 7 9 2 to stra n gers

2) A n d .

they Shall serve Yahw eh their God and I w ill ,

a wake for the m David their kin g A n d thou fear .

,

n ot,
my servan t Jacob Gill}; Here re marks ,

Hitzig is i n trod uced th r o ugh

,
Fu rther on
in the appe n di x to the prophecy agai n st Egy pt (Jer .

x lvi 2 7
. w hich is partially D e u t e rO Isaia n ic ( c f - .

Isa xliii 1
. bu t h as par ti ally the ch aracteris tics of
.

Jere miah $ 27 occ urs witho ut any s uch in trod uc

, .

tio n j ust as in Isa xli 8 as a co mplete idea

,
. . , .
 C HAP TER IX .

P ROPH EC Y
IN T H E BABYL ON A N E I XILE .

39 . The Messiah in Eze kie l .

N t he midst Je re miah s activity occurred t he

of
’

deportation of J e hoiachin w hich follo w ed the

battle at C archemish ( 606 A mo n g the t e n
thous an d w h o shared the fate of the king w as also
Ezekie l son of a i the priest w ho after he h ad
, , ,

settled in Te l Abib on the B abylo n ian Ch aboras in

-
, ,

the fi ft h year of t he deportation was c alled as prophet , .

W hen h e became prophet he was n ot false to the,

priesthood w hose callin g had to do w ith the han dlin g

,

of the legal torah I n this respect he stan ds in sh arp

.

co n trast with Jeremiah w ho although he was also a

, ,

in ? ( p ri est ) yet
,
had n o w ar m i n te r est in the cere
mo n ial law There is n o book of any other prophet
.

w hich is so pictorial as that of Ezekiel Heave nly .

an d earth ly thi n gs tran s for m the mselves f or h im i n to

plas tic pictures w hich he descri bes even to the

,

min u test details w ith w hich this is con n ected that

, ,

the c o operatio n of the fan cy an d of t he un derstand in g

-

in the act of prophesyin g is especially i n fl u e n tial w ith

h im. The man ner of his call is at on ce ch aracteristic .

1 88
1 90 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON .

chap l L which in so far as it has an apocalypt ic

. , ,

characte r is received in to the co mposit io n of the

—
,

u f h f uu
pict re o t e t re s a ready past eve ts the
a l n

re moval of Je hoiac hin an d the appointme n t of Mat

t an iah Zedekiah perh aps also Ze d eki ah s co nn ectio n
’
-
,

w ith Egypt The ope n in g of this vie w i n to the future

.

f alls accordi ng to viii 1 (accordi ng to the date o f the

, .

seco n d book v iii xix ) in the sixth year of the

,
-
,

deportation hen ce in the seco n d year of the activity

,

o f t he prophet The grape v i ne which plan ted by

.
, ,

the Babylonian e agle perishes because of its treacher ,

ou s i n clin atio n to the Egyptian eagle is Zedekiah , ,

an d the te n der Spro u t of the Davidic cedar w hich , ,

plan ted by Yah weh on Zion gro ws to a ced ar ,

o vertoppi ng and overshado w i n g the n atio n s is the ,

Messiah The n n n ot ic e able

. humble beginn ing Of ,

the Messian ic kingdom which is i n dicated in t h e 3D ,

o f x vii 2 2b re mi n ds u
. s in fact and in f orm o f I s a .

xi. 1 liii 2 ; an d the gro w th of the te n der spro u

, . t
to a glorious cedar ver 3 is re echoed in the parable
2 -
, .
,

o f the Lo rd co n ce rn i n g the grain of mustard see d

( Matt xiii
. 3 1 a lso the. word o f the Lord ( M a t t .

xxiii . He who exalteth himself shall be abas ed ,

e tc re fe rs to Ezek xvii 2 4 as the moral o f the . .

allegory .

This prin ciple of the moral world also fi nds expres

sion in the threate n ing prediction again st Zedekiah in
c h ap xxi ac cording to the date Of the third book
'

. .
,

( x x fr o m the seve n th year a f t er the dep or ta

tion and hen ce only a fe w years be fore the fall o f

,
 T H E MESS AH I N EZEK EL . I I 1 91

Jerus ale m In .
—
xxi 2 32 7 the prophet describes
. h ow
the kin g of Baby lo n stan ds at the parti ng of t w o ways ,

on e of w hich leads to Rabbath A mmo n the othe r to ,

Jerusalem the treachero us (c f xvii 5 ) an d yet sec ure

, . .

city as it thi nks on acco un t of it s oath of vassalage

, , .

“
A n d tho u — w ith these w o r d s x x 3 —
0 3 2 the pro , .
,

phet turns hi mself to Zedekiah pierced thro ugh

[ f ulfi lled thro u gh the p utti n g o ut o f his eyes Jer , .

x xxix . blasphe mer prin ce of Israel whose day has

, ,

come at the time of the g uilt of the e n d [ that is which ,

de man ds the fi n al j udg me n t ] ; thus saith t he Almighty ,

Yah w eh : The mitre sh all be removed [ 11 9 3 1a

5 the
h e ad ban d w hich design ated t h e high priest] and the
-
,

crow n shall be t ake n a ay [ 9 23 the d esignat ion

w 772

of h o n ou r of the kin g] ; it shall n ot re main : the

lo wly shall be ex alt ed an d the hig h Sh all be brou
,
ght
low (of xvii. . Overthro w overthro w overthrow I , ,

bring upon the m [ upon mitre an d cr o wn high priest ,

hood an d kingdom] ; also they [ th is t wofold dignity

in its dege n er ate represe n tatives] Shall be destroyed
my) N5 like I s a xv. 6 ; Job .vi un ti l he co mes
.

to whom the govern me nt [ Damn as in Hos v 1 ] . .

belon gs an d I give it to him W hether that which

, .

precedes these closin g words is i nterpreted as we or as

others in terpret it it is more than probable that the
,

pr ophet by will) ? is M “ SEN S } allu des to 1 1?

.
“

, ,

S3 : {3 ( G e n x li x
. Si n ce h e. exp lai n s it in

en t irely the same w ay as On ke los an d the se con d

Jerus ale m Targ um ,
” WE W ! III “ "
.

W e are n ot thereby co mpelled to regard this as

1 92 MESSI ANIC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSI ON .

the origi nal meani ng of nSw (Shiloh) ; but there are

three co nclu sio ns we c an draw from this old inte rpre
t ation of E zekiel of this w or d in Jacob s bles sin g of
’

Judah : ( 1 ) that the prophet regards it as a Messian ic

prophecy ; ( 2) that he did n ot have fl ir t?) according to t he
M as sore t ic writi n g b u t u
, tter w itho u t yod h in his text ;
an d ( 3 ) t h at ,eve n at a very a n cie n t period nSe w a s ,

un derstood in the se n se of eq uivalen t to is

cuu
j s es t (so d r
. eg n u m) as , a de s ig n atio n Of the M e ss iah .

I n the predictio n s agai n st the n atio n s ( x li v .

w hich c an be i n serted be t w ee n the beginn in g an d e n d

of the f o u rth book ( xxiv xxx iii 1 — .

, . 2 0) as a fifth a ,

promise which may be co mpared w ith Isa xix 2 3if is . . .

w a n ting ; bu t this de fi cit is covered thro u gh the c on

e lu sio n of chap xvi . . the terrible picture of the
moral co n ditio n of Jer u s ale m in co mpariso n w ith that
o f her sisters Sodo m an d Go morrah
,
This c o n clu
. s io n

agrees esse n ti ally w ith the con clu sion of P a ul s o utlin e ’

o f the history o f rede mp t io n (Rom xi 3 .2 ff ) : the e n d

.

of h u man history is this that the co mpassio n of God

, ,

s urpas sing the greatn ess of the sin raises all Sodo m
—
, , ,

Samaria ,
an d n u f m
eve J dah ro the pit a time of
,

un iversal grace which resc ues all that is to be rescued ,

e ve n th at w hich has f alle n i n to Hades W hile Je r u.

s alem lies in t he de ath struggle d umbn ess is i n flicte d

,

upon Ezekiel ( xxiv 2 5 .

The discourses of the sixth book (xxxiii 2 1 xxxix ) .

-
.

b gi n as the later in formation reaches the prophet at

e ,

T e l Abib that the s u

-
, ffe r i ngs of Jeru sale m have en ded ,

an d n o w the st ri n g of his to n gu e is loosed The secon d .

1 94 MESS ANI I C PROPHECI ES IN H I STORICAL SU CCESSION .

of the f utu re d oe s n ot recogn ise a high pr iest Bu t .

this prin ce far f rom takin g the place of the pon ti fex
, ,

is rather a layman H is relatio n to the priesthood

.

an d sa n ct u ary is sharply defi n ed ; his chief pre -emin en ce

con sists only in his bein g able to hold sacrifi cial meals
in t he hall o f —
the east door the east door it self
, ,

t hrou gh which t he dox a of Yahweh e n tered the te mple ,

re main s closed The sacrificial d uties of t he prin ce

.

are exactly in dicate d an d s u ch dyn astic excesse s as

,

have occurre d be fore are preven ted through exac t

regulation s regarding the prin ce s pos se ssion The son
’
.

o f the pri n ce who is design ate d as his s u

, ccessor is also ,

un ivers al heir The domain is so great that the pri n ce

.

c an also re me mber his other so n s with gi fts b u t he is

,

n ot allo wed t o give to others besides hi s own lawf u l

heirs of his lan ded property E ve n such presents as
.

he makes to his se rvan ts return in the year of j ubile e

t o the C ro wn O n ly those are pe rs uaded that this
.

prin ce is the Messiah w ho begin w ith the orpér rov ‘

l
«l
-668 09 that t he f u tu re te mp le o f E zekie l is an allego r y
o f t he Ne w Testame n t C hu rch This prin ce has n othi n g
.

w hatever in common with the Messiah ; it is n ot de

mande d or expressly pres upposed that he belo ngs t o

t h e ho u se of David I f he w ere the Messiah t he n
.

—
,

there o d be
w ul n o Messiah at all that is n o fi n al ,

ideal king of absolute significan ce and w ith a calli n g ,

r e achin g beyon d the n atio n al li mitatio n s to man kind .

Bu t he re c ogn ises i n deed the lof ty f orm of the seco n d

David also his last prophetic w o rd ( Ezek xxix
, . .

f ro m the t wenty seve n th year Of the deportatio n the

-
,
 THE PRINCE IN EZEK IEL . 1 95

sixtee nth after the destruction of Jerusalem : On that

day I w ill c ause a b orn to bud for the house of Israel ”

—probably has in vie w the King Messiah ( P S cxxxii . .

1 7 c f Lu
, ke i . H ow does it co me abo u
. t n ow
that in the o utli ne of the existen ce Of the con gregation
,

of Israel in the fin al period w hich is clo thed in visio n , ,

that n oble f orm has disappeared f rom his horizon ? It

h as co me abo u t because the Messiah is more than
a te mporal reign ing prin ce because the prin cely ,

dign ity in the future State is too small for H im It is .

Sig ni fi can t that th e pro phet w hile he Sketches the ,

picture of the future State leaves the Messiah out of ,

acco un t When the Jewish people again become s an

.

in depen de n t State as is expected by all the prophets

, ,

it must also have a kin g must have prin ces Bu , t that .

the Messiah Shall be this kin g is n ot only an i mpossible

represen tation for the Ne w Testamen t con sciousn ess ,

bu t also as here appears in E zekiel for the Old Testa

, ,

me nt F or this reaso n there is in the prophetic V ie w

.

of the f u ture an un re moved an tin omy w hich is most

strikin g in Ezekiel because he pain ts everythin g to
,

the smallest deta ils For also in Isaiah (v ii xi ) the

.
— .

question is raise d IS the secon d David a ki n g w ho first

,

arises and dies and makes roo m for an other ? We

,

mu st an s wer this question in the n egative ; an d if there ,

f ore a Je wish State in the f u

,
ture shou ld have a kin g
w h o traced h is an cestry back to David he w o u ld n ot ,

be the Messiah he has more divin e than earthly great

,

n ess he is a perso n ality of re ligio u

,
s and n ot merely Of ,

poli tical sign ifican ce The exaltation of his person

.
1 96 MESSIANIC P RO PH ECIES IN H ISTORICAL SU CCESSI ON .

an d of his c alling r e sists his i ntrod u ction in to an ideal

State which is pu re ly n atu ral although it may belon g
,

t o the fin al period like E zekiel s r ep u bli c There is in

’
.
,

n o prophet a nythin g w hich c an be co mpared w ith thes e

chapters (Ezek xl . . Ezekiel is the on ly prophet

wh o k n o ws that he is n ot o n ly c alled by God to b e
prophet but also at the sa me ti me as re former W e
, .

mu s t kn o w the history o f w orship and the history of ,

the state of the Jewish people more e xactly in o rder ,

every where to disc ern against what evil condition s which

had f ou n d place his r e form w as d irected At ti mes .

he says himself expressly as in chap xliv whe n he

, . .
,

li mits the service of the san ctu ary to the priests of

Zadok and the Le vites w ho are s ubordinated to the m
, ,

w ith t he exclu sio n of un circ umcised Israelites an d ,

( xlv. 8) a f t er the u n ch an geable m e as ure me n t Of the

la n d of the p ri n ce he co n tin u
, es : My pri n ces shall
n o lo nger oppress t h e people Whether the n e w
”
.

legislatio n is in te n ded f or the time of the ret u rn from

the exile or for the fin al period we Should n ot ask
, ,

at all.

As the developmen t of the last things w as c on

t e mporan eo us for the primitive C h urch w ith the de
struc tion of Jeru s alem on acco un t of the pec uliar
esch atological addresses of the Lord so the fi n al period ,

is join ed for all prophets with the gath erin g of Israe l

f rom all lan ds amon g w hich they had be en scattered .

I n chap xxxvii . Ezekiel prophesies the bringin g

.

again from the ex ile under the image of a re surre c

tion ; and in chaps xxxviii xxxix the last attac k
. .
, .
,
1 98 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H ISTOR ICAL SUCCESSION .

the thrice n in e addresses on the ( Is a exiles .

—
x l x lviii
. .
,

.
—
xli x lv ii lv iii . wh o h as a higher sig n ifican ce as
,

r e f ormer sin ce he is the reformer of the Messian ic

,

ideal If Isai ah w ho was called in the year of

.
,

Uzziah s death w ere the au thor of these ad dresses

’

, ,

t h e Ba bylo n ian exile w ou ld n ot be his actu al b ut his ,

ide al prese n t I n f act t here are w eighty gro un ds f or ,

Isaiah s authorship w hich at least t w o Of the late r

’

[ critics ] K loster m
,
an n an d B r e d e n k am p have allo w ed ,

to in fl ue n ce them ; the former helping hi mself through

the supposition that an heir of the Isaian ic Spirit
f reely reprod u ced posth umo us prophecies of the mast er ,

w hich had to do w ith t he Babylo n ian e xi le ; the latter

1

believing that from the ti me of that e xile the proto

Isaianic eleme n ts which belon g at the begin nin g of the
,

w e b of these Deu tero Isaian ic prophecies may be still

-
,

re cogn ised here an d there Le aving these hypotheses .

aside w e hold that witho ut a doubt Isaiah participated

,

esse n tially in this book of con solation for the exiles .

The au thor although n ot an immediate pupil of Isaiah

, ,

is yet a prophet of his school : he is by birt h equ al

w ith the master in spirit an d gifts Not without the .

in fl ue n ce of an advan ce and chan ge in the age he ,

e ve n su rpasses him an d Sho ws his reciprocal relation,

to the Book of Jeremiah sin ce in man y place s he ,

reproduces Je re mianic thoughts with bold in de pe n d

e n ce in a higher tone and w ith an Isaian ic s tamp , .

I n man y re spec ts w e mi ght soon er hold that Jere miah

1
Z e itschr ifl j itr die gesam/mte luthe rische Theologie a nd K ir che ,
p
Le i zig 1 87 6, 1 -60 pp . .
 MESSIANIC ID EAL IN DE TERU-
O SA AH I I . 1 99

is t he on e reproduced [ the passage in question ] ;

wh o
bu t the w eighty gro un ds f or Isaiah s priority are cast
’

aside by t wo prepon de rati n g reaso ns : ( 1 ) that if w e

hold that Isaiah is the a uhor t of x l —lxvi w e mu st . .

mai ntain a phe n o me n o n w hich other wise is witho u t a

parallel in the prophetic literature for otherwise it is ,

e v erywhere peculiar to prophecy that it goes out fro m

the presen t an d does n ot tran sport itself to the f uture
, ,

w itho u t returning to the gro un d of its own c on

te mporary history ; but Isaiah w ould live an d act
here in the exile an d address t he exiles thro ugh
,

t we nty seve n chapters w itho ut comin g back fro m his

-
,

ideal to his actual prese n t ( 2 ) The pedagogical .

progress in the recogn ition an d progress of salvatio n ,

divi nely ordere d de man ds the origin of these addresses

,

un der the i mp ulses give n by the exile Zephan iah .

,

Habakkuk Jeremiah an d E zekiel w o uld re presen t an

, ,

in comprehen sible retrogr ession if the author of Isa .

x l
.
— lxvi were n ot yo u
. n ger than Jere miah younger ,

even than E zekiel an d did n ot have the last third of

,

the exile as his historical station It is in deed all the

.

more i n co mprehen sible that this great prophet sho u ld

have become an an on ymous f or the congregatio n who
ret urn ed to the Holy Land of w hom he w as a con
,

t e mporary an d that his forgotten n ame was covered

,

w ith that of Isaiah ; b u t w e mu st acc ept these and

other in comprehen sible things in order to escape that
w hic h w as most in co mprehe n sible of all that it is on e ,

an d t h e same prophet to w ho m w e are i n debted for

—
the image of t he secon d David in I sa v ii xi and the . .
,
2 00 I
MESSIAN C P RO H E ES IN H STOR AL SU CESSIONP CI I IC C .

image of theer v a n t of Yahw eh in x v

s Isaiah —
l l i
. . ,

w h o w as called in the year of the de ath of Uzzia h ,

altho ugh he w as n ot the creator was n evertheless t h e ,

d eve loper of the idea of t h e Messiah ; the i mage o f

King Messiah previo usly only a Shado wy outli n e
—
, ,

beco mes in chaps vii xi a picture in rich colours

. . .

w ith three pan els .

—
I n chaps xl lxvi on the c on . . .
,

t rary n othi ng is said co n cern i n g a Messiah a son of

,

David It is the people to who m Yah we h off ers an

.

everlasting cove n an t sin ce He actualizes the in violable

,

pro mises which were made to David O nly Yah weh .

is c alled every where Ki ng of Israe l ( xliv 6 xliii .

,
.

The idea of Ki ng Messiah disappears in the idea of the

Me ssian ic people Israel is design e d to be as the
. ,

in trod u ction to the Sinaitic legislation says a “i sm? ,

( E x x i
.x De.u tero Is ai ah r e aches back to-

this idea of Israel as the peo ple of mediation Ce r .

t ain ly this is co n n e cted w ith the loss which the

Davidic k i ngdom suffered after Zedekiah Jere miah .

an d E zekiel w h o e xperie n ced t he catastrophe either

,

w holly or partially an d had a f resh recollectio n of it

, ,

v ia w ith each o t her in pro mises of an other David ;

bu t it was give n to the secon d Isaiah wh o w as born ,

in t h e exile to look thro u

,
gh t he rede mptive historical
missio n of Israel f rom the re moval of his people i n to
,

the heathe n w orld in n e w g reat co nn ection s from ,

w hich he receives bac k the idea of the Messiah tra n s

figu r e d an d e n riched an d so t o lead the Messia n ic
,

proclamation i nto a n e w path within which it move s ,

among t h e post-exi lic prophe t s in clu

p
di ng David The , .
2 02 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON .

called ( x lix be ca u se . he is Is rae l in highes t

po te n cy the perfe ct reali t y of that which Israel is t o
,

be an d the tran scende nt realizatio n of tha t w hich he

,

is to acco mplish The callin g of this servan t of G od

.
,

in whic h t h e idea of Israe l as the serva n t of G od

culmin ates is addressed first to his own people (xlii 6
, . ,

x lix . I make thee for a cove n an t of the people ,

f or a light of t h e heath e n it is there fore n ot a c ol

lectivo iden tic al with the mas s of the peop le w i t h t h e ,

kern el of the people The desc ription of h im an d his .

utteran ces is so i ndividual that the perso nification

of a plu rality is e xcluded We are prevented from .

thin k i ng of the prophet t h e author of these addresses , ,

because this servan t of Yahweh (xlii 1 ) is i n trod uc ed .

by God Himself an d is passed be fore us in an object

,
‘

ive w ay Be hold my servan t w ho m I have chose n

, , ,

my e lect with who ,

m m y so ul is pl eased — I have p u t

my Spirit upon h im The pro phet hears this ” ’

. ev

iu
rr v e l ar t that which is de scribed is an ide al f orm of
:

the f ut ure Now whe n this secon d this Babylon ian

.
, ,

Isaiah appears Cyrus has already begun his Victorious

,

c ou r se ; his casti n g do w n Of idolatro u s peoples makes

w ay for the w o rk of the serva n t of Yah w eh w hose ,

v ictorio u s power is the word of the Spirit His .

e n tran ce upon his ministry belon gs to the Hillfit} /

,

w hich Yah w eh an n o u n ces through the prophets

( x lii . The tra n sitio n to this V ie w o f the s e r

van t of Yahweh as presen t is formed by xlviii 1 6 .

,

w here the f u ture One as w ith a s udden lbo fi ,

’

r;
‘
lt e r,

breaks t hrough the secre t of his paro usia an d appears

 PROPH ET PRI EST, , AN D K ING . 2 03

upon th e the atre of the pre se n t : An d n ow the

Almighty Yahweh hath sen t me and H is Spirit ”
.

F rom chap xlviii 1 6 t he prophet n ot only h e ars

. .

w ord s of G od f rom an d to H is serva nt b u t t he se rv an t ,

hi mself t akes u p the w ord x lix 1 if He ,

it is in . .

w ho m Yah weh c ame to His people witho u t fin ding a

h eari ng (1 . and he His serva n t also hi mse lf c om
, ,

l n —
p ai s (1 4 9 ) that he ca me to his own and his own ,

r ece ived him n ot It is o nly question able who is the

.

on e in lx i 1 iii—whether the servan t of Yahw eh or

.

—
the prophet who rejoices over his calling to preach
the gospel as espe cially gloriou The decision is here s.

an d else where d i ffic u lt becau se that the address of

,

the servan t of Yah weh loses itself unobserved in the

address of Yah weh or in the address Of the prophet ,

bu t yet o n ly in the objective address of the p rophet ,

w hose I on ly on ce eviden tly appears in the re frain

of the seco n d paragraph (lvii 2 I n every place.

where the servan t of Yah w eh appears Speaki ng in

immed iate self represen tation in the fie ld of vision of
-

the prophet the appe aran ce of the f u tu re One is n ot

lo ng mai ntai n ed on this its greatest height —eve n in
,

x .
—
l i 4 9 prophecy an d the address of Yah weh ar e i n tro
du ce d in the midst of the address of t he on e who is

rejoic in g there .

5 4 3 Th
. e Me d ia tor f
o Salvation as P r ophe t, P ri e st,

All f orms p revious r epresentation of re

of t he
demption remove d from their isolation are unite d in
2 04 MESSIANI C PROPH ECIES IN H ISTOR ICAL SUC CESSION .

the pe rson of the “in ( serva

”
n t of Y ah w eh ) t h e ,

p rophet like Moses the K ing Messiah the priest after

, ,

t h e order of Me lchizedek Isaiah d e man ds ( xii 4 )

. .

the preaching Of th e great deeds of Yah weh in th e

w orld of n atio n s I n De u
. tero Isaiah we se e t he
execution of this de man d brought about through
t he serva n t of Yah weh wh o does n ot rest n or repos e
,

un til he has sec u red the recogn ition of the religion of

the G od of reve lation in the heathe n world Th e .

servan t of Yah weh is therefore a prophet an d more ,

than Jo nah whose un ique mission only belongs to t he

,

Shado w w hich the on e wh o is in the process of c o mi ng

,

casts before hi mself ; his apostle ship co mprises the en tire

race He is also a king w ho re moved fro m his humili
.
,

atio n Shall shin e in a so tran sce n de n t royal glory that

, ,

the kings of the earth Shall cast th e mselves at his fee t

in mu te astonish me n t ( xlix 7 lii .
, .

He is also a priest ; he exercises a priestly expia

tion after he has Offered his own life as 9 995 that is : ,

as a propitiatory sacrifice w hich aton es an d make s

,

ame nds f or the sin s of his people Thus w e read in .

the great prophecy of the passion (lii 1 3 which .

makes su ch an impression of a de fin ite person an d ,

n ot of a perso ni fied p lu rality that E wald an d others

,

thin k that the prophet has here embodied an an cien t

mar tyr pictu - re into the con n ection of his add ress c on
cern in g th e doings an d s ufferings Of the tr ue Israel .

Bu t the s e rvan t of Yah w eh s u ff ers i ndeed f reely n ot , ,

only as a n oble man c an t ake all kin ds of s ufferi ngs

upon himself in order to ward them off fro m othe rs
, ,
2 06 MESS AN I IC PROP HECI ES IN H ISTOR ICAL SU CCESSION .

servan t w hose inn oce n t shed blood rested hitherto as

,

a n atio n al g u ilt upon the one makin g c o nfession is to ,

be con sidere d a collective ? But even the on e who is

un willin g to recog nise the Lamb of God w ho bears ,

t h e si n s of the w orld in this chapter w ritte n as it

,

w ere u n der t h e cross upon Golgotha even s uch an on e ,

mu st ad mit that the Deutero Isaianic prophecy c on

-

cern ing the servant of God is the w orkshop in which

the Ne w Testamen t ideal of t he Messiah comes to
—
realizatio n the model for a n e w more spiritual image
,

of the Messiah w hich u ,

n ite s all i n ali e n able ele me n t s

of t he f or mer in itse lf I n the mirror of this prophecy

.

the Messiah behe ld Himself It became His guidin g

.

star upon the w ay of His callin g an d He became its ,

fu lfilme n t.

44 . The Gr e at F ina le , I sa .
—
xxiv xxvu . .

The Deutero Isaian ic predictio n con ce rn in g t he

servan t of Yah weh appear s to be the ne p lus ultr a
of N e w Testa me n t k n o wle dge in the Old Testa me n t ;

bu t in man y respects it is su rpassed thro ugh t h e

,
—
cycle of proph e cre s Isa xxiv xxvii w hich accordin g
. .
,

to the presen t arran geme n t of the Book of Isaiah form ,

the fin ale t o the or acles con cern in g the n atio n s (xiii .

This fin ale is on e of the greatest achievemen ts

Of Old Tes t a me n t p r ophecy The lan guage acc umu
.
,

latin g paro n o masia on paro n o masia is here address ,

an d mu sic at the same time an d the form which the

,

prophecy takes is at the same time epic an d lyri c ; t h e

 PROPH ET PRIEST
, , AND K NG I . 2 07

prophet prophesies mostly in songs take n from th e

heart of the rede emed c on gregation An d th is imi .

t at iv e mu sical soun d this hymn ological characte r is

, ,

o nly the in comparable f orm of an in co mparable train

of thought W e place this fi n ale afte r De ute ro
.

Isaiah because the s tate of kn o wledge which is re

,

prese nted therein goes far beyon d the Assyrian

I saiah far beyon d Jere miah an d Ezekiel partially
, ,

also beyon d II Isaiah Wh e n the prophet (xxvii

. . .

1 2 f ) represe n ts the dias pora of Israel as ret u

. rn i n g
f ro m Egypt there se e ms to be mirrored in it the f orm
,

of t h e time of Isaiah in w hich Egypt an d Assh u

, r
w ere the t wo great po wers ( xi But w hat is .

the n the min NW? (x xi v 1 0 of xxv 2 xxvi 5

.
, . .
, .

w hose fall is t he midd le poi n t o f the j udgmen t again st

the w orld w hich is hostile to God and th e turning ,

poin t in the redemption of Israel and of the n atio n s ?

It appears to be Baby lon but it is n ot the Babylon
,

w hich was co n qu ered by Cyrus All w hich apparen tly .

pertai n s t o the history of the ti mes in these chapters

.
—
xxiv xxvii is e mblematical and merely s upplies the
.
,

colours to the e schatological pictures The cat a .

strophe of the metropolis of the w orld appears in c on

n e c t ion w ith the j udg men t an d destruction of the
w orld an d w ith the destru
,
ction of the world (x
19 an d w ith the j udgme n t of the world the
p rophet beholds the j udgmen t upon the demoniacal
pow e rs w hich are active in the world s history ( xxi v ’
.

21 The redemptio n of Israel does n ot mere ly

c o n sist in an o u t ward restoration b u t in an in tern al ,
2 08 MESSIAN IC PROPHECIES IN HISTOR ICAL SU CCESSION .

re ne wal ( xxvi 1 . A n d the co n vers io n of the

heathe n is symbolized as a part icipation in a feast
( xxv . A n d Yah w eh the Lord prepares f or all
peoples upon this mo un tain (that is Zion as the ce n tre,

of G od s rede mptio n ) a f east of fat f ood a f east Of

’

w i n e on the lees (that is w hich h as lai n a lo ng w hi le

,

an d is t horo u ghly f erme nte d ) Of f at food rich in

, ,

marro w of w in e on the le e s thoro u

, ghly strai ned ,
”

an d as an un veili ng (xxv . A n d He re moves

“

upon this mou n tai n

[ that is Zio
,
n as the ce n tra l p lace
o f the accomplishme nt] t he ve il which v eiled all
peoples an d the coverin g which rested on all n ation s
, .

Bu t still more than this . I n the n e w Jeru sale m

De utero Isaiah c ompares the d uration of the li fe o f
-

man with the high age which a tree reaches He w h o .

dies when h e is a h un dred years old w ill be con sidered

as dying in his youth (lxv 2 0 . I n spite there ,

f ore of the lo n g d u
,
ration of li fe d eath still reign s ;
,

bu t the au thor Of the fi n ale prophesies (xxv He.

s wallo ws up of absorptio n eq uivale n t to an n i

,

h ilation ) death for ever and the Almigh ty Yah weh

,

w ipes the t ears f ro m every face an d the disgrace o f

,

His people he re moves from the e n tire earth : for

Yah weh hath spoke n it An d yet more than that
”
. .

W h ile the Oppressors Of Israel mu st be destroyed ,

w ithou t risin g to li fe the field of corpses of the people

,

o f God w ill beco me thro u gh heaven ly d e w a resur

rection field : the congregation of those who s urvive
the time of j udgme n t will be s upplemented thro ugh
those wh o are raised from the dead (xxvi 1 4 .
 CH AP TER X
.

TH E PROP H ECY OF T H E PERI OD OF TH E RESTORAT ON I .

5 4 5 . P ost Em
-
ilie P r op he cy i n v ie w o f the Ne w Te mp le .

S af t er the fi rst ye ar of the sole r u le of C yr u s

( 5 3 7 the peop l e g athered together out of their
ban ishme n t to their n ative co un try it soon appear ed ,

that prophecy is n ot o nly Oi v but i Opamw ov The e o ,

c v
'

divi n e plan of s alvatio n is ser ved n o t o nly through th e ,

far Sighted n ess w hich is re n dered possible throu

-
gh the
Spirit b u ,
t also thro u gh the short sighted n ess which is
-

n ot r e moved ; f or if p rophecy a ff o r ded a chro n ologic al

,

k n o w le d ge co n cern i n g the co u rse of the f uture it ,

w ou ld re n de r faith hope an d e ff ort lame an d w o u

, , ld ,

aid fl e shl
y sec urity It is
. n ot stran ge t here fore that

the prophets of the exile beheld the fi n al glory in

close con tact w ith the e n d Of the exile an d that those ,

w h o ret u rn ed hoped to live lon g en o ugh to experien ce

th is glory or at least somethin g Of it But as in the
,
.
,

y e a r 5 3 4 B C t h e
. f o
.
,
u n dati on of the n e w te mple w as

laid there w as mi n gled with the c ry of joy lo u d w eep

in g over the s malln ess o f t h e prese n t ( E zra iii 1 2 .

an d as u n der Cambyses t he hosti lity o f the Samari tan s

p u t a stop to the b u i ldi n g o f the te mple the peop le ,

c ame t o experien c e their ever en d uri n g servile depe n d

-

e n ce . Nevertheless the b uildin g of the temple was

,

21 0
 P
TEM L E AND P OST EX
- I LIC PROPH ECY . 21 1

con ti nued Dari us H ystaspis approved in 5 2 0 B C

. . .

the con tin uation But those w ho w ere buildin g the

.

te mple an d the city n eeded such imposin g task-masters

as Zeru bbabel an d Joshua as Ezra an d later Nehemiah ;
, ,

above all such prophetic exhorters as Haggai an d

,

Zechariah .

The f our addresses of the w riting of Haggai are all

dated after the mon ths an d days o f the secon d year of
Dari us H ystaspis ( 5 2 0 n o ) of the year of the r e sump
.

tio n of the buildin g of the te mple It was give n to .

this prophet to ann oun ce that the fulfillin g of r e de mp

tion was co n nected with the secon d te mple an d the ,

w orld ru le of the ho u se of D avid w ith the f amily of

Zerubbabel (c f Jer x xn 2 4
. . Yet on ce more
.
,
“

is the an n o un ce me n t of God H agg ii 6 it is

[ , . .

o nly a little while un til I will shake the heav e ns an d ,

the earth the sea an d the main la n d an d w ill shake

, , ,

the n atio ns F ro m this shaki n g the t e mple as the

”
.
,

celebrated cen tre of the wo rld w ill go forth : an d ,

the desirable thin gs of all n ation s Sh all come an d I ,

w ill fill this ho u se with glory saith Yah weh of hosts , .

It is shown that here t ) 5? “31917 is n ot in te n ded

i ll ? '

per son ally of the Messiah n ot o nly fro m t he plural of

,

the predicate bu t also f ro m t h e f ollo w i ng

establish me n t o f that which is placed in prospect :
Min e is the Silver an d min e the gold utteran ce of ,

Yah weh of hosts Un der poor Circu msta n ces arises

”
.

n o w a n e w te mple f ro m the r u i n s of the old b ut He ,

w hose ho u se it is is the one who possesses all things

, ,

an d who has all po w er w ho k n o ws how to provide for

,
21 2 MESSIA NIC P RO H ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCC ESSI ON
P .

the adorn me n t of His house (of Isa lx 5 Bu

. t . .

n ot o n ly o u twardly w ill th is i n visible t e mple be mo r e

g lo r io u s th a n the fir st bu t also historica
, lly Grea t e r
Shall be t h e fi n al glo ry o f this h o u se than th at in the
begin n ing saith Yah weh of host s ; an d in this place
—
,

wil I give p e ace

l utt eran ce of Yahweh o f hosts .
”

Although th e wealth o f redemp tion is n a med here

W itho u t the mediator of r ede mption n evertheless this ,

p ro m i se is n ot to be tho ught o f w itho ut relatio n to the

Messiah who in Isa ix 5 f is called the P rin ce of
, . . .

pe ace whose d o min io n is directed to peace w itho ut

,

e n d and c o n cern in g w ho m Micah says ( v 4 ) tha t He

, .

is C112 the i n car n ate pe ace

,
In directly theref ore
.

Haggai prophesies the appearan ce of the Messiah at

the ti me of the secon d t e mple ; an d Sin ce the Herodian
reb uilding of the te mple was n ever cons idered as a
third house WSW r n an d the te mple of Ezekiel
,
u “
, .

mu st re main out o f co n sideratio n as a proble matical

ideal of the f uture the Je wish people had reason to
,

expe ct the Me ssiah w hile the post-ex ilic te mple was

still standing an d fro m its destruction in the ye ar
,

7 0 AD there w as t h e co nclu sion for those who were

un prej u dice d that He must have co me already
, .

The ap pearan ce of t h e Messiah at the ti me of the

secon d te mple was directly prophesied by Zech ariah ,

w ho e ntere d u pon his min istry o nly t wo months late r

than Haggai in the same second year o f Dari us ( 5 2 0
,

RC ) . I n the fi rst part of the book which bea rs h is

n ame the Messi ah is tw ice predicted as the f u t ure
Ze mach sin ce in chap iii as well as in cha p
. . .
21 4 MESSIAN IC PROP H ECIES IN H I STORIC AL SUCCESSION .

f rom the groun d [ r e pe l-3 f rom be neath where he is , ,

at home] he shall Sprin g up and b uild the te mple of ,

Yah weh ; yea he shall b uild the te mple of Yah weh ;

,

an d he shall receive majesty an d Sit an d r u le u po n ,

his thr on e : an d a t reaty Of pe ac e sh all be betwee n

the m both n amely be t ween the ki ng an d priest
, , ,

w hose dig n ity an d Offi ces he u n ites in on e pers o n The .

an tagon ism the rivalr y of both offi ces w ill be recon

, ,

cile d an d removed in his perso n— the k ing w ho is

p riest for ever after the order Of Melchizede k ( P S e x . .

A n d w hat ki n d of a te mple is that w hich he shall

build ? This temple w hich is distin g uished from the,

one w hich is now risi n g agai n f ro m the r u in s of that of

So o o
l m n n ,
l —
ca not possib y be like this a b uildin g of
stones It must be the spiritual te mple f ro m livin g
.

ston es ( 1 P e t ii 5 ) which is i n te nded in w hich the

. .
,

promise given to the seed of David p g”?11 331 33 s u n

,
” 1 ”

2 Sam vii 1 3 ) reaches its ul tim ate go l

( . .
, a .

4 6 The Two Christological P air s

. of P r op he cy in
Deu te r o- Z e char iah .

I . THE FI RST P P
RO H ET IC P IA R IN C H A S IX.P .
—XI .

In the brillian t epoch of Old Testame n t criticis m

w hich termi n ates w ith the departure of E wald (May
1 87 it was con sidered j ust as much proved that
.
—
Zech ix xiv belonged to the time be fore the exile as
. . ,

—
that Isa xl lxvi belon ged t o the time of the exile
. . .

itself In fact the character of this secon d part of the

.
,

Book of Zechariah is so disting uished fro m the first in

 D EUTERo-ZE H A RIA H C . 21 5

matter an d th at adequate gro unds for un ity

la ng u
age ,

of a u thorship can n ot be prod uced But it is all t he .

mor e certai n th at t he au thor if h e is also n ot t he ,

Zechariah the son of Berechiah can n ot be a pre -exilic ,

prophet for the Christological i mages move in the path

,

in w hich prophecy w as directed by De u tero -Isaiah

the 862m of the f ut ure Christ are s upple me n ted through
.

his precedi ng n a d iu a a (1 Pe t i l The t wo

r . .

R m ou hich this seco nd part co sists ix

i t of w n ( .

.
,
—
xi xii xiv ) ar e similar thro ughout of t he same
. ,

apocalyptic ch aracter as Isa xxiv —xx v n That whic h . . .

is appare n tly pre exilic is to be j udged in li ke man n er

-

as that w hich apparently be lo ngs to the Assyrian

period : the prophet takes f ro m pr o exilic relatio ns -

e mble matic features for his eschatological pict ure s

—
Th e fi rst prophetic pair in chaps ix xi treats of the . . .

e n tran ce of the kin g w ith the air of a s ufferer i n to

Jer usale m and con cern in g the good shepherd w ho
,

w as re warded w ith c o nte mpt .

1 The prophet beg in s in chap ix with the pre

. . .

diction con cern i ng the j udg me n ts which are visi ted

upon the peoples roun d abo ut J udah I n the midst .

o f this j u dg men t Zion Jerusale m is not only Shielded-

,

bu t it beco mes the seat of a ki ngdo m r u li ng the w orld

in peace ix 9 : Rejoice greatly dau
, . ghter of Zio n , ,

exu l t da u,ghter of Jer usalem ! Behold thy ki ng ,

co mes to thee righte o us an d one w ho m salvation

, ,

be falls poor an d riding upon an ass an d upo n a foal

, , ,

the youn g of an ass The ki ng who e n te rs for the

”
.

be n e fit of Jerusale m W ho m it shall gre e t with j ubila

,
21 6 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON .

tion ,
is Win PW}! a righte ous
( J e re miah s on e of .
’

my) and s u ch an on e as G od has helped out

,

o f afflictio n an d stru ggle t o redemption and victory .

He has gon e th ro ugh a school of suff erin g an d is ,

called as It? ” also i351 We see him still as a suff ere r ;

.

the humiliatio n is n ot yet tran sformed i n to pure an d

fu ll glory He does n ot come mo un t ed on a horse
. ,

f or he is a k i n g n ot as the kin gs of this w orld b u

,
t ,

a ki n g of a ge n tle h eart an d peace fu l e n d (ix l 0b) .

H e s pe aks pe ace to the n ation s an d his govern me n t ,

reaches fro m sea to sea and fro m the r iver to the ,

e n ds of the earth ( of P S lxxn . . .

2 I n chap xi the prophet receives the co mman d

. . .

to take the herd of slaughte r of the people of God ,

which is sla u ghtered an d slavishly han dled by their

ow n p roprietor un der his protection A time Of
, .

anarchy of despotism of the love of destruc tio n

, ,

e nte rs W ith s uch prospects an d un d e r such circum

.

stan ces the poor floc k n eeds more than ever a shepherd
, .

The prophet ac complishes the co mmission The .

sy mbolical act thus becomes at the same ti me a

v isio n ,the prophet beco mes an i mage of the f uture
On e . He fe e ds the flock of sla ughter an d likew ise ,

t h e poor o f the flock devoti n g to these especially his

,

c are . He fe e ds the m w ith t wo rods on e of w hich is ,

calle d grace (093 ) an d the othe r un ity an d

remo v es f rom the people three shepherds in on e
mon th Th e three shepherds as w e co n sid er most
.
,

probable a fter the ex ample of Ephre m The odore t an d

, , ,

Cyril] are the thr ee leadin g orders Si n ce each o n e is

, ,
21 8 MESS A N I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON .

the trifling piece to the potter so th at it may fall i n to ,

t h e clay w hich he k n eads in orde r that it may be so f t

—
,

an d s u pp e to the pott e r in the ho use of Yah w eh

l , ,

he n ce in the p rese n ce of Yahweh in order that in this ,

w ay he may call the people t o acco u nt for their

unt han kf nln e ss Now the good shepherd breaks the
1
.

staff Of un ity an d i n tern al disruptio n co mes as a

,

seco n d decree of p unish me n t to the complicatio n s w it h

the w orld e mp ire The pro exile e nmity bet wee n t he
- .
-

kingdoms of Judah an d Israel is here an d f urther on

on ly an e mble m of a deep rupture w hich shall divide
the Je wish people into halves o n e holdi ng to the ,

good Shepherd and t urnin g the back to h im he n ce ,

on e that is hostile to Christ an d on e that believes in ,

Christ .
—
The prophet n ow has further ( xi 1 5 1 7 ) to .

p u t o n the ga rme n ts of a foolish mad shepherd

E35 55) f o
,r s uch a n o n e w i ll oppress the people ; n eve r

t h e le ss the j u dgme n t of Yahweh f alls upon him

W oe to the Shepherd Of n egatio n [ Ve r n e inung P5 ,
”

with i as a con n ective so u n d ] wh o f orsakes

the flock ! Sword over his ar m an d over his right ,

1
With th e c ast in g [ of t h e t h ir t y pi e c e s of silv e r
] in t o t h e c la y
of th e p ot t e r t h e re is e asil y c on n e c t e d th e t h ou gh t t h at,
t h e

p pleo e ,
who th us re w ar d t h e g ood sh e h e r d , p r e quire a t ran sfor
mat ion T hus is . to be e xp
laine d t h e roof in t h e h ist or p y of

lfi lme n t ( Matt x x v ii
fu . . 9 f .
) t h at t h e t h ir t y pi e ce s of silv e r , th e
p r ice of fo r t h e u
t re ac h e r y
rc h ase o f e, o er s p
e ld , i s o f t h p tt
’
fi . .

su c h an on e wh o d e alt in c la , w as a lie d, an d at t h e same t ime y pp

b
h ow t h e r e me m r an c e o f t h e on e c it in g c o u ld fall uo n er p J .

xv iii 4 : . A n d if t h e v e sse l d is le ase d h im w h ic h h e made , h e p

mad e it in t o an oth e r v e sse l, j ut a s s it was pl a i
e s ng to t h e p otte r

t o do
’
.
 -
DEUI ERO Z ECHA RIAH .
' ‘
21 9

eye ! his arm Sh all be e n tirely dried up an d his right ,

eye e n tire ly extinguished Both delight in s uch

.
”

shockin g pictures I f t he good shepherd is the f uture

.

Christ the f oolish Shepherd whose ch aracter an d

, ,

min istry stan d related to those of a shepherd as n o

to yes (of Job xiii . is the An tichrist The
. .

retrogressive move men t of that which is prophesied

is common also to both 83 m Th e t wo prophetic .

images in chaps ix an d xi are a hystero n proteron ;

. . .

f or first the f u ture One con s umes himself in w ork for

his people an d the n he is raised fro m lo wlin ess to a
,

kingdom w hich ru les the w orld .

47 . The Two Chr istolog ica l P air s f

o P r op he cy in
Deu te r o Z e cha r iah.
-

II. TH E SE OND C PROPH ETIC PAI R IN C H APS . XII. XIV.

-

Th e firs t began as the so un d of j udgmen t on

t he n atio n s in Amos an d the secon d as the j u
,
dgmen t
on the n atio n s in the valley o f J e h osh aph at accordin g ,

t o Joel . W e meet in chap xii in the u n ivers al. .

,

battle of the peoples which is descri bed agai n st

Yah wis m J udah itself amon g the e n e mies who are
,

layin g Siege to Jer u sale m It is exclusively Deutero .

Zechariah in whom the division of Israel again st

itself is f ormed to such an esch atological pict ure .

J udah makes common cause w ith the w orld which is ,

hostile to the God of salvatio n ; but in the midst of

the cli max of its en mity he come s to his se nses an d ,

does what he c an to free Jerusale m sin ce the ligh t ,

2 20 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECIES IN H STOR I ICAL SU CCESSION
.

w hich h as risen upon h im has become a consu min g

fire t o all who ar e Opposed to it J udah has passed to .

the side of the w orld but w ill be brought around an d

, ,

w ill be still e arlier f ree f rom the bo n ds of the hos t ile

w orld than Jeru salem itself which goes forth fro m ,

this dan ger of destr u c t io n more firmly an d gloriou sly

than e ver : On th at day Yah w eh w i ll shie ld the
in habitan ts of Jerusale m ; an d the on e w ho st umbles
amon g the m on that day shall be as David ; an d the
h ou se of David as Elohim as the an gel of Yah we h ,

be fore the m I n xii 1 0 ff the prophet establishes

”
. . .

that which he pres upposes ( ver that ther e will be.

a Jerusale m true to God an d beloved by God at a

ti me w he n J udah fi n ds hi mself on the side Of the
e n e my A n d I will po u
:
“
r out upon th e ho use of
D avid an d u
,
pon the i nhabit a nts of Jerusalem t he ,

s pirit of grace and of s upplicatio n for grace ; an d

they shall look to me [ the Massoretic read ing as is
con firmed by the LXX the Targum the P e shitto an d
.
, , ,

Jero me ] who m they have pierce d an d they sh all ,

lamen t for him like t h e la me n tatio n for the o n ly on e

, ,

an d shall w eep bit terly f or him as o n e w eeps bitterly ,

for his fi rst born

- I n that day the la me n tation shall
.

be gre at in Jerusale m like the lamen tatio n in Hadad

,

rimmon in the valley of Megiddo [ that is like the ,

la me n tatio n for Josiah the best beloved kin g 2 Chro n

, , .

x xxv 2 2 2
.
— A nd the lan d shall w ail all the f a milies ,

apart ; the family of David apart an d their w ives ,

apart ; the family of Nathan apart and their w ives ,

apart [ that is the royal house of the lin e of Solo mon

, ,
222 MESS AN I IC PROPH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SU CCESSI ON .

After the prophetic picture of repe nta nce for t h e

recogn i sed guilt of bloodshed the re no w follo ws aft er , ,

the pe culiar man n er of this De ute ro-Ze chariah in t he ,

move men t fro m that w hich is farther to that w hich is

n eare r the prophetic i mage of the Shepherd be loved by
,

God w h o is s mitte n by the sw ord of Yah weh (xiii .

Sw ord rise again st my Shepherd an d again st the man

, ,

of my alli an ce — utteran ce of Yah weh of h osts ; s mite

the Shepherd so that the sheep may be sc atte red ; an d
,

I will turn my han d t o the little o nes I f w e ar e

”
.

li ght w he n w e co mpare the g reat repe n tan ce ( Zech xii ) . .

w ith the great con fessio n ( Isa by the same analogy .

we may co mpare Zech xiii 7 w ith I sa liii 1 0 :

. . It . .

pleased Yah weh to c rush him ; he hath caused H im

pain He willed the e nd th e recon ciliation an d hen ce
”
.
, ,

also the me an s the vicario us death of His servan t

,
.

This is the good Shepherd wh o was paid Off w ith

th irty pieces of silver ; this is the On e also who m
Yah w eh s Sword s mites w hile he yet stands in t h e
’

,
.

clo sest fello wship with H im Sword in dicates here in .

ge neral as in P S xxii 1 1 the in strumen t of murder

, . .
, .

Yah weh Himself summon s the s word for all the si n s ,

o f me n u n i n te n tio n ally serve God s pla n an d especially

’

, , ,

in this j u dicial murder God s decree was subser v ed ’

.

F ro m the blood g u ilti ness there g ro ws up for the

-

people w ho w ere g uilty of it misfort un e for w hich ,

t hey w ere respo n sible the death of the Shepherd had

:

as its res ult the scatterin g of the flock But there .

are s u ch fro m who m God s grace does n ot tu rn aw ay

’

those who are ligh tly estee med an d who thi nk little ,
 NEw TESTAMENT IN MALA H C I . 22 3

of the mselves whose feelin g is not that of the

,

mass .

These are the t wo pro phetic pairs of De u tero

Zechariah in which the e cce -homo f orm of the Christ
, ,

w hich fo r ms the mig hty foun d atio n of His royal glory ,

comes in st rikin g s mall pictures to represen tation .

I n t h e pre exilic period these prophecies cou

- ld n ot
be in troduced in to the co urse of developmen t but ,

n o w they are the f r uit of the n e w formation of the

M essian ic hope w hich appears in I sa xl lxvi . . .

4 8 Con clu
. ding P r op he c ies o f Ne w Testame n t Con te n ts
in Malachi .

D eutero-Zechariah
prophesies co n cerni ng the good
shepherd but the aim of the history of redemption is
,

expressed in Zech xiv 9 : Y ah w eh on e an d His

. . ,

n ame o ne but n ot yet as a fter wards when the Good

,

Shepherd appeared bodily : on e f o ld on e sh epherd ,

( Joh n x . W he n in ch ap xiv he ca uses a ll . .

peoples t o make a pilgrimage to Jerusale m in order to ,

celebrate th e re w ith the people of God the feast of

Tabern acles this loveliest most familiar most joyous
, , , ,

an d best adapted for un iti ng me n in brotherhood

of the Israelitish n ation al festivals this is n ot a ,

plun gi ng in to Je wish ceremonial legality but only a ,

developmen t of a thought already expressed in the Old .

prophetic w ord (I sa ii 2 f ; Micah iv 1

. . .which .

also D e u tero Isaiah develops F or him also in chap

-
. .

lx Jeru
. sale m is the poin t in the east from which the
224 MESS A NI I C PROPH ECIES IN H ISTOR ICAL SUCCESSION .

s u
n ofthe comple ted kingdom of God arises Both of .

the great prophets w hose i mage of the Messiah is so,

true to t he Ne w Testamen t do n ot yet follo w out the ,

re moval of th e w all of partition betw ee n Israel an d

t h e n atio n s to its Ne w Testa me n t co n seq u e n ces But .

if now on e of the three post exilic prophets de c e n tr al

, ,
-

izes the w orship of Yah w eh so that he also recogn ises ,

o utside of Jerusale m a w orship of Yah weh w hich is ,

w e ll-pleasi ng in the pr ese n tatio n of o ff e ri ngs w e mu

. st ,

h old that this prophe t f ro m the stan dpoin t of prophe tic

,

h isto ry is the last of the three ; for the k n o wle dge

,

w hich h e afford s goes be yo n d t he prophets of t h e exile .

Bu t this is t ru e of Malachi w hom we may not eve n ,

f or this reaso n place be fore E zra an d i n deed be f ore , , ,

4 4 4 B C (the reading of the law Ne h viii 1

. . as is , . .

don e on in s uffi cien t gro un ds of P e n tate uch criticism

by Re use G ie se bre c h t an d others ; but above all w e
, ,

may n ot place him be fore E z ra becau se the public ,

ci rcumstan ces w ith w hose ce n sure he has to do ar e

, ,

t h e sa me as those f o u n d by Nehe miah in h is seco n d

r eside n c e in Jeru sale m af ter 4 1 2 B C ; for example . .

,

the i mmorality of mixed marriages w hich prevailed

again ( Ne h xiii 2 3; of Mal ii 1 1 f and w ith it
. . . . . .,

D e nt xxii 4
. i . o —
His repr o f in i 6 ii 6 is directed . .

a ain st the priests Yah weh had n o pleasure in the

g .

priests as they w ere at tha t ti me : He was n ot will i ng

to acc ept the meal o fferin gs w hich they brought (HDQP
-
,

by syn e ch doc he e mbraces t h e other o ff erings i 1 1 )

, , .

F or fro m the risi ng of the su n to its goin g do w n

my n ame is great amo n g the heathe n an d in all ,

226 MESS ANII C PROPH ECI ES IN H ISTORICA L SU CCESSI ON .

misery he prophesies a d ay o f Yah weh which shall

,

r eveal the di ffere n ce bet w e e n the god less an d t hose

w h o f ear God They ask (ii

. W here is the
.

God of j udgme nt ? The an s wer of God thro ugh His

”

prophets is as follo ws ( iii Behold I se n d my

.
,

an ge l an d he prepares t he w a be fore me ; an d s u dde ly

, y n

shall co me to his te mple the Lord [ 111 W ] w ho m

ye seek [ here the distin ctive acce n t r e bia ] ; an d the
angel of the cove n an t w ho m ye desire : behold he ,

comes saith Yahweh of host s

,
That which follo ws
is d escription o f the j u dgme n t The Lord that is .
, ,

Y ah weh co mes an d h olds j u

,
dgme n t over the d egen erate
prie sthood [ t he childre n of Levi] an d the mass of t he ,

peo ple w ho are Sun ken in vice ; an d from this s melting

of j u dgmen t a priesthood goes forth that is pleasing to
G od an d a co n gregatio n of righteo u
,
s pe Ople : t hose
w ho fear God wh o had previo u ,
sly vanished in the
mass and who are trod d e n dow n attai n do mi nio n
, , .

The an gel who prepares the way for the Lord is ,

ac cordi n g to ver 2 3 f Elijah the prophet who ap

. .
, ,

pea rs as a preacher of repe n tan ce to tur n the heart s of

t h e f athers to the chi ldre n an d the hearts o f the ,

children to t heir fathers th at is in order t o make up

, ,

f or t h e co n tr ast bet w ee n t h e prese n t an d the better

p ast in order t h at t he j udgme nt might not be a w ork
,

o f an n ihi latio n On the co n trary the me ntio n of the

.
,

an ge l o f t h e cove n a n t ( i
” R m il l ver 1 b re mai n s .

isolat ed ; the w ork of the f uture ap pears from ver 2 .

f orw ard as a w ork of Yah w eh Hi mse lf This is else .

w h ere tru e in the prophets with their deepe st most , ,

 NEW TESTAMENT IN MAL A H C I . 2 27

C hristological word s ; th e y are o nly more or less lik e

ligh tn i n g w hich flashes t hro u gh the dark n ess Every .

thin g ln chap iii is deeply Significan t E ve n the pre

. . .

diction of the angel w h o precedes the Lord takes on

a f orm a fter the w ords o f the torah whic h speak o f ,

n slap xii xxxiii or m

'
s
( Ex x . i 2 0 .
,
2 ; c f t h e f
. o f t.he

c ita t io n M att xi
,
.an d n ot o n ly in for m b u t also ,

in fact . refers back to the ange lo phanies

of the patriarchal history w hich accordi ng to the
, ,

co n clusio n of the co v en an t ( G e n xv with G e n xv i ). . .

,

are related mediately to the actualizatio n of the

pro mises of the cove n an t The word as ?) sign i fies
.

in M al ii 7 a messe n ger se n t by G od
. . mm“ .

he n ce a messe n ger of G od who mediates a n e w ,

covena n t bet wee n God and His people A lld sin ce .

this mediator of the cove na nt in t he parallel halves

of the verse stan ds on t he sa me basis with the
Lo rd Hi mse lf the prophet must thin k of the Lord as
,

comin g in this “ 5 an d the tho u

N 7 ?
ght s u
g gests
itself that the pun itive historical appearan ce of Yah weh
in His a ngel fi n ds therei n its a n titype The prophet .

con n ects t he Lord and this angel of the cove nan t

so closely together that he ascribes to those who wis h
f or the comi n g of God as j u dge at the sa me ti me
the co ming of this Styx) because the desire for the
,

o ne in volv es in it the uni nte ntio nal desire for t he

other .
2 28 MESS A N I IC P ROPH ECI ES IN H I STORICAL SUCCESSI ON .

49 . The A n tichr ist in the Book o

f Dan ie l .

We n ow turn f or the first ti me to the Book of Da niel ,

si n ce thi s book as it lies be fore u

,
s w as o n ly w ritte n abo ut ,

the year 1 68 B C an d there fore still foun d admissio n

. .
, ,

w he n the ca n o n w hich w as divided i n t o To rah Nebiim

, , ,

an d K e t hfi bim w as already in existe n ce

,
Dan iel w ith .
,

h is three f rie nds belo ngs to the ser v a n ts of Yah w e h

,

amo n g the exi les w h o mo u rned f or Zio n an d who were ,

ready to seal their faith w ith the surre nder of their lives .

The historicit y of his person is vo uched for by E zekiel ,

w h o me n tio n s h im ( xiv 1 4 2 0) as a pre e min en t P 3 .

3
,
- 1
,

an d ( xxviii 3 ) as .a p r o-e mi n e n t 09 9 w ith a te n de n cy ,

t o the myste rio u s But the book which bears his .

n ame d oes n ot clai m to have bee n w ritte n by him .

As Isa xI lxvi is a b oo k o f co mfort for the Babylo n i an

.
-
.

e xi les the Book of D an iel is a boo k of co mfort for t h e

,

c o n fessors an d mar tyrs o f the ti me of the Sele u cidae .

It digests tr adition al Babylon io P ersian histories an d -

traditio n al predictio n s of D an ie l as example s of fidelity

in the f aith an d promises o f de livery f ro m great trib u
,

latio n. The post exilic origin of the book is a ls o

-

f avo u red through its doctri nal con te n ts As in the .

visio n of Ze char iah of the fo ur span s (vi 1 the .

fou r w orld powers represe n ted through t he spotted ,

stro ng horses in the co urse of the vision ar e divided

,

i n to t wo the spotted horses an i mage of the e mpire

, ,

o f Alexa n der joi n ed together thro u

, gh the un io n of the
Orie n t an d Occide nt an d the str o ng horses are an ,

i mage of the Ro man E mpire ; s o the fourth world

230 MESS A N I IC P ROPH ECI ES IN HISTORICAL S UCCESSI ON .

prophetic w ay as p red etermine d a nte cede n ts ; wheth er

,

xi 30 is a pure prediction f u
. lfilled thro u gh the ap ,

p e aran c e o f the Ro ma n fle e t be fo re Alexa n d ria w it h

the ambassador C P opili us Lae nas w ho compelled
.
,

An tioch us to vacate Egypt an d [ thro ugh] the re stora ,

tion of P tolemae us P hilome tor 1 68 B C c an re main ,

. .
,

undetermin ed ; but the r esc u e from the persecution

w hich began at that t i me an d fro m the viole n t tra n s
,

for matio n of the te mple of Yah we h i n to a t e mple o f

Ze us O ly mpios ( 1 67 mu st be prophecy since the ,

book is made w itho ut a p urpose whe n that whic h is

prophesied in xi 31 if is degraded to a prophecy after
. .

the eve nt The book must have been w ritte n be fore

.

the liberatio n of the fearf ully persecuted people f ro m

their arch en e my An tiochus Epiphane s It does n ot
- .

k now any other antichrist exce pt him ; b ut the pro

gress of the history has show n that n ot on ly Antioch us ,

bu t also Nero are o n ly f oreru

, n n ers prototypes of the ,

fin al An tichrist .

5 0 Chr ist in the Book

.
f
o D an ie l .

Luther in the vision of the seve n ty w eeks ( ix 2 5

, .

—
tra n slates twice an d exclusively on ly t hese t wo pass
ages u
as Christ s sixty n i ne weeks until Christ
: -

the P ri n ce and after sixty weeks Christ shall be

,
”

destroyed and shall be n o more But if as witho u t ”

.
, ,

doubt is right the paro usia of C hrist the P rin ce Heb

, ,

re w
“
VJ O
; w e) f a lls in , t h e seve n ty w eeks the ,

w h o is destroyed c an n ot also be the Christ The c on .

 CH RIST IN D AN EL I . 231

n e c t ion
“

; iii is f avo urab le to the v ie w that

has n ot the sign ificatio n o f the an oi n te d k ing b ut of ,

the an oin ted priest A n d sin ce the f uture vie w of

.

D an ie l has this in co mmo n w ith every prop hetic vie w

o f the f u t ure that w ith the e n d of the prese n t time of
,

tribulation it beholds the fi n al pe riod n othin g is more ,

probable than th at the UV? w ho shall be destroyed is

the high priest O n ias III a fter w hose removal ( 1 7 6
.
,

An tiochus plundered the t emple an d massacred

3
Je w s ; an d that PJJ 01979 in d istin ction f rom D g9
‘

,
i
/
,

the high priest an d we the w orld r uler ( 2 6b) i ndi

"

cates the on e who is mm an d 1 13

, , ,

9 or as Zechariah , ,

vi 3 prophesied is “ ? an d 5 2 m priest an d kin g in

( . 1 ) , 2 I ,

on e person On the co n trary t h e sto n e which b re aks

.
,

in pieces the i mage o f marb le ( ii 4 4 ) is re fe rred to the .

everlasti n g kingdom of the fin al period an d also in ,

the expla natio n o f the on e w ho like the Son of man ,

( 3
29 5 is bro ught on the c lo u
d s o f heave n be f ore
the An cie n t of D ays (that is God wh o is etern al w ith , ,

r e fere n ce to the pas t as w ell as the f u t ure) who give s ,

h im the everlas t in g ru le over the w orld o n ly the ,

] is t ho ught of n ot expre ssly the on e

”
E NE DI ,

w ho as the on e w ho appeared w ith re fe r e n ce to it

n amed hi mself 6 ibe Bu t in ix 2 5
'

6 d dpawr ov
v 7 0 v . .

the Messiah appea rs fro m the Messian ic people as

priestly ki n g A nd if t his is foun d disputable yet it
.
,

r e main ed i n disp u table that eve n the descriptio n of the

fu ture salvation makes the Book of Dan iel w orthy
to have the last word in the Old Testame n t can on :
Seve n ty w ee k s are determin e d u pon th y people an d
232 MESSI ANIC P ROPH ECIES IN H IST ORICAL SUCCESSION.

upo n thy city to put a stop crime to cause sin to

to ,

ce as e
,
an d to ato n e f or evil doin g ; an d to create an
-

everlasti ng righteousn ess and to Seal [ n amely through

, ,

fu lfi lme n t] visio n an d prophecy an d to a n oi n t that

,

w hich is most holy Here the aim of Old Testamen t

”
.

h Ope is spirit u ally apprehe n ded an d expressed w ith

almost dogmatic clearn ess .

 T Cla r k s P u
blications
’
T . a nd . .

WORKS BY PROFESSOR —
DELITZSOH c ont inu
ed .

I n On e Volu
me , 8v o , pr ice 1 2s .,

A S YS TEM O F BIBL ICA L PSYC H O L O G Y

‘
T hi e ad mirable v olume ou h t to b e fu
lly r e ad by e v e ry th in k in g
—L ite g c ar e
man Chur ch m n
’
c le rgy . rar y .

I n T w o V olu
me s , 8v o , pric e 2 l s .,

CO M MENTA R Y O N THE EP IS TLE T O THE

HEBR E WS .

A ND
’
K EI L D EL IT Z S C H S

OOMMENTARIES ON A ND INTR O D UC TIO N TO , .

THE O LD TES TA MENT .

This se rie s is on e of g r e at imp or tance t o t h e b ib li cal sch olar . an d

u
as re g ar d s it s g e n e r al e xe c ti on it le ave s lit tle or n ot hi ng t o b e
(In fl ow—Ed inb u
rg h Re v ie w .

UC I
I NT ROD T ON , 2 V OLS K e il) P SAL MS 3V D lit zsc h )
(
OLs. e
UC P ROVE RBS 2 V O
. . .

H , 3V OL S
,

P E NT A T E K e il ) LS.
J U JU E CC LESI A ST ES
. . ,

OSH A, D G ES, A N D SONG A ND

U
R T H , 1 V OL. (K e il) OF SOL OMON ( D lit e )
zsc h
U I SA I AH 2 V
. .

S AM EL , 1 V OL (K e il) (D lit OLs . e zsch )

I J EREMI AH
. . .
,

K N G S. 1 V OL , AND L AMEN A ND
IC
C H RON LES, 1 VOL (K e il) TAT I ON S 2 V O (K LS. e il )
I EZ EK I EL 2 V O
. . ,

EZ RA , NE H EM AH , A ND (K Ls. e il)
D A N I EL 1 V O
,

EST H E R, 1 V OL (K e il) (K L. e il )
MINOR PROPH ET S 2 V
. . .

JOB, 2 V OLS. (K , OL s . e il )

H E abov e Se rie s ( pu blish e d in CL A RK S Fore ign Th e olog ical Library ) is ’

T n ow co mple t e d In 2 7 Volu me s , an d Me ssrs CL A RK will su

EIG H T VOL UME S for Tw o G U IN EA S (Co mple t e Se t , £ 7 ,
l
pp y a n y .

Sep ar ate Volume s may be had at the no n-s ubscr ip tion p r ice of 1 03 6d
. . e ac h .

So co mple t eCrit ic al an d Exe g e t ical A p rat u

a s on t h e Old Te stame n t
is n ot e lse wh e re t o b e fou n d in t h e En lish
g n u
g ga e an d at t h e E
p re s e n t
t ime , w h e n t h e st u d y o f t h e Old Te stame n t is more wide l e xt e n d e d t h an y
h a v e r be fore , it is be lie v e d t hi s off e r will b e d ul ia t d p
p e r ps e y pa re c e .

V e r y hig h me rit f or t h or o u h
g H e r e w sc h olar sh ip , an d for b k e e n c r it ic a l
sa ac it b
e lon g s to t h e se Old T e stame n t omme n tar ie s No C sc h olar w ill
g
.

w i lin g y di sp e n se w it h t h a w- Br itish Q uar te r ly Re vie w .

 T and T Clark s P u
blications
’
. . .

WORKS BY PROFESSOR —
DELITZSCH cont inu
ed .

N ow co mple t e ,
in T w o Vols 8v o , pric e .

A NE W C O M M E N T A R Y O N G E N E S I S .

NOT E —Wh ile p p

r e art h e t r an slat ion , t h e t ran slat or was fav o re d b y
in g u
P ro fe ssor De lit zsc h wit h su c h n me rou u
s improv e me n ts a n d add it ion s,
t h at it may b e re g ard e d as mad e f rom a r e v ise d v e rsion of t h e Ne w
Co mme n t ary on G e n e sis .

T hi r t y -fi v e
ye ar s h a v e e la p se d sin c e ro f e s s o r D ePlit zs c h s o mm e n t ar
’
y o C
n

G e n e sis fir s t app e ar e d ; fif t e e n y e ar s s in c e t h e f ou r t h e dit ion w as p ulis h e d in b

1 87 2 . E v e r in t h e v an of h is t or ic al an d ph ilolo g ic al r e se ar c h , t h e v e n e ra le b
au th or n o w c ome s f or w ar d w it h an ot h e r f re sh e d it ion, in w hi c h h e in c o rp orat e s
w h at fi f t e e n ye ar s hav e ac h ie v e d f o r illu str at io n an d c r it ic ism of t h e t e x t o f
G e n e sis W e c on g r at u lat e P
r of D e lit z s c h o n t h is n e w e d it io n , an d t r u st
b
. .

t h at it may app e ar e f o r e lon g in an En g li sh d r e s s By it , n ot le ss t h an b y

C bb
.

h is oth e r omme n tar ie s , h e h as e arn e d t h e g r at it u d e of e v e r y lov e r of i lica l

s c ie n ce , an d w e sh all b e s u r p r is e d if , in t h e fu tu r e , man y d o n ot ac n o wle d g e k
t h at t h e y h av e f ou n d in it a w e lc ome h e lp an d g u id e
’
r o f e s sor. S. B P .

D R IV E R in T he A cad e my .

‘
W e w i sh it w e r e in o u r po w e r t o f ollo w in d e t ail t h e c on t e n t s o f D r .

D e lit zs c h s mo s t in t e r e st in g in tr o d u c t io n , an d t o iv e spe c ime n s o f t h e

’

g
b
ad mir a le , c on c is e , an d lu c id n o t e s in h i s e x p o sit i on ; b u t w e h av e said
e n ou g h t o s h o w o u r r e ad e r s o u r hi g h e s t im a t e of t h e v a l ue o f t h e w o r k
Ch u r ch. Be lls
k b
.

T h e w o r of a r e v e r e n t min d an d a s in c e r e e lie v e r ; an d n ot s e ld om t h e r e
ar e t o u c h e s of g r e at e au bt y an d Of s p ir it u al in sig h t in it
’
Gu ar d ia n .
.
—
Jut publi h d i T w V l 8 p i
s s e ,
n o o s. v o, r ce

BIBL ICA L COMMENTA RY ON THE P R OPHE CIES

OF ISA IAH
With u
an Introd ction by Professor 8 . R . D RIVER, D.D., O xford.
N OT E .
—
By Spe c ial arr an g e me n t wit h t h e au t h or , Me ssrs CL A RK se c u re d .

t h e sole r ig h t of t ran slat ion of t h is ourt h (and las t ) Ed it ion of h is F

Isaiah It is d e d icat e d t o P r ofe s sors Ch e yn e an d D riv e r o f Oxford
’
. .

In h is pr e fac e t h e au t h or stat e s t hat t h is ou r t h Edit ion c on t ain s F

t h e fruit of h is con tin u e d lab ou r , an d t h at a t h orou h v isal of t h e
g r e
wh ole wor h as be e n mad e
k .

C C
an on H EY NE say s : St u I
d e n t s of s aiah w ill g r e e t s o e ar ly a t r an slat ion
of D lite h zsc
’
s
“
Isaiah P r e fi xe d t o it is an in t e r e s t in g c r it ic al s e t c h k
by P f
.

r o e s s or D ri v e r , w hic h w ill b e a u se f u l g u id e t o s t u d e n ts , not o n ly o f

t h is , b u k
t of t h e o t h e r w or s o f t h e ac c omp lis h e d au t h or
’

C
.

D e lit zs c h s las t g if t t o t h e Ch r i st ian hu I n ou r op in ion , t h o s e

’
r ch
‘

k
.

w h o w ou ld e n t e r in to t h e me an in g of t h at Sp ir it as H e s a e lon g ag o by
p
I saiah , w or d s of c omf o r t an d h op e w h ic h h av e n ot lost t h e i r s ig n ifi can c e t o
day , can n ot fin d a e t t e r g u b k
id e ; o n e mor e mar e d b y le ar n in g , r e v e r e n c e ,
—P
an d in s ig h t , t h an F
r anz D e litz sc h
’
r o f e s s or W . T
. D A VI SON in T he .

E xp ositor y T imes
b
.

C omme n t ar ie s in Eu r o p e ar e n ot Of t e n r e p u lis h e d af t e r th e ir au th or s
’

d e at h , w h at e v e r is of p e r man e n t v alu e in t h e m b
e in g app r o r iat e d b y t h e ir
su c c e ss or s Bu t it may b e lo n g e f or e on e u b
n d e r ta e s t h e te e k
of e x p o un d in g

P
.

th e r op h e t s
p o s se ssin g s o m a n
y g if t s a n d e m l
p y g
o i n t h e m s o w e ll.
’

Gu ar d ia n .
 T Clar k s P u
’
T . a nd . blica tions .

Jut publi h d
s s e ,
in c row n 8v o, pr ice

FRA NZ DEL I TZS CH '

a M e mor i a l (t r i b ut e .

SAMUEL IVES C U RTISS,

P ROFESSOR I N C HI CA GO THEOLOG ICAL SEMINA RY.

WI TH A P OR TRA I T .

CONTENTS —CH AP T E R I. S kt
e c h of De lit zsc h
’
s Life . II . Th e Last
Fare we ll . I II . De litzsch as T e ac h e r an d T he olog ian . IV .

D e lit zsc h as Au
th or an d F r ie n d of Aut h ors . V . De lit zsc h as th e
F rie nd of Israe l. AP P EN D I X I . Vita . II . Aut ob iography . I II .

Lis t of Works .
 T Clar k s P u
’
T . a nd . blicatio ns .

HERZOGS BIBLICAL ENCYCLO

PEDIA
’
.

No w co mp le t e , in T hr e e V ols . imp. 8v o, p rice 24 8 . e ac h ,

EN C Y C L O P / ED I A O R D I C T I O N A R Y
O!
‘

:Biblical, h is t orical, D oct rinal, anb p ract ical c olog g .

Bas e d on theRe a l Enc yc lop tid ie of H e rzog , P litt, and H a u
c lc .

ED ITED BY P H ILIP SCH A F F , D D , LL D . . . .

A w e ll-d e s ig n e d , me r it or iou k
s w or , o n w h ic h n e it h e r in d us t r y n or e x pe n se
b
h as e e n s p ar e d
’
Gu —
ar d ia n
kb k
. .

‘
T h is ce r t ain ly is a r e mar a le w or I t w ill be o n e w it h ou t w hi c h
b —
.

no g e ne r al or t h e olo g ic al or iog r a ph ic a l libra r y w ill be c o mple t e F r ee ma n .

’

k
.

T h e n e e d of su c h a w or as t h is must be v e r y o f t e n f e lt, an d it o u g ht ’ to
fi n d its w ay in to all c o lle g e librarie s , an d in to man y pr iv ate s t u d ie s .

As a co mp r e he n siv e w or k
of r e f e re n c e , wit hin a mo d e rat e c ompass , w e
k no w n o t hin at a ll e q u
al t o it in t h e lar g e d e par t me n t w h ic h it d e al s w it h .
’

Chur ch Be l , g
S U P P L EM ENT T O H E RZ OG S
’
ENC YC L OPE D IA .

I mp i l 8 p i S In er a vo, r ce S.,

EN C Y C L O P /ED IA O F LI V/ NC D I VI NE S .

A u fu
ver l E y l pmd i
se I m g l d t h it f f qu a. a a o av e or re e nt
y y nc c o ver
re fe r e n c e .
—Rig h t R ev. BI SH OP L IC H T EOOT .

No w co mple te , in F o u
r Vo ls imp . . 8v o , pr ice 1 2 8 6d. . e ac h ,

CO MMEN TA RY O N THE NEW TES TA MEN T

M itt) I llu
strations aah M aps .

ED ITED BY P H IL IP SCH A FF , D D . .
,
LL D . .

Volu

TH E SYNOPTI OAL GOSPELS.

me I .

BT
m
Volu e I I .

ROMANS t o P H ILRMON .
4
H EBREWS t o REVELATION.
A u se f u l, v alu b
a le , an d in st ru c tiv e c omme n tar y T h e in te r pr e tation i s s e t
.

fo r t h w it h c le arn e ss an d c og e n c y, an d in a man n e r c alc u lat e d to c o mme n d t h e

v o lu me s t o t h e t hou g h t f u l r e a d e r T h e oo is e au b kt if ull y g ot u pb an d r e fl e c ts

b
. ,

u T e Bis hop o f G lou

’

g r e a t c re d it o n t h e p l is h e r s a s w e ll a s t h e w r ite rs h ce s te r .
b b
.

T h e r e ar e f e w e t t e r c omme n t ar ie s h av in g a s imilar s c o pe an d o je c t
in d e e d , w it h in t h e same limit s, w e d o n ot n o w o f on e s o g oo d u k p on t h e w h ole
o f t h e Ne w T e st ame n t
’
—
In te r ar y Wor ld.
b b k
.

Ex te r n al e au t y an d in t rin s ic w or th c om in e in t h e w or h e r e c omple te d .
G o od pap e r , g oo d t y pe , g oo d illu s t r at ion s, g oo d bin d in g ple ase t h e e y e , a s
ac c u r ac y an d t h or ou g h n e s s i n m a t t e r o f t r e at m e n t s at is f y t h e u d g m e nt. j
—
k
E v e r y w h e r e t h e wor man sh ip is c ar e fu l, s o lid, h ar moniou s.
’
M e th od is t
Re c or de r .
 T an d T Clar k s P ublication s
’
. . .

G R I M M S L E X I C O N
’
.

Th e b e st Ne w Te st ame n t G re e k Le xicon. u
It is a t re as r y of th e re s lt s u
of e xac t sch olarsh ip -BI SH OP WEST COT T
. .

I n d e my 4 t o , p r ic e

A CR EE K -
EN G L I S H L E XI C ON O F TH E
NEW TE S T A M EN T .

BE I N G

G RIMM S
’ ‘
WILK E S ’
CLA VIS NOVI TESTAMENTI .
’

E r aas lat w, B i b is rh, QEn lar g co

’

an o

BY

J OSEP H H ENRY T H AY ER, D D . .

,

U F
B SSEY P RO ESSOR OF N EW T E ST A MENT CRITI CI SM A ND INT E RP RET A T ION
I N T H E D I VI N ITY SC H OOL OF H A RVA RD U N I V E RSITY .

EXTRA CT P ROM P REFA CE .

OW A RD S t h e t h e y e ar 1 862 , th e
c lose Of A r n old is c h e Bu c hh an dlu ng
”

in L e ip zig p uli sh e d th e b '

ir s t F P
ar t o f a G r e e -L at in L e xi co n of t h e k
N e w T e s tame n t , pr e p ar e d u p on t h e a s i s o f tbh e
“
l av i C
s N o v i T e s t ame n t i
P k
hilolo g ic a o f C G W il e ( se c on d e d it io n , 2 v ols .
”
b y r of e s s o r 0 L P
MM J P P
. . . .

W I L I E A L D G RI of e na I n h is r o s pe c tu
. s, r o f e s s or G r imm annou nce d
it as hi s p u r p o s e n ot on ly in ac c or d an c e w it h t h e imp r ov e me n t s in c las s ical
b
le xic o g r aph y e m o d ie d in t 9 P
ar is e dit ion o f St e p h e n s T h e s au
’
ru s an d in t h e
fi f t h e dit ion o f P as s o w s D ic t ion ar y e d it e d b y Ro s t an d his c oad u
’
t or s ) t o j
b ’
e xh i it t h e his t o r ic al g r owt h o f a w or d s s ig n ifi cat io n s , an d ac c o r d in g ly in
se le c t in g his v ou c h e r s f o r N e w T e s t ame n t u s ag e t o Sh o w at w h at t ime an d
in w h at c las s of w rit e r s a g iv e n w o r d e c ame c u b
r re nt , b u t als o d u ly t o n o t ic e
th e u sag e of t h e Se p t u ag in t an d o f t h e Old T e st ame n t A p oc r
yp h a a n d
c e a L e xic on w h ic h sh o u
,

e s p e c ially t o p r o d u l d c or r e s p on d t o t h e p r e s e n t c o n
d it ion o f t e x t u al cr it ic ism, of e x e g e s is , an d o f i lic al th e olog y bb H e d e v ot e d
k P k
.

mor e t h an s e v e n ye ar s t o h is tas T h e su c c e s s iv e ar t s o f h is w or re
k
.

c e iv e d , as t h e y app e ar e d , t h e o u t sp o e n c o mme n d at io n of s c h olar s d iv e r g in g

as w i d e ly in t h e ir v ie w s as H u p f e ld a n d H e n g s t e n e r b
g ; an d s in c e it s c om
le t ion in 1 868 it h as b k
e e n g e n e r ally ac n ow le d g e d t o b e b y f ar t h e e st b
e xic on o f t h e Ne w T e s t ame n t e x tan t
’
.

I re k
g ar d it as a w o r o f t h e g r e at e s t impor tan c e I t s e e ms t o me a
k
.

w or sh ow in g t h e mo s t p at ie n t dilig e n ce , an d t h e mos t car e fu lly ar ran g e d

c olle c t ion of u se ful an d h e lp f u
l r e f e re n c e s
’
T II E BI SH OP OF G L O CE ST E R
.
— U
AND BRI ST OL .

T he u s e of P
r of e ss or G r imm s oo f or
y
’
b k
e ar s h as c on v in c e d me t h at it is
n ot on ly u n u q
e s t io n a ly t h e b b
e s t amon g e x i s t in g N e w T e s t ame n t L e xic o n s
bu t t h at , apar t f rom all c o mp ar is o n s , it is a w or k
of t h e h ig h e s t in tr in s ic
,

b
me r it , an d on e w h ic h is admira ly ad ap t e d t o in it iat e a le ar n e r in t o an ac
quain tan c e w it h t h e lan g u ag e o i t h e N e w T e s t ame n t It ou h
g t t o b e r e g ar d e d
q
.

as on e Of t h e fi r s t an d mo s t n e c e ssar y r e u is it e s f o r t h e s t ud y of t h e N e w
T e s tame n t , an d c o n se u q
e n t ly f o r t h e s t ud y Of t h e o lo g y in g e n e r al ’
r of e ss o r —P
M
.

E I L SCH URE R .
 T an d T Clar k s P ublications
’
. . .

L OT Z E S M I C R OC OSM U S
’
.

I n T w o Vols. 8v o , F U O RT H ED ITI ON, pr ice 86a ,

"
Ill / 00 0 00841 0 6
C ONCERNING MAN A ND H IS REL ATION TO TH E WORLD .

BY H ERM ANN L OT Z E .

C O NT E N T s z —
Boo k I T h e Bod y. I I T h e Sou l I I I L if e IV Man .
C
. . . . . .

V Min d. V I T h e Micr oc os mic Or d e r ; or , T h e ou r s e of H u

man L if e
III P U
. . .

V I L H is t or y. V r o g r e ss .
. IX. T h e n it y of T hin g s .

T he se ar e in de e d o tw m t ly
as e r v olu me s , v or o s n n e e c tu
ig u i i t ll al p ow e r ,
an d tr an s lat e d wit h r ar e a bility T his or w k w ill d u
o b tl
e ss fi n d a p lac e
k
.

o n t h e sh e lv e s o f all t h e f or e most t hin e r s an d s t u d e n t s of mod e rn t ime s. ’

E van clicai M ag azine .

b b
T e En g lish p u lic h av e n ow e for e t h e m t h e g r e at e st phiIOSOphic w or k
p r o d u c e d i n G e r m a n y yb t h e g e n e r a t i on u s t p a s t j T h e t r a n s lat ion c ome s at
j
.

an opp or tu n e t ime , for t h e c irc u mstan c e s of En g lis h t h ou g h t , us t at t h e

p r e s e n t m o m e n t a r e p e c u lia r ly t h ose w it h w hic h L ot ze at t e m t e d to d e al

p
q
,

w h e n h e w r o t e h is
“
Mic r oc o smu s,
”
a uar t e r o f a c e nt u r y ag o Few
b k b
.

p hil o s o p h ic o o s o f t h e ce n t u r y a r e s o att r ac t iv e o t h in s t y le an d mat te r .

’

A t he namm.
b b
L ot ze is t h e a le s t , t h e mos t r illian t , an d mo s t r e n o w n e d of th e G e r man
p h ilos o p h e r s o f t o -da .
y H e h a s r e n d e r e d in v alu a l b
e an d s p le n d id s e r v ic e
k
t o C hr is tian t h in e r s , an d h as g iv e n t h e m a w or k
w hic h c ann ot fail t o e u ip q
t h e m f or t h e s t u r d ie st in t e lle c t u al c on fl ic t s an d t o e n s u r e t h e ir v i c t or .
’
y
Bap tis t M ag az in e .

In T w o V ols 8v o , p r ic e 2 l s
. .
,

A MT U R E A ND T H E BI BL E
L ECTURES ON TH E MOSA IC H ISTORY OF CREA TION
IN ITS REL A TION TO NATU RAL SCIENCE .

BY DR F R H
. . . REUSCH .

REV I SED AN D C ORRECT ED BY TH E A UT H OR .

t ranslatzb f rom t bz f uh QBBition

o rt

BY K A T H L EEN L Y T T EL T ON .

Oth e r cha mp ion s mu

c h mor e co mpe t e n t an d le arn e d th an my s e lf mig h t
h av e be e n p lac e d in t h e fi e ld ; I w ill on l n ame o n e Of t h e mos t r e c e n t ,
—
D r Re u
. s c h , auth or of Nat u r e an d t h e T h e Rig h t H on. W . E .

G L A D ST ON E
k
.

T h e w or , w e n e e d har dly say , is o f p r ofou n d an d pe r e n ni al in t e r e st , an d

it c an sc ar c e ly b e t o o hig hly c omme n d e d as , in man y r e sp e c t s , a v e r y su c ce ss
fu l at t e m t t o se tt le on e o f t h e mos t p e r le xin g q
ue st ion s of t h e d ay I t i s
F b p
.

impo s s ib e t o r e ad it w it h ou t O tain in g ar g e r v ie w s o f th e olo g y , an d mor e

ac c u rat e op in ion s r e sp e c t in g it s r e lat io n s t o s c ie n c e , an d n o on e w ill r is e f r o m
it s p e r u sal w it h ou t f e e lin g a d e e p se n s e of g r at it u d e t o it s au t h o r.
’
Scot t ish —
 T T Clar k s P u
’
. an d . blications .

WORK S BY PATON J GLOAG, D D . . .

Jut publi h
s s e d, in d e my 8v o, pr ic e 1 08 6d . .
,

IN TR O DU C TIO N TO THE C A TH O L IC EPI S TLES .

Ou h t t b e ag e rly w l m d lid
co t ib uti t th l gi l as a so co n r o e o o ca
—
g o e e e on
lit e r at ur e ; it is a w or k of mas t e r ly s t r e n g t h an d un c o mmo n me r it .
’
Et an
°

Re ce n tly ub li h e d in cr o w n 8v o, p r ic e

u
p s ,

” s e e r/ c S T U D / £9 .

Car e f ul an d v alu b
a le p ie c e s o f w o r Sp e ctator
—
k— .
’
.

A v e r in te r e st in g v olu me Li te r ar y Ch u r chma n
’

y bj b
. .

D r G oag han d le s h i s s u e c t s v e r y a ly, disp layin g e v e r yw h e r e ac c u

. r at e
a n d e xte n s iv e s c h o lar ship, an d a fi ne ap pr e c iat io n o f t h e lin e s o f t h o u h t in
t h o s e pas sag e s w it h w hic h h e d e als
’
Bap tist .
— g
.

In cr o wn 8v o , p r ic e 7 8 6d . .
,

THE MESSIA NI C PROPHECIES

(Be ing the Bair d L e ctu
re f or

We r e g ar d Dr . Gl oag
’
s bo k o as a v al able
u
to t he olog ic al c on tr i buti on
u
lite r at re . W e h av e n ot spac e to g iv e t h e e x t e n d e d no t ice w h ic h its in trin sic
e x ce lle n ce d e man d s , an d must c on te n t o ur se lv e s w it h c o r d ially r e c o mme n d in g

I n d e my 8v o , pr ice 1 2a ,

I NTR O D U C TIO N TO THE P A UL INE EPI S TLES .

T his in tr o c on d ut i
o t St P u
a s l Epi t l i
s e s s a capit l b ak f ull
’
oo ,h l ly , sc
o ar
hi k d l k d bu
. ,

an d c le ar ; no c diffi u
lt y i
s s r e or ov e r o o e , t d l w ith f i ly
ea t a r
an d in an e v an g e lic al sp ir it. T o min iste rs an d t h e o lo gic al s t ud e n ts it w ill be
o f g r e at v alue .
—
E vang e lical M ag azine .

I n T w o V o lume s, d e my 8v o , p r ic e

A C RI TIC A L A ND EXECETICAL C O MMEN TA R Y

ON T H E

A C TS OF THE A P O S TL ES .

T he C
omme n t ar y of D r G loag I p r o c u . r e d on its fi rs t ap pe ar an c e , an d h av e
e x amine d it w it h s pe c ial c ar e F or my p u r po se s I h av e f o u n d it un su r pass e d

k
.

b an y s imilar w o r in t h e Eng lis h lan g u ag e I t s h o w s a t h or o ug h mas te r y

y
.

o t h e mate r ial, h ilolo gy, h is t or y , an d lit e rat u r e p e r t ain in g t o t h is r an g e o f

s tu p
d y, an d a s k il in t h e u k
—
s e o f t h is n o w le d g e w h ic h ( if I h av e an y r ig h t to
jud g e ) p lac e it in th e fi r s t c las s o f mod e rn e xpos ition s H B H A C K ET I , D D .
’
. . .
‘
.
 T and T Clark s P ublications
’
. . .

WORK S BY DR. 0. Y ON OREL L I, Base l.

TRA N SLA TE D BY REV . J . S . BA NK S, H e ad ingle y Colle g e , L e e d s .

In d e my 8v o , p r ice 1 08 6d . .
,

T H E P R O P H E C I E S OF I S A I A H .

b
T h e c h arac te r ist ic s of t his admira le c omme n t ar y are r e v it y , s e p arat ion b
o f t h e more g rammati cal fr om t h e more e x po sit o r y n ot e s , an d g e n e r al or th o
b
d o xy c om in e d w it h fir st rat e sc h olar s h ip
- ’
l Re co r d . .
—
T h is v olu me w ill be sp e c ially w e lc ome t o st u d e n t s w h o h av e c o me t o
ap p r e c iat e t h e au t h o r s ot h e r v al u
’
b k
a le w or s on p r op h e c y an d t h e p rop h e t ic al
b koo s of t h e Old T e s tame n t C
hara c t e r is e d b y c o n s u mmat e a ilit y b
k b k k
.

t h r ou g h o u t t hi s w o r w il l u n d o u t e d ly t a e hi g h r an am o n g t h e e xp o s i
P —
,

t io n s of t h e Ev an g e lical r o ph e t ”
The Chr istian
. .

I n d e my 8v o , p r ic e 1 08 6d .

THE P R OPH E CIES OF JE R E M I A H .

f ou
W ill b e n d a most t r u
s tw or t h y aid t o t h e st ud y of a b ook t h at pr e se n ts
man y d iffi cult p r o le ms b
’
John Bu .
—
ll.

I n d e my 8v o , p r ic e 1 08 6d. , .

THE O LD TES TA MENT PR OPHEC Y OF THE

'

CONS UMMA TION OF G OD S KINGD OM .

G race s In it s b is tortcal D e ve lop me nt.

‘
C f ail t o b e r e g ar d e d as a s tan dar d w or u
an n ot p on t h e s u e c t o f Old k bj
T e s tame n t prop h e c y —Swor d and T r owe l
’

j b k
. .

W e hav e e n o ye d t h is oo v e ry mu
— ch it i s f ull of in f ormat ion , an d
‘

is c le ar an d lu c id in s t yle T he Rock
’

k
. .

An u nu su ally in t e re s t in g w or f or t h e c ritical st u d e nt it p o ss e s s e s
t hat in tr in s ic uq alit y w h ic h c o mman d s at t e n t ion an d in u ir y s uc h as s c h olar s q
Cle rg yma n s M ag azine
’
d e lig h t in ’
. .

In c r o wn 8v o , p r ic e 3
8 . 6d. ,

TH E R EL I G I O U S H I S T O R Y O F I S R A EL .

A D U I SC C P M
SSI ON o n T H E O T M H
H IE F ROBLE S IN LD EST A E NT IST ORY , A s
OP P OSED T O T H E D E VE L OP MENT T H BORI ST S .

EDUA RD K O
'

BY DR F RIEDRICH NI G
UNIVERSITY
.
,
T IIE , LEIP zI G .

T RA NSL ATE D BY REv . ALE X A ND ER J C A MP BEL L .

,
MA . .

b
A n admir a le little v olu me . By Sin ce re an d e arne st -min d e d
—
st ude nts
it w ill b e c or dially w e lco me d. F re e mtm
b k
Ev e r y p ag e of t h e o o d e s e r v e s st udy Chu r ch Be lls
.

.
— .
 T an d T Clar k s P u
’
. . blication s .

‘
R IE H M S
’
M E SS A N C I I P R OP H E C Y .
’

In th e P re s s — n e ar ly re ad y ,

MESSIA NI C PROPHEC Y "

Origin , fi istorit sl C ru mb , as h fi zlstio uto Eric Te stame nt

Jnlfilmmt .

BY D R EDWA RD RI EH M,
.

L A TE P ROF ESS OR OI" T H EO OG Y L IN H A LL E.

SE C ON D E DI TI ON .

T RANSLA TED FROM TH E G ERMA N RY L EW S A I . M UI RH EAD , BD . .

w ith an i nt robnr tiouby

P OF R ESSOR A . B D A V ID SON , D D
. .

LL
.
,

N EW C O EG E , ED INBURG H .

I n On e V olu
me , post 8v o , p r ic e 7 8 6d . .
,

MESSIA NI C P R O PH E C Y
Obs gu m
n an of the Ju lfilmm t of Ezhzmgtiouthrou gh h
t e e ssi ah m .

A Cr i tical Stu
d y of the M essian ic P assag e s of the Old Te sta me n t in
the Or d e r of th e ir D e ve lop me n t .

BY CHA RL ES A U G U STU S BRIG G S, D D . .

,

D AVEN P ORT P ROF ESSOR OI" H E BRE W, UN I ON TH EOL OG I C A L SEM I N A RY , N EW Y OR K .

N OT E .
—T h i8 W o r k di sc usse s all th e Me s sian ic p ass at h e Old T e s t a
g e s o f
me n t in af r e sh T r an slat ion , w ith c r it ic al N o t e s , an d aims t o t r ac e t he
d e v e lop me n t of th e M e ss ian ic id e a in t h e Old T e s tame n t .

T h e Rig h t H o n W E G L ADSTONE w r it e s On t h e p e r v adin g an d mu lt i

b
. . .

f orm c h ar ac t e r o f t hi s p r omise , s e e a r e c e n t as w e ll as v alu a le au t h o r i t y , in

t h e v olu me of D r Br ig g s , of t h e N e w Y o r T h e o log ic al Se min ar y, o n
. k
Me ssian ic
P r of e s s or Br ig g s
’
Me s s ian ic P r o ph e c is a mo st e xc e lle n t oo , i n b k
j
w hi c h I g r e atly r e o ic e
’
P
- r of e sso r RA N Z F
EL IT Z SC II
j b k
. .

A ll Sch olar s will o in in r e c o g n is in g it s s in g u lar u s e fu ln e s s as a t e xt - o o

b C C
.

It h as e e n mu -Re v
’
c h w an t e d an on H EY N E
P b k P
. . .

r of e ss or Br ig g s n e w
’
oo on Me s s ian ic r op he c y is a w ort h c om
p a n i on t o hi s in d ispe n sa le tbe xt -b k
oo o n B i lic al S t ud y
”
b e h as
b k bj P
.

d u d t h fi t E n g lis h te x t - o o n t h e s u e c t of Me s sian i c r op h e c
—
r o c e e r s o
p y
w h ic h a mod e rn t e ac h e r c an u T he A cad e my
’
se . .